ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT (EIA) …Kohalpur-Surkhet 132kV TL Project English Summary EIA...

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT (EIA)

REPORT OF

KOHALPUR-SURKHET 132kV TRANSMISSION LINE

PROJECT

Submitted to:

Ministry of Forests and Environment

through

Department of Electricity Development

and

Ministry of Energy, Water Resources and Irrigation

Prepared and Submitted by:

Environment and Social Studies Department

NEPAL ELECTRICITY AUTHORITY

Kharipati, Bhaktapur

Phone No.: 01-6611580, Fax: 01-6611590

Email: [email protected]

May, 2019

Proposed Surkhet Substation

mailto:[email protected]

Kohalpur-Surkhet 132kV TL Project English Summary

EIA Report i NEA-ESSD

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY E.1 Introduction

The project proponent of the proposed Kohalpur-Surkhet 132kV Transmission Line Project

(KSTLP) is the Nepal Electricity Authority (NEA). NEA is a public undertaking organization of the

Government of Nepal (GoN) and was established in August 16, 1985 (Bhadra 1, 2042 B.S).

Environmental and Social Studies Department (ESSD) of NEA is responsible for conducting the

Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) of this project. The then Ministry of Energy (MoEn) had

granted a survey license to NEA for feasibility and EIA on 2067/03/25 BS. Ministry of Energy,

Water Resources and Irrigation has granted survey license to NEA second time of the KSTLP on

2075/04/04 BS and is valid to 2077/04/03.

Proposed KSTLP traverses through the Banke and Bardiya National Park. As per Rule-3,

Schedule-2, Clause-K (3) of EPR, 2054; for any project located in environmentally sensitive areas

such as National Parks, Wildlife Reserves, Wetlands and Conservation Areas, an EIA is

obligatory.

E.2 Project Description

The proposed project is located in Banke, Bardiya and Surkhet district of Province no. 5 and

Karnali Province of Nepal. Altogether five municipalities and one Rural Municipality (RM) of 3

districts will be affected by the project. Affected Municipalities are Kohalpur of Banke, Basgadhi

of Bardiya and Bheriganga, Lekbeshi, Birendranagar of Surkhet district and RM is Baijanath RM

of Banke district= The TL starts from the existing Kohalpur 132kV substation located at Kohalpur

Municipality of Banke district and end at proposed substation at Subbakuna of Birendranagar

Municipality of Surkhet District. It is about 51.462km in length and double circuit. The entire

project components (TL and substation) lie within the boundary as prescribed by the survey

license.

Table: Salient Features of the Project

General

Project Kohalpur - Surkhet 132kV Transmission Line Project

Affected Province Province 5 and Karnali

Affected Districts Banke, Bardiya and Surkhet

RM/Municipality

Kohalpur municipality and Baijanath RM in Banke District,

Basgadhi municipality in Bardiya District and

Birendranagar. Lekbeshi and Bheriganga municipality, and

in Surkhet District.

Technical

Total length 51.462km

Right of way 18m

Number of angle points 26

Basic span 350m in plains, 100 to 900m in hills (approximate)

Number of towers 145 (estimated)

Area required for one tower 0.0225 ha (15m x 15m)

Height of tower Average 32m

Ground clearance of conductor Minimum 6.1 m at the maximum sag condition

Road 7m

Power cable with voltage 3.5 m

Communication line crossing 3.5 m

Power line above/below - 3.5m

Phase to phase -3.75 m

Voltage level 132kV


EIA Report ii NEA-ESSD

No. of circuits Double circuit

Tower type Lattice

Conductor "Bear"

Insulator Cap and Pin type

Earth wire Optical Fiber Ground Wire (OPGW) type

Foundation type Concrete pier and pad type

Foundation area 225 sq.m.

Substation Area 3.7249 ha (for Surkhet Substation only)

Estimated project cost NRs. 180 Crore

E.3 Study Methodology

The IEE process follows the Environment Protection Rules (EPR), 1997, and amendment made

on 2009 (2065/11/26) and National EIA Guidelines, 1993. This IEE is prepared in accordance

with the legal requirements of GoN, based on field studies and consultation with local people and

officials. For the physical environment, data on climate, geology and land were taken. The data

on climate (temperature and rainfall) was collected through secondary source; Geographic and

geological data, such as topography, soil type, stability of the angle tower locations, soil erosion

and other key environmental features were investigated and obtained from the geological maps

and previous geological reports of the Nepal and by general observation. The type of land use

and area calculation has been prepared with reference to the topographical maps, survey report

provided by the Survey Department with field verifications. Likewise, in biological environment,

data on vegetation/forest and fauna were taken. For accessing the information on vegetation,

walk-through survey, census survey, group discussion etc. were carried out. And in socio-

economic and cultural environment, data on population, caste/ethnicity, religion and religious

sites, infrastructure, etc. are used for the study. HH survey of project affected families, RM level

checklists, Market Survey, Key Informant Interview (KII) and Meeting/consultations were the tools

used to collect the data at the project site.

E.4 Existing Environmental Condition

E.4.1 Physical Environment

The proposed alignment of length 51.462km has the altitudinal variation of the points between

160m to 1115m respectively. The main land use pattern of the project area is forest, barren land

cultivated land and others (road crossings, rivers, rivulets, river beaches, cliff and TL etc.). The

alignment avoids densely populated areas, major structures, and forests. Along the alignment,

approximately 70.54% of the TL alignment passes through forests, 16.13% through cultivated

land, 2.26% through barren land, and 11.06% others (water body, cutting cliffs, road crossings

and NEA land). There seems some air pollution due to the construction of the project. The main

source of air pollution along the alignment is due to the vehicular movement along the earthen

road and industrial activities road, canal, buildings etc. However, the transportation density and

frequency of the vehicles along the road is not very high. Therefore, the overall status of air quality

at the project area can be considered to be satisfactory and within the range of acceptable limits.

E.4.2 Biological Environment

Proposed KSTLP starts from existing Kohalpur substation and finally terminates at the proposed

Surkhet substation. Altogether 70.54% of TL alignment falls under forest area. During field

survey, it was observed that TL passes through the forest area particularly Banke National Park

(BaNP) and its buffer zone, Bardiya National Park (BNP) and its buffer zone and some stretch of

10 community managed forest. Field survey along the TL also revealed that the majority of the

alignment passes through forest and agricultural land.


EIA Report iii NEA-ESSD

Sal (Shorea robusta), Asana (Terminalia sp), Bot Dhanyero (Lagerstroemia parviflora), Rohini

(Mallotus philippensis), Chir Pine (Pinus roxburghii)), Dabdabe (Garuga piñata), Khayer (Acacia

catechu), Sadhan (Desmodium oojeinense), Saz (Terminalia sp.) and Sisau (Dalbergia sissoo).

etc.

Major mammals reported to occur in the project area include Rhesus Monkey (Macaca mulatta),

Common Langur (Semnopithecus entellus), Chituwa (Panthera pardus), Ratuwa Mirga

(Muntiacus muntjak), Shyal (Canis aureus), Ban Biralo (Felis chaus), Nyaurimusa (Herpestes

edwarsid), Lokharke (Funambulus spp.), Rat (Ratus spp.), Mal sapro (Martes flavigula) etc.

Common birds in the project area include Bhangera (Passer domesticus), Lampuchhre (Cissa

erythrorhyncha), Kalij (Lophura leucomelanos), Jureli (Pycnonotus cafer), Dhukur (Streptopelia

chinensis), Gauthali (Hirundo rustica), Kokle (Dendrocitta vagabunda), Kakakul (Spilornis

cheela), Chibe (Dicrurus spp.), Suga (Psittacula spp.), Fisto (Prinia spp.), Dhobini (Enicurus

spp.), Rani Chari (Pericrocotus flammeus) etc.

Some herpetofauna in project area are common garden lizard (Calotes versicolor), wall lizard

(Hemidactylus spp.), Pit viper (Trimeresurus albolabris), Andho sarpo (Ramphotyphlops spp.),

water snake (Xenochrophis piscator), Ajingar (Python spp.).

E.4.3 Socio-economic and Cultural Environment

Project Affected District (PAD)

According to the population census 2011, the total population of PAD is 1,268,693 including

618,756 (48.77%) males and 649,937 (51.23%) females. Similarly, the total HH numbers of the

district is 250,812 with average HH size 5.04. Tharu, Muslim, Chhetri, Brahmin and Kami.

Hinduism and Islam are the major two religion followed by the people of the PADs. Other religions

are Buddhism, Christianity, Kirat, Prakriti, and undefined. Nepali is the major language highly

spoken in the PADs. After Nepali, Tharu, and Urdu are other major languages spoken in the

PADs. The literacy rate of 5 years and above of the project district is 66.67% with male literacy

rate 72.6% and female literacy rate 56.8%.

Project Affected RM/Municipality

According to CBS (2011) the total population of the project RM/municipalities is 307,296 with

145,707 (47.42%) males and females 161,589 (52.58%). The project area population covers 24%

of the PADs. Similarly, total HHs number with average HH size of the PAA is 66,932 and 4.72

respectively.

The project area is populated by heterogeneous ethnic community. Chhetri 76,070 (24.75%) and

Tharu 63928 (20.80%) are the predominant ethnic groups in the project area. After them, Dalit,

Magar, Brahmin-hill, Thakuri, Musalman and Badi are other ethnic castes in PAA. Nepali is the

major language highly spoken in PAA. After Nepali, Magar, Gurung, Maithili, Avadhi, Newar, and

Urdu are other major languages spoken in PAA.

Project Affected Families (PAFs)

Household survey of 42 HHs was conducted to collect the socio-economic status of the PAFs

that are directly affected by the project. The total population of surveyed HH is 228 including 112

males and 116 females. The average HH size and sex ratio is 5.4 and 0.97 respectively. The

PAFs are various caste/ethnic groups. Chhetri/Thakur (41.23%), followed by Brahmin (21.05%),

Badi (11.84%) and Dalit, Magar and Tharu (25.88%) are other major caste/ethnic groups of PAFs.

About 89.37% of the surveyed population is literate (population of 5 years and above) with male

literacy rate of 94.06% and female literacy rate of 84.91%. Agriculture is the main occupation of


EIA Report iv NEA-ESSD

the surveyed HHs (22.60%). Besides agriculture, business/trade, service, foreign employment

and wage labour are other major occupation in the PAFs. Paddy, Wheat, Maize, Millet and potato

are the major crops product of the surveyed. Majority of the HHs i.e. 93.55% are categorized as

small type families having land 0.5ha to 2.0ha whereas 6.45% of HHs as medium type families

having land 2.0ha to 4.0ha. The average annual income of the surveyed HHs is estimated to be

NRs. 423,285/- and average annual expenditure is estimated to be NRs 365,025/-; where the

source of income of the surveyed HH is agriculture as well as non-agriculture. Non-agriculture

sector consists of service, business, daily wage, remittance and old-age pension. The figures of

income and expenditure pattern indicate that there is annual saving of NRs. 58,260/- by the

surveyed HHs.

Among the surveyed HHs 69.05% knew about the proposed project. The main sources of

knowledge about it are project officials, neighbours and others. Among the surveyed HHs,

57.14% have the positive attitude towards the project, where 33.33% are negative and 4.76%

are neutral.

E.5 Impact Assessment

E.5.1 Physical Impacts

The project will require 98.0579ha land for the placement of tower pads (APs and STs),

substation and RoW of the TL. Out of this 3.7249ha land will be acquired permanently for

substation, and 3.3075ha for tower foundations and rest 91.0255ha will be restricted for RoW.

The total number of towers will be 145 (26 APs and 119 STs). Both types of tower will typically

require an area of 15m x 15m. Movement of transporting vehicles carrying the construction

materials along the gravel roads will generate fugitive as well as combustion emissions and will

cause temporary impact on air quality. Since the construction activities are limited to small area,

the impact on the ambient air quality will be low. The emission of noise and vibrations are

inevitable during construction though only insignificant interruption in noise quality has been

expected for TL projects. The location of the towers are relatively far from the settlements except

of some settlements. Those settlements which are near to towers, will feel the noise disturbances

due to vehicular movement and construction activities. Noise pollution will be temporary and will

not be different from the prevailing conditions due to low traffic movement along the roadside.


The total estimated forest area required for the project for tower-pads and suspension tower is

2.40ha. where vegetation cover will be lost. This area is small in comparison to the 69.17 ha of

forest area affected along the proposed alignment. However, only large trees in this area need

to be felled that will leave shrubs, short trees as vegetation cover.

The construction of the TL project will affect Banke and Bardiya National Park and its buffer zone,

Chure conservation area and 10 community managed forests (CFs). The survey along the RoW

revealed that a total of 8678 numbers of estimated trees will be cleared by the KSTLP. The

possible adverse impacts on wildlife and avifauna population during the project construction

phase will be medium


The implementation of the proposed project will affect 50 HHs (excluding those HHs who will be

affected due to the ST foundation). These HHs will be affected due to the location of different

project components such as construction of tower pad, substation and or inclusion of structures

under RoW. Out of total project affected HHs, 34 HHs will lose their land and 16 HHs will lose

their structures.


EIA Report v NEA-ESSD

The total land requirement for the project is 98.0579ha land for the placement of Towers (APs

and STs), substation and RoW of the TL and temporary facilities (land of mobile camp and

storage area. Out of which, the project will acquire and utilize 15.637ha of private land including

0.36ha land for tower pads, 3.7249ha land for substation and 10.5521ha for RoW. Out of total

towers, 16 towers will be erected on private land. The project will affect 20 structures of 16 HHs.

Total crop loss of PAFs due to the project implementation is estimated to be 40.9MT (12.65MT

permanent and 28.25MT temporary loss).

There are chances of additional pressure on local health and sanitation situation due to the inflow

of construction forces during this phase. Discharge of wastes of various types including metals,

paper, kitchen wastes, etc. is potential to degrade the hygienic conditions particularly around the

construction sites and camp sites. Work related injuries and vehicle accidents are likely impacts

expected during the construction. The land and property values under RoW and close to house

and settlement will be devalued due to construction of TL.

E.6 Alternative Analysis

The EIA considered different alternatives for the project ranging from no action alternative to

different design alternatives. The final route selection was done on the basis of its minimal impact

on forest and settlements as compared to other alternative routes. Attempts were made to select

the shortest route, which was economically and environmentally suitable.

E.7 Mitigation and Enhancement

E.7.1 Physical Environment

Proper management of the muck volume will be done. The muck generated during the excavation

of tower pads and substation will be used for backfilling and the area will be restored. The stability

of the tower locations will be examined before excavation and special foundation design will be

selected for the susceptible locations. Erection of tower foundation in the unstable land and/or in

steep slopes will be avoided.


About 8678 trees are estimated to be lost by the construction of the KSTLP. Removal of trees

will be minimized as far as practicable. Compensatory plantation will be carried out. RoW

vegetation clearance will be carried out manually. The construction workers will be prevented

from the use of fuel wood for cooking their food items. The project proponent/contractor will

provide kerosene/LPG to the extent possible to project workers staying at labor camps to

minimize tree loss and possible conflicts with the agro-forestry farmers in order to meet their fuel

wood demand.

The project proponent will special instructional and awareness-raising trainings will be conducted

to promote wildlife conservation activities. The construction contractor will provide special

instructions to all its staff and workforce on conservation issues and benefits. Purchase and sale

of illegally hunted animals and birds will be banned.


Compensation for Land

The total compensation for the land to be acquired by the project is estimated to be NRs.

96,498,450 and to be utilized by the project is estimated to be NRs. 8,973,881 /-. However, the

required land will be acquired according to the Land Acquisition Act, 2034 B.S.

Compensation of loss of crops

The total compensation for the 40.90MT crop loss is estimated to be NRs.180,250 /- only.


EIA Report vi NEA-ESSD

Compensation for structures

Compensation for four structures shall be provided and the total value of such structure and land

occupied by it is estimated to be NRs. 15,518,283/-.

Health, Sanitation and Safety

Social awareness programs will be conducted to alert local people to the potential dangers related

to health, sanitation and safety. This program will be targeted to the people residing in and around

the vicinity.

Occupational Hazards and Safety

The construction area will be cleared up and all necessary precaution and warning signs will be

placed at construction site. This area will be restricted for the entry of unauthorized people. The

project proponent will provide safety helmet, eye glass, safety boot, safety belt, fire-fighting

accessories, caution signals and other safety equipment as required at particular site/work area.

Skill Development Program

The project affected people will be benefited from livestock (goat) training, micro enterprise

creation training and light vehicle driving training programs on their own localities.

Placement of Hoarding Boards

To alert the local people, hoarding boards (informative sign) regarding health and sanitation will

be prepared and installed in the nearby settlements where the TL passes through. The installed

hoarding boards will have effective slogans regarding health, sanitation and safety.

Community Support Program (CSP)

Schools which are in vulnerable condition and located nearer from the TL alignment will be

supported through educational support program. Support will be provided for purchase of

computer, library establishment, science lab and extra curriculum activities. Project also aims to

support to people/stakeholders of each project affected wards in the infrastructures and service

facility sector. Support will be provided for renovation of school building, furniture purchasing for

community forest office/different community level group buildings, construction of public meeting

place, construction of playground etc.

E.8 Review of Policies and Legal Provision

The proponent will be responsible for fulfilling the provisions of all relevant acts, rules/ regulations

policies, guidelines and conventions while implementing the project. Important Acts and

Regulations like EPA (1997) and EPR (1997), Land Acquisition Act 1977, Forest Act (1992),

Local Government Operation Act (2017), National EIA Guidelines (1993) etc. were also

extensively reviewed while preparing the report.

E.9 Environmental Management Plan

In order to implement the project smoothly, the mitigation program, monitoring plan, issues of

public concern and other relevant issues, an Environmental Monitoring will be done. Under this

plan a Unit will be formed which will do the day to day monitoring works. The Unit will consist of

experts from ESSD and other qualified personnel from the local market if required.

E.10 Public Consultation

Altogether 11 PRA meetings and 42 HH surveys were conducted in the project area. The Public

Hearing program for the proposed KSTLP had already organized in the project site at the then

Chhinchu VDC, Surkhet on Chaitra 27, 2069 BS (9th Apr. 2013) as per the provision of EPR,

1997 during the preparation of initial EIA report and no new public hearing is required according

to the new contract with the project. The hearing program was chaired by the Secretary of the


EIA Report vii NEA-ESSD

then Chhinchu VDC (Now Bheriganga municipality) Mr. Pitri Bhakta Giri, Representative of Banke

National Park, Mr. Birendra Kandel and Shambhu Prasad Chaurasiya, DFO of Surkhet were the

Chief Guests of the program. A brochure with relevant information about the EIA findings of the

proposed project was prepared in Nepali Language and distributed to the participants of the

hearing program. Request letters were sent to the concerned government line agencies for their

participation in the program. The date, venue and the time of the program was also mentioned in

the letter. The project proponent delivered their best efforts to address the queries and concerns

of the participants of the program. The proponent also assured the best and effective ways or

methods of adoption in order to minimize the negative impact and enhance the beneficial/positive

impacts of the project.

E.11 Conclusion

The implementation of the project will affect 50 HHs. The total land requirement will be

approximately 98.0579ha. Various mitigation and enhancement measures have been proposed

during the construction and operation phase of the project. The total environmental cost

(mitigation-including land cost, enhancement, CSP, and monitoring costs) of the proposed project

is estimated to be NRs 204,669,082/- which is 11.37% of the total project cost and the total

environmental cost excluding land cost is estimated to be NRs 98,396,751 which is 5.45% of the

total project cost. The EIA concludes that construction of the proposed project is environmentally

and socially feasible if the proposed mitigation measures and monitoring plans will be

implemented.

sf]xnk'/ ;'v]{t !#@ s]=eL= k|;f/0f nfO{g cfof]hgf sfo{sf/L ;f/f+z

jftfj/0fLo k|efj d'Nof+sg k|ltj]bg viii g]=lj=k|f

sfo{sf/L ;f/f+z

!=) kl/ro

k|:tfljt sf]xnk'/ ;'v]{t !#@ s]=eL= k|;f/0f nfO{g cfof]hgfsf] k|:tfjs g]kfn ljB't k|flws/0f -

g]=lj=k|f=_ xf] . g]=lj=k|f= g]kfn ;/sf/sf] k"0f{ :jfldTjdf /x]sf] Ps ;+ul7t ;+:yf xf] . o; ;+:yf

cGtu{tsf] jftfj/0f tyf ;fdflhs cWoog ljefun] k|:tfljt !#@ s]=eL= k|;f/0f nfO{g cfof]hgfsf]

jftfj/0fLo k|efj d'Nof+sg (EIA) k|ltj]bg tof/ u/]sf] xf] . tTsflng phf{ dGqfnoaf6 o; cfof]hgfsf]

EIA k|ltj]bg tof/ ug{ klxnf] k6s ;j]{If0f cg'dltkq ldlt @)^&÷)#÷@% df k|bfg ul/Psf] lyof]

eg] bf];|f] k6s phf{ hn>f]t tyf l;rfO{ dGqfnoaf6 ldlt @)&%÷)$÷)$ df k|bfg ul/Psf] 5 h;sf]

cjlw ldlt @)&&÷)$÷)# ;Dd /x]sf] 5 .

k|:tfljt cfof]hgf afFs] tyf alb{of /fli6«o lgs'~h eP/ hfG5 . jftfj/0f ;+/If0f lgodfjnL, @)%$

sf] cg';'rL @ c= -#_ adf]lhd /fli6«o lgs'~h, jGohGt' cf/If, ;Ld;f/ / ;+/If0f If]qdf s'g} k|:tfj

sfof{Gjog ug]{ ePdf jftfj/0fLo k|efj d'Nof+sg ug'{kg]{ x'[G5 . ;f]lx adf]lhd k|:tfljt cfof]hgfsf]

jftfj/0fLo k|efj d'Nof+sg ul/Psf] xf] .

@=) cfof]hgf ;DjGwL ljj/0f

k|:tfljt cfof]hgf g]kfnsf] k|b]z g+= % tyf s0ff{nL k|b]z cGtu{t afFs], alb{of tyf ;'v]{t lhNnfx?

leq cjl:yt 5 . o; cfof]hgfaf6 # lhNnfx?sf] % gu/kflnsf tyf Ps ufpFkflnsfÙ afFs]sf]

sf]xnk'/ gu/kflnsf / a}hgfy ufpFkflnsf, alb{ofsf] afF;u9L gu/kflnsf tyf ;'v]{tsf] e]/Lu+uf,

n]sa]zL tyf la/]Gb|gu/ gu/kflnsfx? k|efljt x'G5g\ . k|:tfljt k|=nf= afFs] lhNnfsf] laBdfg sf]xnk'/

;j:6]zgaf6 k|f/De eO{ ;'v]{t lhNnfsf] la/]Gb|gu/ l:yt k|:tfljt ;'v]{t ;j:6]zgdf uP/ 6'lËg]5 .

k|:tfljt k|;f/0f nfOg cfof]hgfsf] nDjfO{ sl/j %! ls=dL=, 8jn ;ls{6sf] x'g]5 . cfof]hgfsf] ;Dk"0f{

cjojx? -k|= nf= / ;j:6]zg_ o;sf] ;j]{If0f cg'dtL kqdf AofVof u/]cg'?k x'g]5g\ .

;fwf/0f cfof]hgfsf] ljj/0f

cfof]hgf sf]xnk'/–;'v]{t !#@ s]=eL= k|zf/0f nfO{g cfof]hgf k|efljt k|b]z k|b]z g+ % tyf s0ff{nL

k|efljt lhNnfx? afFs], alb{of tyf ;'v]{t

UffpFkflnsf÷gu/kflnsf sf]xnk'/ g=kf=, a}hgfy uf=kf=– afFs]

afF;u9L g=kf=– alb{of

la/]Gb|gu/ g=kf=– ;'v]{t

k|fljlws

s'n nDafO{ %!=$^@ ls=dL=

If]qflwsf/ !* ld=

P+un 6fj/ ;+Vof @^

;fdfGo :kfg #%) ld= t/fO{df tyf !)) ld=–()) ld= kxf8df

6fj/x?sf] s'n ;+Vof !$%

6fj/sf] prfO{ cf};t #@ ld=

sG8S6/sf] Go'gtd u|fp08 lSno/]G; Go'gtd ^=! ld=

;8s & ld=

ef]N6]h ;lxtsf] kfj/ s]jn #=% ld=

;+rf/ nfO{g qml;ª #=%

kfj/ nfO{g -dfyL÷tn_ #=%

ef]N6]h !#@ s]=eL

;ls{6sf] ;+Vof 8an ;ls{6

6fj/sf] k|sf/ Nofl6;

sG8S6/ lao/


jftfj/0fLo k|efj d'Nof+sg k|ltj]bg ix g]=lj=k|f

O{G;'n]6/ Sofk tyf lkg

cy{ jfo/ clK6sn kmfOa/ u|fp08 jfo/ (OPGW)

husf] k|sf/ s+lqm6 kfo/ tyf Kof8

husf] If]qkmn @@% ju{ dL=

;j:6]zg If]qkmn #=&@$( x]= -;'v]{t ;j:6]zg_

cg'dflgt cfof]hgf nfut ?= !*) s/f]8

#=) cWoog ljlw

jftfj/0f ;+/If0f P]g @)%# -;+zf]wg ;lxt_ / /fli6«o jftfj/0fLo k|efj d"+NofÍg (EIA) lgb]{lzsf @)%)

sf] clwgdf /xL o; cfof]hgfsf] jftfj/0fLo k|efj d'Nof+sg k|ltj]bg tof/ ul/Psf] 5 . g]kfn ;/sf/n]

ljleGg ;dodf lnPsf] sfg"gL k|ls|of, :ynut cWoog, :yflgo hgtf;+usf] cGt/ls|of cflb o;

k|ltj]bg tof/Lsf] ;Gb{edf lnOPsf ;fdu|Lx? x'g\ .

cWoogsf] qmddf ef}lts jftfj/0f cWoog cGtu{t xfjfkfgL, ef}uf]lns cj:yf, e"–pkof]u ;DjlGw

tYofÍx?sf] k|of]u ul/Psf] 5 h;df xfjfkfgL ;DalGw tYofÍx? l4lto >f]taf6 ;+sng ul/Psf] 5 .

To;}u/L ef}uf]lns tYofÍx? h:t} e"–agf]6, df6f]sf] k|sf/, 6fj/x?sf] l:y/tf tyf cjl:ytL ;DjlGw

tYofÍx? If]lqo ef}uf]lns gSzf tyf g]kfnsf] cGo ef}uf]lns k|ltj]bgx? af6 ;+sng ul/Psf] 5 eg]

k|efljt hUufsf] k|sf/, If]qkmn, cflb :ynut gSzf, ;j]{If0f k|ltj]bg, ;d"xut 5nkmn tyf :ynut

e|d0f cflbaf6 ;+sng ul/Psf] 5

h}ljs jftfj/0fdf jGohGt' / jg:klt ;DalGw tYofÍx? k|of]u ul/Psf] 5 . jg:klt ;DalGw tYofÍx?

:ynut e|d0f, jg ;|f]t ;j]{If0f tyf ;d"xut 5nkmn cflb af6 ;+sng ul/Psf] 5 .

To:t} ;fdflhs cfly{s tyf ;f+:s[lts jftfj/0fsf] cWoogsf] nflu cfof]hgf k|efljt If]qsf] hg;+Vof,

wd{, ;+:s[lt, hft÷hflt, k"jf{wf/ cflb tYof+Íx?sf] ;xfotf lnOPsf] 5 eg] o:tf tYofÍx? k|efljt

kl/jf/x?sf] 3/w'/L ;j]{If0f, ufpFkflnsf÷gu/kflnsf :t/Lo r]slni6, ahf/ ;j]{If0f tyf ;d"xut

5nkmn h:tf ljlwx?sf] k|of]u ul/ ;+sng ul/Psf] 5 .

$=) cfof]hgf If]qsf] ljBdfg jftfj/0fLo cj:yf

$=! ef}lts jftfj/0f

o; cfof]hgf If]qsf] prfO{ut km/s !^) ld6/ b]lv !!!% ld6/ -AP–!%_ ;Dd /x]sf] 5 . cfof]hgf

If]qsf] hldgsf] k|sf/ d'VotM jg If]q, afFemf] hldg tyf v]tLof]Uo hldg cflb /x]sf] 5 . To;}u/L

k|zf/0f nfO{g If]qleq kg]{ cGo hldgsf k|sf/x?df vf]nf tyf vf]N;Lx?, ;8sx?, vf]nfsf lsgf/f, tyf

ljt/0f nfO{gx? cflb kb{5g\ . o; k|zf/0f nfO{gn] ljz]if u/]/ 3gf a:tL, d'Vo ;+/rgfx? tyf 3gf

jgIf]qnfO{ ;s];Dd 5n]sf] 5 . k|zf/0f nfO{gsf] &)=%$Ü efu jgsf] If]q, !^=!#Ü v]ltof]Uo hldg,

@=@^Ü efu afFemf] hldg, tyf !!=)^Ü cGo -kfgLsf] efu, ;8s qml;ª tyf sl6ª lSnkm_ eP/ hfG5

. o; cfof]hgfsf] lgdf{0faf6 afo' k|b'if0f s]xL dfqfdf x'g] b]lvG5 . jfo' k|b'''if0fsf] d'Vo sf/0f eg]sf]

;8sdf u'8\g] oftfoftsf ;fwgx? / lgdf{0fsf lqmofsnfk g} x'g\ . cGo afo' k|b'if0fsf sf/0fx?df

3/x? tyf uf8Lx?af6 lg:s]sf] w'jfF cflb kb{5g\ . cfof]hgf If]qdf kg]{ vf]nfgfnfx?sf] kfgLsf]

cj:yfnfO{ x]bf{ vf;} k|b'lift b]lvb}g . cfof]hgf If]qdf aUg] e]/L gbL / aaO{ vf]nf d'Vo vf]nfx? x'g\ .

$=@ h}ljs jftfj/0f

k|:tfljt cfof]hgf ljBdfg sf]xnk'/ ;j:6];gaf6 z '? eO{ k|:tfljt ;'v]{t ;j:6];gdf 6'l‹G5 . s'n

cfof]hgfsf] hUufdWo] &)=%$Ü efu jg If]qdf kb{5 . cfof]hgf If]qsf] :ynut ;j]{If0f cg';f/ k|;f/0f

nfO{g dfu{df afFs] /fli6«o lgs'~h tyf o;sf] akm/ hf]g, alb{of /fli6«o lgs'~h tyf o;sf] akm/ hf]g

tyf bz ;fd'bflos jg / ;/sf/L jg Kfb{5g\ . :ynut lg/LIf0f cg';f/ k|=nf= sf] w]/}h;f] e"–efu jg

/ v]tLof]Uo hldg eP/ uPsf] 5 .


jftfj/0fLo k|efj d'Nof+sg k|ltj]bg x g]=lj=k|f

k|zf/0f nfO{g If]qleq kfOg] k|d'v ?vx?df ;fn, cf;gf, af]6 wGo]/f], /f]lxgL, baba], vo]/ ;fFh, l;;f}

/x]sf 5g\ .

k|zf/0f nfO{g If]qdf kfOg] d"Vo :tgwf/L hLjx?df afFb/, n+u'/, lrt'jf, /t'jf d[u, :ofn, jg lj/fnf],

AjfF;f], dn;fk|f] cflb /x]sf 5g . To;}u/L kfO{g] d'Vo r/f r'?ËLdf eFu]/f, nfdk'R5|], sflnh, h'/]nL,

9's'/, uf}+ynL, sf]sn], sfsfs'n, lrj], ;'uf, lkm:6f], wf]jLgL, /fGfL r/f OToflb /x]sf 5g\ . o;If]qdf kfOg]

;l/;[kx?df 5]kf/f], dfp;'nL, cGwf] ;k{, kfgL ;k{, uf]xf]/f], dfp;'nL cflb /x]sf] 5g\ .

$=#= ;fdflhs, cfly{s tyf ;f:s[lts jftfj/0f

cfof]hgf k|efljt lhNnf

g]kfnsf] hgu0fgf @)^* cg';f/ cfof]hgf k|efljt lhNnfx?sf] s'n hg;+Vof !@^*^(#

/x]sf] 5 h;df k'?if ^!*&%^ -$*=&&Ü_ / dlxnf ^$((#& -%!=@#Ü_ /x]sf 5g\ . cfof]hgf k|efljt

lhNnfx?sf] s"n 3/w'/L tyf cf}ift 3/w'/L ;+Vof qmdzM @%)*!@ tyf %=)$ /x]sf] 5 . cfof]hgf

k|efljt lhNnfdf a;f]jf; ug]{ d"Vo kfr hft÷hflto ;d'xx?df yf?, d'l:nd, If]qL, a|fXd0f tyf sfdL

/x]sf 5g\ . cfof]hgf k|efljt lhNnfsf] hg;+Vofn] af]nLrfnLsf] nflu d'Vo g]kfnL efiff k|of]u ub{5g\

eg] g]kfnL kl5 yf? tyf pb'{ efiff af]lnG5 . lxGb' / O:nfd cfof]hgf k|efljt lhNnfsf] k|d'v wd{ /x]sf]

5 . o;}u/L ;fIf/tf b/ -% jif{ tyf dflysf_ ^^=^&Ü ;Dd /x]sf] 5 h;dWo] k'?if ;fIff/tf b/ &@=^Ü

/ dlxnf ;fIff/tf b/ %^=*Ü /x]sf] 5 .

cfof]hgf k|efljt ufpFkflnsf÷gu/kflnsf

k|:tfljt cfof]hgf If]qdf /x]sf ufpFkflnsf÷gu/kflnsfsf] s'n hg;+Vof #)&@(^ /x]sf] 5 . h;dWo]

k'?if !$%&)& -$&=$@Ü_ / dlxnf !^!%*( -%@=%*Ü_ 5g\ . cfof]hgfjf6 k|efljt If]qsf] hg;+Vof

lhNnfsf] s'n hg;+Vofsf] @$Ü /x]sf] 5 . To:t} cfof]hgf If]qdf kg]{ ufpFkflnsf tyf gu/kflnsfx?sf

3/w'/L ;+Vof / cf}ift 3/w'/L ;+Vof qmdzM ^^(#@ / $=&@ hgf /x]sf] 5 .

cfof]hgf If]qdf w]/} y/Lsf hfthftLo ;d"xx? ldn]/ a;]sf 5g\ . If]qL -@$=&%Ü_ / yf? -@)=*)Ü_

d'Vo hfthftL xf] eg] oL afx]s, blnt, du/, kxf8L–a|fx\d0f, 7s'/L, d';ndfg, tyf aflb cflb

hft÷hflto ;d"xx?n] klg cfof]hgf If]qdf s'n hg;+Vofsf] dxTjk"0f{ lx:;f cf]u6]sf kfOG5 . o;

If]qdf g]kfnL efiff af]Ng]sf] hg;+Vof ;a}eGbf al9 /x]sf] 5 eg] To;kl5 cGo efifLx?df yf?, du/

u'?ª, d}ynL, calw, g]jf/ pb'{ cflb /x]sf 5g\ .

cfof]hgf k|efljt 3/kl/jf/

cfof]hgfaf6 k|ToIf k|efljt x'g] kl/jf/x? dWo] $@ 3/w'/L sf] ;fdflhs, cfly{s tyf ;f+:s[lts cj:yf

af/] ljZn]if0f ul/Psf] 5 . ;j]{If0f ul/Psf $@ 3/ kl/jf/sf] s"n hg;+Vof @@* dWo] !!@ -$(=!@Ü_

k'?if / !!^ -%)=**Ü_ dlxnf /x]sf 5g\ . To:t} cf}ift 3/w'/L ;+Vof / n}ËLs cg'kft qmdzM %=$ /

)=(& /x]sf] 5 . cfof]hgfaf6 k|efljt kl/jf/x?df If]qL 7s'/L -$!=@#Ü_ hftLsf] afx'Notf /x]sf] b]lvG5

. To;}u/L cGo k|d'v hft÷hflto ;d'xx?df kxf8L–a|fDX0f -@!=)%Ü_, afbL -!!=*$Ü_, blnt, du/

tyf yf? /x]sf] kfOG5 . ;j]{If0f ul/Psf s'n hg;+Vofsf] sl/j *(=#&Ü hg;+Vof ;fIf/ /x]sf] kfOof]

h;df k'?if ;fIf/tf ($=)^Ü / dlxnf ;fIf/tf *$=(!Ü /x]sf] 5 . To;}u/L ;j]{If0f ul/Psf 3/kl/jf/x?

dWo] sl/j @@=^)Ü hg;+Vof s[lifdf cfl>t /x]sf] b]lvG5 . s[lifsf cltl/Qm Jofkf/ Joj;fo, gf]s/L,

a}b]lzs /f]huf/L, b}lgs Hofnfbf/L cflb /x]sf] 5 . wfg, ux'F, ds}, sf]bf] / cfn' ;j]{If0f ul/Psf kl/jf/sf]]

hUufdf pTkfbg x'g] k|d'v afnLx? x'g\ . cfof]hgfaf6 k|efljt x'g] w]/} kl/jf/x? -(#=%%Ü_ sf] hUuf

dflysf] :jfldTj cf}ift\ -v]t÷jf/L_ )=% b]lv @=) x]= tyf ^=$%Ü kl/jf/sf] @=) b]lv $=) x] /x]sf]

kfOof] . cfof]hgf k|efljt kl/jf/x?sf] 3/w'/L ;e]{If0f cg';f/ cf};t\ aflif{s cfDbfgL ?=$@#,@*%÷– /

cf}ift\ aflif{s vr{ ?= #^%,)@%÷– /x]sf] 5 . oxfFsf] cfDbfgLsf] >f]tx?df s[lif tyf u}/s[lif If]q /x]sf]

5 . u}/s[lif If]q cGtu{t\ gf]s/L, b}lgs Hofnf dhb'/L, Jofkf/, ljk|]if0f tyf a[4 eQf cflb kb{5g\ .

cfDbfgL / vr{sf] tflnsf x]bf{ jflif{s cf}ift\ ?= %*,@^)÷– art x'g] b]lvG5 .


jftfj/0fLo k|efj d'Nof+sg k|ltj]bg xi g]=lj=k|f

;e]{If0f ul/Psf sl/j ^(=)%Ü 3/w'/Lx?nfO{ cfof]hgfsf] af/]df hfgsf/L /x]sf] kfO{of] . hfgsf/Lsf]

d'Vo ;|f]tdf cfof]hgfsf sd{rffl/x?, l5d]sL tyf cfkmGtx? /x]sf 5g\ . ;e]{If0f ul/Psf kl/jf/ dWo]

%&=!$Ü 3/w'/L cfof]hgf k|lt ;s/fTds 5g\ eg] ##=##Ü gs/fTds tyf $=&^Ü ty:6 b]lvG5g\ .

%=) jftfj0fLo k|efj

%=! Ef}flts jftfj/0f

cfof]hgf sfof{Gjog ubf{ s"n (*=)%&( x]S6/ hUuf 6fj/ lgdf{0f, ;j:6]zg lgdf{0f tyf If]qflwsf/

(RoW) sf] nflu cfjZos kg]{5 . h;dWo], #=&@$( x]= :yfoL ?kdf ;j:6]zg lgdf{0fsf] nflu / #=#)&%

x]= 6fj/sf] hu lgdf{0fsf] nflu clwu|x0f ul/g] 5 eg] afFsL (!=)@%% x]= hldg c:yfoL ?kdf k|of]u

ul/g]5 . k|zf/0f nfO{gdf s'n !$% j6f 6fj/x? -@^ j6f P+un tyf !!( j6f ;xfos_ lgdf{0f x'g]5g\

/ b'a} lsl;dsf 6fj/n] ;dfg ?kdf !% ld=x !% ld=sf] If]qkmn cf]u6\g]5g\ . To;}u/L lgdf{0f ;fdu|L

af]s]sf oftfoftsf ;fwgx?sf] u|fen ;8sdf cfjthfjtn] w'nf] w'jfF kmfNg uO{ c:yfO{ ?kdf jfo'

k|b'if0f x'g] b]lvG5 . lgdf{0f sfo{ ;fgf] If]qdf l;ldt x'g] ePsf]n] o:tf] jfo' k|b'if0f Go"g x'g] b]lvG5 .

lgdf{0fsf] ;dodf lg:sg] efOa|];gsf] cfjfh, uf8Lx?sf] cfjfh g} k|zf/0f nfO{g cfof]hgf lgdf{0fsf]

r/0fdf b]lvg] ;Defljt WjgL k|b'if0f xf] . t/ dfgj a:tLx?af6 k|fo 6fj/x? 6f9f /x]sfn] o:tf] WjgL

k|b'if0f s]xL 6fj/ glhsfsf j:tLx?df dfq x'g] b]lvG5 . o; k|sf/sf] WjgL k|b'if0f cNksflng x'g] /

;8s lsgf/fdf cGo oftfoft ;fwg klg sd u'8\g] ePsf]n] o;sf] k|efj sd b]lvG5 .

%=@ h}ljs jftfj/0f

;Dk"0f{ k|;f/0f nfOgsf] hUuf dWo] -6fj/, ;xfos 6fj/ _ u/L @=$) x]= hUuf jg If]qsf] k|fKt ug{'kb{5.

of] hUuf eg]sf] ;Dk"0f{ k|;f/0f nfOgsf] nflu k|efljt agIf]qsf] hUuf -^(=!& x]=_ sf] w]/} ;fgf] lx:;f

xf] . cfof]hgfn] 7'nf 7'nf ?vx?dfq sf6\g] ePsf]n] :yfoL ?kdf k|efljt agIf]qsf] hUuf sd b]lvg

cfPsf] xf] .

o; k|;f/0f nfOg lgdf{0fsf] qmddf afFs] tyf alb{of /fli6«o lgs'~h tyf o;sf] akm/ hf]g tyf bz j6f

;fd'bflos jgdf k|efj kg]{ b]lvG5 . ;Dk"0f{ k|= nf= sf] :ynut lg/LIf0f tyf cWoogdf b]lvP cg';f/

laleGg k|hftLsf *^&* ?vx? cfof]hgf lgdf{0fsf] r/0fdf s6fg ug'kg]{ cg'dfg u/LPsf] 5 .

cfof]hgfsf] lgdf{0fsf] r/0fdf jGohGt' tyf r/fr'?ËLsf] hg;+Vodf kg]{ k|efj dWod vfnsf] x'g]5 .

%=# ;fdflhs, cfly{s tyf ;f+:s[lts jftfj/0f

cfof]hgfsf] sfof{Gjogaf6 %) 3/w'/Lx?nfO{ -oL 3/w'/Lx?df ;xfos 6fj/sf] lgdf{0faf6 k|efj kg]{

3/w'/L ;d]l6Psf] 5}g_ k|ToIf ?kdf k|efj kg]{ b]lvG5 . lo 3/w'/Lx? 6fj/ lgdf{0f, ;j:6]zg lgdf{0f /

If]qflwsf/ leq ;+/rgf h:tf cfof]hgfsf cnu–cnu cjojx?sf] sf/0fn] k|efljt x'g]5g\ . hDdf

k|efljt %) 3/w'/L dWo] #$ 3/w'/Ln] cfˆgf] hUuf / !^ 3/w'/Ln] cfˆgf] ;+/rgfx? u'dfpg] 5g \ .

cfof]hgfnfO{ cfjZos kg]{ s'n hldg dWo] cfof]hgfn] clws/0f / pkof]u ug]{ !%=^#& x]= hldg lghL

x'g]5, h;dWo] )=#^x]= 6fj/sf] nflu, #=&@$(x]= ;j:6]zgsf] nflu / !)=%%@!x]= If]qflwsf/sf] nflu, .

! x]= SofDksf] nflu x'g]5 . cfof]hgfn] lgdf{0f ug{ nfu]sf] s"n 6fj/x? dWo] !^ j6f 6fj/ JolQmut

hldgdf kg]{5g\ . cfof]hgsf] lgdf{0faf6 !^ 3/w'/Lsf] @) j6f ;+/rgfx? k|ToIf k|efljt x'g]5g\ . k|efljt

kl/jf/x?sf] sl/j 40.9d]=6g -!@=^%d]=6= :yfoL / @*=@%d]=6= c:yfO{_ cGgjfnL Iflt x'g] b]lvG5 .

cfof]hgfsf] lgdf{0f r/0fdf :yflgox?sf] :jf:Yo tyf ;/;kmfOdf ljz]if c;/ kg]{ b]lvG5 . cfof]hgfsf]

lgdf{0f If]q tyf SofDk If]qaf6 kmfn]sf ljleGg k|sf/sf kmf]xf]/ tyf ;8]un]sf ;fdfgx?n] jl/kl/sf] If]q

tyf sfdbf/x? :jo+sf] :jfYodf c;/ kg]{ b]lvG5 . To;}ul/ lgdf{0f sfo{ ;DalGw rf]6k6sx? tyf

oftfoft b'3{6gfx? klg cfof]hgf lgdf{0fsf] r/0fdf b]lvg] k|efjx? x'g\ . To;}u/L cfof]hgfn] kfg]{ k|ToIf

k|efjdf cfof]hgfsf] If]qflwsf/ leq kg]{ glhssf 3/ tyf a:tLx?sf] hUuf hldgsf] d"Nodf x'g hfg]

lu/fj6 g} k|d'v ?kdf /x]sf] 5 .


jftfj/0fLo k|efj d'Nof+sg k|ltj]bg xii g]=lj=k|f

^=) j}slNks ljZn]if0f

cfof]hgfsf] j}slNks ljZn]if0f ubf{ ljleGg ljsNkx? h:t} gf] PS;g ljsNk tyf l8hfOg ljsNkx?sf]

cWoog ul/Psf] lyof] . cfof]hgffsf] clGtd k|;f/0f dfu{sf] 5gf}6 ubf{ cGo ljsNkx?sf] t'ngfdf 3gf

j:tLx? tyf jg If]qx?nfO{ ;s];Dd Go"g k|efj kg]{ u/L pQd lasNksf] ?kdf o; k|zf/0f dfu{nfO{

k|:tfj ul/Psf] 5 . To;}u/L cfly{s tyf jftfj/l0fo ?kdf pko'Qm tyf 5f]6f] dfu{sf] ?kdf klg o;

k|;f/0f dfu{nfO{ k|:tfj ul/Psf] 5 .

&=) k|efj Go"gLs/0fsf pkfox?

&=! Ef}lts jftfj/0f

ef}lts jftfj/0fdf kg]{ k|efjnfO{ Go"lgs/0f ug{sf] nflu 6fj/ tyf ;j:6]zg lgdf{0fsf] qmddf lgl:sPsf]

df6f]nfO{ plrt Joj:yfkg ug{sf] nflu lgdf{0f kZrft k"j{jt ?kdf /flvg] 5 . 6fj/ lgdf{0fk"j{ ;f]

:yfgsf] l:y/tfsf] cWoog ul/g]5 / clt ;+j]bglzn :yfgx?df 5'§} agfj6 sf] 6fj/x?sf] lgdf{0f

ul/g]5 .

&=@ h}ljs jftfj/0f

cfof]hgf lgdf{0f ubf{ sl/j ^*#$ j6f ?vx? s6fg ug'{ kg]{ cg'dfg u/LPsf] 5 . s6fg ul/g] ?vx?

;s];Dd sd ul/g] 5 . Iflt ePsf ?vx?sf] Ifltk"lt{ a[Iff/f]k0f ul/g] 5 . cfof]hgfsf sfdbf/x?nfO{

vfgf ksfpgsf] nflu sf7 bfp/fsf] k|of]udf aGb]h nufO{g]] 5 . cfof]hgfn] cfjZos dl§t]n pknAw

u/fP/ bfp/fsf] k|of]u lg?T;flxt ul/g]5 . o;sf] ;Dk"0f{ nfut vr{ k|:tfjs :jo+n] a]xf]g]{ 5 .

cfof]hgf k|:tfjssf] tkm{af6 jg pkefQmf ;d"x tyf :yflgo afl;GbfnfO{ jGohGt' ;+/If0f / o;sf]

dxTjsf] ;DaGwdf ;r]tgf sfo{qmdx? ;+rfng ul/g]5 . cfof]hgfsf sfdbf/x?nfO{ cj}w lzsf/ tyf

cGo u}/sfg'gL lqmofsnfkx? ug{ k|ltaGw nufO{g] 5 .

&=# ;fdflhs, cfly{s tyf ;f+:s[lts jftfj/0f

hUufsf] Ifltk"lt{

:yfoL ?kdf clwu|x0f ul/g] hUufsf] Ifltk"lt{ /sd ? (^,$(*,$%)÷— x'g] b]lvG5 eg] c:yfoL ?kdf

pkof]u ul/g] hldgsf] Ifltk"lt{ /sd sl/j ? *,(&#,**!÷– x'g] b]lvG5 h;nfO{ cfof]hgf :jo+n] Joxf]g]{

5 . cfjZos hUuf …hUuf k|fKtL P]g @)#$’ cg';f/ clwu|x0f ul/g]5 .

pTkfbg Ifltk"lt{

cfof]hgf lgdf{0fsf] qmddf $)=() d]=6g jfnLgfnLx?nfO{ Iflt k'Ug] b]lvG5 . pQm vfBfGg Ifltk"lt{sf]

nflu hDdf ? !,*),@%)÷– vr{ x'g] b]lvG5 .

;+/rgf Ifltk"lt{

k|:tfljt cfof]hgf sfo{Gjog ubf{ @) j6f ;+/rgfx? x6fpg' kg]{ b]lvG5 o;sf] nflu hDdf ?

!%,%!*,@*#÷– -oftfoft ;'ljwf ;lxt_ vr{ x'g] cg'dfg ul/Psf] 5 .

:jf:Yo, ;/;kmfO{ tyf ;'/Iff

cfof]hgfaf6 k|efljt If]qsf] :jf:Yo, ;/;kmfO{ tyf ;'/Iff cj:yfdf kg]{ k|efjsf] af/]df

;j{;fwf/0fx?nfO{ hfgsf/L lbgsf] nflu ;r]tgfd'ns sfo{qmdx? ;+rfng ul/g]5 .

Joj;flos hf]lvd tyf ;'/Iff

lgdf{0f If]qnfO{ ;kmf / v'nf /fVg'sf ;fy} cfjZos r]tfjgLk'0f{ lrGxx? ljleGg :yfgdf /flvg] 5 .

To;}u/L cfof]hgf If]qdf cglws[t JolQmx?sf] cfjthfjtnfO{ k"0f{?kdf lgif]w ul/g]5 . cfof]hgf

k|:tfjsn] sfdbf/x?nfO{ cfjZos ;'/Iff x]Nd]6, rZdf, ;'/Iff a'6, ;'/Iff a]N6, cfuf]af6 aRg] ;fdu|Lx?,

;fjwfgLsf lrGxx? tyf cGo cfjZos ;fdu|Lx? k|bfg ug]{5 .


jftfj/0fLo k|efj d'Nof+sg k|ltj]bg xiii g]=lj=k|f

bIftf clej[l4 sfo{qmd

cfof]hgf k|efljt kl/jf/x?sf] Ifdtf clej[l4 ug{ cfof]hgf k|efljt If]qdf kz'kfng -afv|fkfng_

tflnd, n3' pBd tflnd, tyf ;fgf ufl8 8«fOleË tflndx? lbOg] 5 . To:t} cfof]hgf k|efljt If]qdf

:jf:Yo, ;/;kmfO{ tyf ;'/Iff ;DalGw ;fdflhs ;r]tgfd'ns sfo{qmdx? ;+rfng ul/g] 5 .

xf]l8{ª af]8{

:jf:Yo tyf ;/;kmfO{ ;DalGw :yflgo ;j{;fwf/0f hgtfnfO{ ;r]t u/fpgsf] nflu glhssf jl:tx?df

xf]l8{Ë af]8{x? /flvg] 5g . o;/L /flvg] xf]l8{Ë af]8{x?df k|efjsf/L x'g] vfnsf gf/fx? g]kfnL efiffdf

n]lvg] 5g\ .

;fd'bflos ;xof]usf sfo{qmd

k|efljt If]qsf] glhssf tyf hf]lvddf /x]sf ljBfnox? nfO{ ljBfno ;xof]u sfo{qmd cGt/ut ljlQo

;xof]u k|bfg ul/g]5 . o:tf] ;xof]u sDKo'6/ vl/b, k':tsfno :yfkgf h:tf sfo{x?df k|bfg ul/g]5 .

o; cfof]hgfn] k|efljt ufpFkflnsf tyf gu/kflnsfsf j8fx?sf pNn]lvt If]qleq /x]sf glhssf

jl:tx?df k"j{wf/ lgdf0f{ ug]{ p2]Zon] ;fd'bflos ejg, d7dlGb/, v]nd}bfg, cfdf ;d'x ejg lgdf{0fdf

;xof]u tyf cGo k'jf{wf/sf] lgdf0f{sf] nflu klg ;xof]u k|bfg ug]{5 .

*=) jftfj/0f ;DjGwL P]g, lgod tyf sfg'gL k|fjwfgx?

cfof]hgf sfof{Gjog ubf{ k|:tfjsn] jftfj/0f ;+/If0f;+u ;DjlGwt ljBdfg gLlt, lgod, P]g, sfg"g

tyf lgb]{lzsfx?df tf]lsPsf dfkb08x?nfO{ ljz]if ?kdf Wofg lbg]5 . o; cfof]hgf cWoogsf] qmddf

ljB't tyf hn>f]t;+u ;DjlGwt dxTjk"0f{ P]g, lgod, lgodfjnL, tyf lgb]{lzsfx? h:t} jftfj/0f

;+/If0f P]g @)%#, jftfj/0f ;+/If0f lgodfjnL @)%$ -xfn;Ddsf] ;+zf]lwt_, hUuf k|flKt P]g @)#$,

jg P]g @)$(, jg lgodfjnL @)%!, jftfj/0fLo k|efj d"NofÍg ;DjGwL /fli6«o lgb]{lzsf @)%), cflb

sf] k'g/fjnf]sg ul/Psf] 5 .

(=) jftfj/0fLo Joj:yfkg of]hgf

cfof]hgfsf] k|efjsf/L lgdf{0f ug{sf] nflu jftfj/0f Go"lgs/0fsf sfo{qmdx?, cg'udg of]hgf,

;/f]sf/jfnfn] p7fPsf ljleGg ;d:ofx? cflb ;dfwfg ug{sf] nflu jftfj/0fLo cg'udg ul/g] 5 . o;

cg'udg of]hgf cGtu{t b}lgs ?kdf cg'udg ug{ Pp6f OsfO{ sfof{no u7g ul/g]5 h'g OsfO{df

jftfj/0f tyf ;fdflhs cWoog ljefusf ljleGg If]qsf ljz]if1x?sf] ;fy} :yfgLo :t/df /x]sf

lj1x?nfO{ ;d]t ;+nUg ul/g] 5 .

!)=) :yflgo k/fdz{

;du|df cfof]hgf If]qdf s"n !! j6f ;xeflutfd'ns 5nkmn tyf $@ 3/w'/L ;j]{If0f ul/Psf] lyof] .

To;}ul/ cfof]hgfsf] af/]df ;fj{hlgs ;'g'jfO{ sfo{qmd jftfj/0f ;+/If0f lgodfjnL adf]lhd klxnf g}

ldlt @)^(÷!@÷@& ut] ;'v]{t lhNnfsf] tTsflng l5G5' uf=lj=; df ;~rfng ul/Psf] lyof] . pQm

;fj{hlgs ;'g'jfO{ sfo{qmdsf] cWoIftf tTsflng l5G5' uf=lj=;= ;lrj lk|lt eQm lu/Ln] ug'{ePsf] lyof]

. o; ;fj{hlgs ;'g'jfO{ sfo{qmddf pkl:yltsf] nflu cg'/f]w kq ;DalGwt ;Dk'0f{ ;/sf/L sfof{nox?df

afl8Psf] lyof] . pQm kqdf sfo{qmd x'g] ldlt, :yfg tyf ;do :ki6 ?kdf n]lvPsf] lyof] . To;}ul/

pQm sfo{qmddf cfof]hgfsf] af/]df lj:t[t hfgsf/L ;lxtsf] ;+lIfKt ljj/0f k'l:tsf -a|f];/_ pkl:yt

;a}nfO{ afl8Psf] lyof] . k|:tfjsn] ;fj{hlgs ;'g'jfO{ sfo{qmdsf] ;xefuLx¿sf] k|Zg / ;/f]sf/nfO{{

;Daf]wg ug{] oyf;Dej k|of;x¿ ul/Psf] lyof] . cfof]hgfnfO{ k|efjsf/L÷;sf/fTds ?kdf ;~rfng

ug{sf] nflu cfof]hgfaf6 kg]{ gsf/fTds k|efjnfO{ sd ug'{sf] ;fy} ;sf/fTds k|efj clej[lå ug]{

cfZjf;g klg k|:tfjsaf6 lbO{Psf] lyof]] .

!!=) lgZsif{

o; jftfj/0fLo k|efj d'Nof+sg k|ltj]bgdf pNn]v eP cg';f/ cfof]hgfsf] sfof{Gjogsf] nflu %)

3/w'/L k|ToIf ?kdf k|efljt x'g]5g\ eg] s'n (*=)%&(x]= hldgsf] cfjZostf kg]{5 . o; k|ltj]bgdf


jftfj/0fLo k|efj d'Nof+sg k|ltj]bg xiv g]=lj=k|f

cfof]hgf k|efljtx?sf] nflu Ifltk"lt{ tyf Ifdtf clea[l4sf ljleGg sfo{qmdx? k|:tfj ul/Psf] 5 .

s'n jftfj/0fLo Joj:yfkg -hUufsf] Ifltk"lt{, Ifdtf clea[l4, ;fd'bflos ;xof]usf sfo{qmd tyf

cg'udg nfut ;lxt_ nfut ? @)$,^^(,)*@÷– -hUufsf] d'No ;lxt_ nfUg] cg'dfg ul/Psf] 5 h'g

s"n cfof]hgfsf] lgdf{0f nfutsf] !!=#&% k|ltzt xf] eg] hUufsf] d'No afx]s nfut ? (*,#(^,&%!÷–

nfUg] cg'dfg ul/Psf] 5 h'g s"n cfof]hgfsf] lgdf{0f nfutsf] %=$%% k|ltzt xf] . k|:t't cfof]hgfsf]

sfof{Gjog ubf{ dfly k|:t't ul/Psf] Go"lgs/0fsf pkfox? / cg'udg of]hgf cg';f/ ul/Psf] v08df

of] cfof]hgf ;fdflhs tyf jftfj/0fLo b[li6sf]0fn] pko'Qm b]lvG5 .

Kohalpur-Surkhet 132kV TL Project Abbreviations and Acronyms

EIA Report xv NEA-ESSD

Abbreviations and Acronyms

ACSR : Aluminum Conductor Steel Reinforced AM : Amplitude Modulation APs : Angle Points CAAN : Civil Aviation Authority of Nepal CBS : Central Bureau of Statistics CDC : Compensation Determination Committee CDO : Chief District Officer CFC : Compensation Fixation Committee CFs : Community Forests CITES : Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species of Wild Fauna

and Flora CSP : Community Support Program DBH : Diameter at Breast Height DCC : District Coordination Committee DFO : Division Forest Office DFRS : Department of Forest Research and Survey DHM : Department of Hydrology and Meteorology DIA : Direct Impact Area DoED : Department of Electricity Development EA : Environmental Audit EIA : Environmental Impact Assessment EMF : Electromagnetic Field EMP : Environmental Management Plan EMU : Environment Management Unit EPA : Environment Protection Act EPP : Environmental Protection Plan EPR : Environment Protection Rules ESSD : Environment and Social Studies Department FGD : Focus Group Discussion FM : Frequency Modulation FUGs : Forest Users Groups FY : Fiscal Year GIS : Geographic Information System GoN : Government of Nepal GPS : Global Positioning System GRU : Grievance Redress Unit HEP : Hydroelectric Project HHs : Households IEE : Initial Environmental Examination IIA : Indirect Impact Area ILO : International Labor Organization INGOs : International Non-Governmental Organization INPS : Integrated National Power System IUCN : International Union for Conservation of Nature IVI : Importance Value Index KII : Key Informant Interview KSTLP : Kohalpur-Surkhet 132kV Transmission Line Project LARS : Land Acquisition and Rehabilitation Section LARU : Land Acquisition and Rehabilitation Unit LCF : Local Consultative Forum LF : Leasehold Forest LPG : Liquefied Petroleum Gas MCT : Main Central Thrust MoEn : Ministry of Energy (the then)

Kohalpur-Surkhet 132kV TL Project Abbreviations and Acronyms

EIA Report xvi NEA-ESSD

MoEWRI : Ministry of Energy, Water Resources and Irrigation MoFE : Ministry of Forests and Environment MoHA : Ministry of Home Affairs MoPE : Ministry of Population and Environment (the then) MS : Microsoft NBSAP : National Biodiversity Strategy and Action Plan NEA : Nepal Electricity Authority NEPAP : Nepal Environmental Policy and Action Plan NGO : Non-Governmental Organization NPC : National Planning Commission NTFPs : Non-Timber Forest Products ODF : Open Defection Free OWL : Other Wooded Land PAA : Project Affected Area PADs : Project Affected Districts PAFs : Project Affected Families PDD : Project Development Department PIC : Project Information Center PMO : Project Manager Office PoE : Panel of Expert PRA : Participatory Rural Appraisal RCC : Reinforced Cement Concrete RM : Rural Municipality RoW : Right of Way RRP : Resettlement and Rehabilitation Plan SD : Scoping Document SPAFs : Seriously Project Affected Families SS : Substation ST : Suspension Tower TL : Transmission Line ToR : Terms of Reference VDC : Village Development Committee

Units

°C : Degree Centigrade ha : Hectare km : Kilometer kV : Kilo Volt kW : Kilo Watt m : Meter mm : Millimeter m2 : Meter Square MHz : Mega Hertz MT : Metric Ton MW : Megawatt NRs. : Nepalese Rupees sq. ft. : Square Feet sq. km. : Square Kilometer USD : United State Dollar

Kohalpur-Surkhet 132kV TL Project Table of Content

EIA Report xvii NEA-ESSD

TABLE OF CONTENT NEPALI SUMMARY ENGLISH SUMMARY

List of Table ............................................................................................................................................ xxii

List of Figure ......................................................................................................................................... xxiv

1 Introduction ................................................................................................................................ 1-1

Background .................................................................................................................................. 1-1

Project Proponent ........................................................................................................................ 1-1

Organization Responsible for Conducting EIA ............................................................................ 1-1

Objectives of EIA .......................................................................................................................... 1-2

Rationality for Conducting EIA ..................................................................................................... 1-2

Scope of EIA ................................................................................................................................ 1-2

Structure of the Report ................................................................................................................. 1-3

2 Project Description .................................................................................................................... 2-4

Objective of the Project ................................................................................................................ 2-4

Salient Features of the Project ..................................................................................................... 2-4

Location of the Project ................................................................................................................. 2-5

Access to the Project ................................................................................................................... 2-8

Project Components ..................................................................................................................... 2-8

2.5.1 Substation .................................................................................................................................... 2-8

2.5.2 Transmission Line ........................................................................................................................ 2-8

Project Activities ......................................................................................................................... 2-14

Construction Planning ................................................................................................................ 2-14

2.7.1 Preliminary Works ...................................................................................................................... 2-14

2.7.2 Land Acquisition and Forest Clearance ..................................................................................... 2-15

2.7.3 Substation Construction ............................................................................................................. 2-15

2.7.4 Tower Foundation ...................................................................................................................... 2-15

2.7.5 Erection of Tower ....................................................................................................................... 2-15

2.7.6 Insulator Fittings, Conductor and Ground Wire Stringing .......................................................... 2-15

2.7.7 Transportation ............................................................................................................................ 2-16

2.7.8 Spoil Dumping Site ..................................................................................................................... 2-16

2.7.9 Construction Materials ............................................................................................................... 2-18

2.7.10 Concrete Batching Plant ............................................................................................................ 2-18

2.7.11 Requirement of Workforce ......................................................................................................... 2-18

2.7.12 Construction Power .................................................................................................................... 2-18

2.7.13 Project Cost ................................................................................................................................ 2-18

Project Schedule ........................................................................................................................ 2-18

3 Study Methodology .................................................................................................................... 3-1

Desk Study ................................................................................................................................... 3-1

3.1.1 Literature Review ......................................................................................................................... 3-1

3.1.2 Legislation Review ....................................................................................................................... 3-2

Delineation of Project Impact Area .............................................................................................. 3-2

3.2.1 Project Affected Districts (PADs) ................................................................................................. 3-2

3.2.2 Project Affected Municipality/RM (PAA) ....................................................................................... 3-2

3.2.3 Project Affected Families (PAFs) ................................................................................................. 3-3

Field Investigation ........................................................................................................................ 3-3

3.3.1 Physical Environment ................................................................................................................... 3-4

3.3.2 Biological Environment................................................................................................................. 3-5

3.3.3 Socio-economic and Cultural Environment .................................................................................. 3-7

Data Analysis ............................................................................................................................. 3-10

3.4.1 Physical Environment ................................................................................................................. 3-10

3.4.2 Biological Environment............................................................................................................... 3-10

3.4.3 Socio-economic and Cultural Environment ................................................................................ 3-10


EIA Report xviii NEA-ESSD

Public Involvement/ Consultation ............................................................................................... 3-10

3.5.1 Consultation during EIA ............................................................................................................. 3-10

3.5.2 Public Meetings .......................................................................................................................... 3-11

3.5.3 Public Hearing ............................................................................................................................ 3-11

Impact Area Delineation Methods .............................................................................................. 3-11

Impact Identification, Evaluation and Prediction ........................................................................ 3-11

Limitations of the Study .............................................................................................................. 3-13

4 Existing Environmental Condition ........................................................................................... 4-1

4.1.1 Topography .................................................................................................................................. 4-1

4.1.2 Land Use ...................................................................................................................................... 4-2

4.1.3 Climate ......................................................................................................................................... 4-4

4.1.4 Geology and Geomorphology ...................................................................................................... 4-4

4.1.5 Seismology ................................................................................................................................... 4-4

4.1.6 Air and Noise Quality ................................................................................................................... 4-5

4.1.7 Water Quality ............................................................................................................................... 4-5

4.1.8 Watershed Conditions and Drainage Patterns ............................................................................ 4-6

4.1.9 Land Stability/ Erosion ................................................................................................................. 4-7

4.1.10 Crossings of Other Utilities........................................................................................................... 4-7

4.1.11 Air Traffic ...................................................................................................................................... 4-8

Biological Environment................................................................................................................. 4-9

4.2.1 Forest and Vegetation .................................................................................................................. 4-9

4.2.2 Forest Census Survey Sampling and Quantitative Analysis...................................................... 4-11

4.2.3 National Parks and Forest Management ................................................................................... 4-12

4.2.4 Wild Fauna ................................................................................................................................. 4-17

4.2.5 Ethno-botany .............................................................................................................................. 4-18

4.2.6 Rare and Endangered Flora and Fauna .................................................................................... 4-18

Socio-economic and Cultural Environment ................................................................................ 4-20

4.3.1 Project Affected Districts (PADs) ............................................................................................... 4-20

4.3.2 Project Affected Area (PAA) ...................................................................................................... 4-22

4.3.3 Project Affected Families (PAFs) ............................................................................................... 4-30

5 Environmental Impacts.............................................................................................................. 5-1

Physical Environment ................................................................................................................... 5-1

5.1.1 Topography .................................................................................................................................. 5-1

5.1.2 Land Use and Land Take ............................................................................................................. 5-1

5.1.3 Air and Noise Quality ................................................................................................................... 5-1

5.1.4 Water Quality ............................................................................................................................... 5-2

5.1.5 Watershed and Natural Drainage ................................................................................................ 5-2

5.1.6 Waste and Spoil Generation ........................................................................................................ 5-3

5.1.7 Crossing of Other Utilities and Interferences ............................................................................... 5-3

5.1.8 Air Traffic ...................................................................................................................................... 5-3

5.1.9 Storage of Construction Material and Camps .............................................................................. 5-4


5.2.1 Loss of Forest and Vegetation Cover .......................................................................................... 5-5

5.2.2 Changes of Demand for Fuel Wood and Timber ......................................................................... 5-8

5.2.3 Possible Encroachment of Forest ................................................................................................ 5-9

5.2.4 Exploitation of Non-Timber Forest Products (NTFPs) ................................................................. 5-9

5.2.5 Impact on Wildlife and Avifauna ................................................................................................... 5-9

5.2.6 Habitat Loss and Fragmentation .................................................................................................. 5-9

5.2.7 Possible Wildlife Poaching ......................................................................................................... 5-10

5.2.8 Possibility of fire hazard/forest fire ............................................................................................. 5-10

5.2.9 Impact due to Construction Disturbances .................................................................................. 5-10

5.2.10 Electrocution and Impact on Bird and Wildlife Mobility .............................................................. 5-11

5.2.11 Impacts on Protected Species of Flora and Fauna .................................................................... 5-11

Socio-economic and Cultural Environment ................................................................................ 5-13


EIA Report xix NEA-ESSD

5.3.1 Acquisition of land and Structure ............................................................................................... 5-13

5.3.2 Loss of Crops ............................................................................................................................. 5-15

5.3.3 Impact on Livelihood .................................................................................................................. 5-16

5.3.4 Identification of Seriously Project Affected Family ..................................................................... 5-17

5.3.5 Health, Water Supply and Sanitation ......................................................................................... 5-17

5.3.6 Occupational Hazards and Safety ............................................................................................. 5-17

5.3.7 Impact on Houses, Settlements and Social Infrastructures ....................................................... 5-18

5.3.8 Impact Due to Crossings ............................................................................................................ 5-18

5.3.9 Impacts on Communal Resources ............................................................................................. 5-18

5.3.10 Impact on PAF Due to Alteration of Land and Property Values................................................. 5-18

5.3.11 Impact Due to Restriction of Future Land use Development ..................................................... 5-19

5.3.12 Disturbances to Television and Mobile/Cell Phone Reception .................................................. 5-19

5.3.13 Electric and Magnetic Field Effect .............................................................................................. 5-19

5.3.14 Gender and Vulnerable group .................................................................................................... 5-20

5.3.15 Local Economy ........................................................................................................................... 5-20

5.3.16 Religious, Historical and Archeological Site............................................................................... 5-20

5.3.17 Infrastructure and Service Facility .............................................................................................. 5-21

5.3.18 Social and Culture Practices ...................................................................................................... 5-21

5.3.19 Law and Order ........................................................................................................................... 5-21

5.3.20 Impacts of Aesthetics ................................................................................................................. 5-21

5.3.21 Beneficial Impacts ...................................................................................................................... 5-22

6 Alternative Analysis ................................................................................................................... 6-1

Route Alternative .......................................................................................................................... 6-1

Design Alternatives ...................................................................................................................... 6-1

6.2.1 Tower Structure ............................................................................................................................ 6-1

6.2.2 Ruling Span .................................................................................................................................. 6-1

6.2.3 Polymer Insulator ......................................................................................................................... 6-2

6.2.4 Foundation and its Protection ...................................................................................................... 6-2

No Action Alternative .................................................................................................................... 6-2

6.3.1 Without Project ............................................................................................................................. 6-2

6.3.2 With Project .................................................................................................................................. 6-2

Technology ................................................................................................................................... 6-2

Operation Procedure .................................................................................................................... 6-3

Construction Schedule ................................................................................................................. 6-3

6.6.1 Rainy Season ............................................................................................................................... 6-3

6.6.2 Dry Season .................................................................................................................................. 6-3

7 Mitigation and Enhancement Measures .................................................................................. 7-1

Physical Environment ................................................................................................................... 7-1

7.1.1 Topography, Land Use and Land Take ....................................................................................... 7-1

7.1.2 Air Quality ..................................................................................................................................... 7-2

7.1.3 Noise and Vibrations .................................................................................................................... 7-2

7.1.4 Water Quality ............................................................................................................................... 7-2

7.1.5 Watershed and Natural Drainage ................................................................................................ 7-2

7.1.6 Waste and Spoil Disposal ............................................................................................................ 7-3

7.1.7 Storage of Construction material ................................................................................................. 7-3

7.1.8 Crossing of Other Utilities and Interference ................................................................................. 7-4

7.1.9 Air Traffic ...................................................................................................................................... 7-4

7.1.10 Summary of Mitigation Cost for Physical Environment ................................................................ 7-4


7.2.1 Mitigation Measures ..................................................................................................................... 7-4

7.2.2 Enhancement Measures .............................................................................................................. 7-7

7.2.3 Summary of Biological Mitigation and Enhancement Cost ......................................................... 7-8

Socio-economic and Cultural Environment .................................................................................. 7-8

7.3.1 Mitigation Measures ..................................................................................................................... 7-8


EIA Report xx NEA-ESSD

7.3.2 Enhancement Measures ............................................................................................................ 7-17

7.3.3 Summary of Enhancement Measures ........................................................................................ 7-18

7.3.4 Community Support Program (CSP) .......................................................................................... 7-18

7.3.5 Summary of Socio-economic Mitigation, Enhancement and CSP Cost .................................... 7-19

Summary of Environmental Mitigation, Enhancement & CSP Cost .......................................... 7-19

8 Review of Policies and Legal Provision .................................................................................. 8-1

Introduction .................................................................................................................................. 8-1

The Constitution of Nepal............................................................................................................. 8-1

Plan and Policy ............................................................................................................................ 8-1

8.3.1 Nepal Environmental Policy and Action Plan, 2050 (1993) and 2055 (1998) .............................. 8-1

8.3.2 Fourteenth Three Year Plan (2073/74-2076/77 BS), 2016 .......................................................... 8-2

8.3.3 National Biodiversity Strategy and Action Plan, 2071 (2014-20) ................................................. 8-2

8.3.4 Climate Change Policy, 2067 (2011) ........................................................................................... 8-2

8.3.5 Forestry Policy, 2071 (2015) ........................................................................................................ 8-3

8.3.6 Hydropower Development Policy, 2058 (2001) ........................................................................... 8-3

8.3.7 National Policy on Land Acquisition, Compensation and Resettlement, 2015 ............................ 8-3

Acts .............................................................................................................................................. 8-4

8.4.1 Land Acquisition Act, 2034 (1977) ............................................................................................... 8-4

8.4.2 Soil and Watershed Conservation Act, 2039 (1982) .................................................................... 8-4

8.4.3 Water Resources Act, 2049 (1992) .............................................................................................. 8-4

8.4.4 Electricity Act, 2049 (1992) .......................................................................................................... 8-4

8.4.5 Forest Act, 2049 (1993) ............................................................................................................... 8-5

8.4.6 Local Government Operation Act, 2074 (2017) ........................................................................... 8-5

8.4.7 Labour Act, 2074 (2017) .............................................................................................................. 8-5

8.4.8 Environment Protection Act, 2053 (1997) .................................................................................... 8-6

8.4.9 Child Labor (Prohibition and Regulation) Act, 2056 (2000) ......................................................... 8-6

8.4.10 Solid Waste Management Act, 2068 (2011) ................................................................................ 8-6

8.4.11 CITES Act, 2073 (2017) ............................................................................................................... 8-7

8.4.12 National Parks and Wildlife Conservation Act, 2029 (1973) ........................................................ 8-7

8.4.13 Land Reform Act – 2021 (1964) ................................................................................................... 8-7

8.4.14 Contribution Based Social Security Act 2017 (2074) ................................................................... 8-7

Rules and Regulations ................................................................................................................. 8-8

8.5.1 Electricity Rules, 2050 (1993) ...................................................................................................... 8-8

8.5.2 Water Resources Rules, 2050 (1993) .......................................................................................... 8-8

8.5.3 Environment Protection Rules, 2054 (1997) ................................................................................ 8-8

8.5.4 Conservation Area Management Rules, 2050 (1996) ................................................................. 8-8

8.5.5 Forest Rules, 2051 (1995) ........................................................................................................... 8-9

8.5.6 National Parks and Wildlife Conservation Rules, 2030 (1974) .................................................... 8-9

8.5.7 Contribution-based Social Security Regulation 2018 (2075) ....................................................... 8-9

Guidelines and Working Procedures ........................................................................................... 8-9

8.6.1 National EIA Guidelines, 2050 (1993) .......................................................................................... 8-9

8.6.2 EIA Guidelines for Forestry Sector, 1995 .................................................................................. 8-10

8.6.3 Forest Production, Collection and Sales Distribution Guidelines, 2057 (1998) ................ 8-10

8.6.4 Community Forest Guidelines, 2058 (2001) .............................................................................. 8-10

8.6.5 Working Procedure for the Use of National Forest Land for National Priority Project, 2074 ..... 8-10

8.6.6 hUufsf] xbaGbL 5'6 lbg] ;DaGwL cfb]z, @)&$ .......................................................................................... 8-11

8.6.7 ILO Convention of Indigenous and Tribal Peoples (No.169) ..................................................... 8-11

Conventions ............................................................................................................................... 8-12

8.7.1 Convention on Biological Diversity, 1992 ................................................................................... 8-12

8.7.2 CITES, 1973 ............................................................................................................................... 8-13

Standards ................................................................................................................................... 8-13

8.8.1 National Ambient Air Quality Standard, 2069 (2012) ................................................................. 8-13

8.8.2 Nepal Vehicle Mass Emission Standard, 2069 (2012) .............................................................. 8-13

8.8.3 National Ambient Sound Quality Standard, 2069 (2012) ........................................................... 8-13


EIA Report xxi NEA-ESSD

8.8.4 Standard on Emission of Smoke by Diesel Generators, 2069 (2012) ....................................... 8-13

9 Environmental Management Plan ............................................................................................ 9-1

Introduction .................................................................................................................................. 9-1

Objectives of EMP ........................................................................................................................ 9-1

Environment Legislation ............................................................................................................... 9-1

Environmental Management Plan ................................................................................................ 9-1

9.4.1 Environmental Management Activities ......................................................................................... 9-2

Environment Management Approach .......................................................................................... 9-8

9.5.1 Pre-construction Phase ................................................................................................................ 9-9

9.5.2 Construction Phase ...................................................................................................................... 9-9

9.5.3 Operation Phase .......................................................................................................................... 9-9

Implementation Approach and Mechanism.................................................................................. 9-9

9.6.1 Project Stakeholders for Environmental Management ................................................................ 9-9

9.6.2 Institutional Arrangement and Responsibility ............................................................................... 9-9

9.6.3 Reporting Requirements ............................................................................................................ 9-13

Environmental Monitoring .......................................................................................................... 9-14

9.7.1 General Rationale for Environmental Monitoring ....................................................................... 9-14

9.7.2 Objectives of Monitoring............................................................................................................. 9-15

9.7.3 Requirements for Environmental Monitoring in Nepal ............................................................... 9-15

9.7.4 Site Inspections .......................................................................................................................... 9-16

9.7.5 Environmental Monitoring Plans ................................................................................................ 9-16

9.7.6 Monitoring Location and Agencies Responsible for Monitoring ................................................. 9-22

9.7.7 Monitoring Cost .......................................................................................................................... 9-22

Environmental Audit Framework ................................................................................................ 9-23

9.8.1 General Rationale for Environmental Audit................................................................................ 9-23

9.8.2 Environmental Audit in Nepal ..................................................................................................... 9-24

9.8.3 Types of Auditing ....................................................................................................................... 9-24

9.8.4 Agencies Responsible for Auditing ............................................................................................ 9-24

9.8.5 Environmental Auditing Schedule and Cost............................................................................... 9-24

9.8.6 Environmental Mitigation, Enhancement, CSR and Management Plan Cost ............................ 9-25

10 Public Consultation ................................................................................................................. 10-1

Introduction ................................................................................................................................ 10-1

Approaches for Public Involvement ........................................................................................... 10-1

10.2.1 Public Consultation during Scoping Phase ................................................................................ 10-1

10.2.2 Public Consultation and Participation during EIA ...................................................................... 10-2

10.2.3 RM/Municipality Level Meetings ................................................................................................ 10-2

Public Hearing ............................................................................................................................ 10-2

10.3.1 Introduction ................................................................................................................................ 10-2

10.3.2 Objectives of the Program.......................................................................................................... 10-2

10.3.3 Approach and Methodology ....................................................................................................... 10-3

11 Conclusion ................................................................................................................................ 11-1

References

Kohalpur-Surkhet 132kV TL Project List of Table

EIA Report xxii NEA-ESSD

LIST OF TABLE Table 2-1: Salient Features of the Project ................................................................................................ 2-4

Table 2-2: List of Project Affected RM/Municipality .................................................................................. 2-5

Table 2-3: Land Requirement for the Project .......................................................................................... 2-17

Table 2-4: Land Use of APs and STs ..................................................................................................... 2-17

Table 2-5: Construction Schedule ........................................................................................................... 2-19

Table 3-1: Detail of Topographic Maps of Project Area ............................................................................ 3-1

Table 3-2: List of Persons involved in EIA Team ...................................................................................... 3-4

Table 3-3: Methods for Collection of Data related to Physical Environment ............................................ 3-4

Table 3-4: Methods for Collection of Data related to Biological Environment .......................................... 3-6

Table 3-5: Date, Location and Number of Participants in PRA ................................................................. 3-8

Table 3-6: Methodologies for Collecting Socioeconomic and Cultural Data ............................................. 3-9

Table 4-1: Altitudinal Variation and Land use of APs of KSTLP ............................................................... 4-1

Table 4-2: River Crossing along KSTLP .................................................................................................. 4-7

Table 4-3: Crossing along the KSTLP Alignment ..................................................................................... 4-8

Table 4-4: Details of Forests along the Alignment .................................................................................... 4-9

Table 4-5: List of protected and Endangered fauna reported in the project area ................................... 4-16

Table 4-6: List of Mammals in the project area ....................................................................................... 4-18

Table 4-7: Demographic Characteristics of PADs .................................................................................. 4-20

Table 4-8: Demographic Characteristics of PAA .................................................................................... 4-22

Table 4-9: Status of Absentee Population in the PAA ............................................................................ 4-25

Table 4-10: Improved Source of Drinking Water..................................................................................... 4-25

Table 4-11: Demographic Features of PAFs .......................................................................................... 4-30

Table 4-12: Distribution of Population by Broad Age Groups ................................................................. 4-30

Table 4-13: Families Structure of the Surveyed HHs ............................................................................. 4-30

Table 4-14: Distribution of Surveyed Population by Marital Status......................................................... 4-31

Table 4-15: Caste/ Ethnic Composition of the HHs ................................................................................ 4-31

Table 4-16: Distribution of Surveyed HHs by Religion ............................................................................ 4-31

Table 4-17: Distribution of Surveyed HHs by Language ......................................................................... 4-32

Table 4-18: Literary Status (Population of 5 years and above) of Surveyed Population ........................ 4-32

Table 4-19: Educational Attainment along the Literate Surveyed Population ........................................ 4-32

Table 4-20: Occupational Composition of Surveyed Population (14 to 59 years) .................................. 4-32

Table 4-21: Distribution of Surveyed HHs by Landholding size.............................................................. 4-33

Table 4-22: Landholdings of the HHs by Type of Land .......................................................................... 4-33

Table 4-23: Crop Area Coverage, Production and Yield of Surveyed HHs ............................................ 4-33

Table 4-24: HHs having Livestock in the Project Area ........................................................................... 4-34

Table 4-25: Food Sufficiency of the HHs by Own Production ................................................................. 4-34

Table 4-26: HHs having Loan ................................................................................................................. 4-34

Table 4-27: Affected HHs having Business/ Cottage Industry ................................................................ 4-35

Table 4-28: Average Annual Income of Surveyed HHs from Difference Sources .................................. 4-35

Table 4-29: Average Annual Expenditure of the HHs ............................................................................. 4-35

Table 4-30: Source of Water for Domestic Use ...................................................................................... 4-36

Table 4-31: Source of Energy for the HHs for cooking purpose ............................................................. 4-36

Table 4-32: Assemble Source of Fuel Wood of the HHs ........................................................................ 4-36

Table 4-33: Methods of Solid Waste Disposal in the Project Area ......................................................... 4-37

Table 4-34: Attitude Regarding the Project by Type ............................................................................... 4-37

Table 4-35: Expectation from the Project ................................................................................................ 4-37

Table 4-36: Houses by Type of Wall ....................................................................................................... 4-38

Table 4-37: Houses by Floor type ........................................................................................................... 4-38

Table 4-38: Houses by Roof Type .......................................................................................................... 4-38

Table 4-39: Houses by No. of Stories ..................................................................................................... 4-39

Table 5-1: Physical Environment Impact Assessment Matrix ................................................................... 5-4

Table 5-2: Total Affected Forest (by Types) ............................................................................................. 5-6

Kohalpur-Surkhet 132kV TL Project List of Table

EIA Report xxiii NEA-ESSD

Table 5-3: Forest loss in different components ......................................................................................... 5-6

Table 5-4: Potential loss of Pole and Tree along the TL in Surkhet District ............................................. 5-6

Table 5-5: Potential loss of pole and tree in Banke District (BaNP and its buffer zone) .......................... 5-7

Table 5-6: Potential loss of pole and tree in Bardia District (BNP and its buffer zone) ............................ 5-7

Table 5-7: District wise Potential Forest Loss ........................................................................................... 5-8

Table 5-8: Impact Assessment Matrix for Biological Environment.......................................................... 5-12

Table 5-9: HHs Affected by the Project ................................................................................................... 5-13

Table 5-10: Affected HHs by Land Loss (Surveyed HHs) ...................................................................... 5-13

Table 5-11: Private land use by Project Components ............................................................................ 5-14

Table 5-12: List of Project Affected Households by Type of Structures ................................................. 5-14

Table 5-13: List of Project Affected Surveyed HHs by Area and Type of Structures ............................. 5-15

Table 5-14: Annual Loss of Agricultural Production of Surveyed HH ..................................................... 5-16

Table 5-15: Annual Loss of Agriculture Production (Land Utilization) .................................................... 5-16

Table 5-16: Impact Assessment Matrix for Socioeconomic and Cultural Environment .......................... 5-23

Table 7-1: Estimated Cost for Compensatory Plantation .......................................................................... 7-6

Table 7-2: Mitigation Cost for Wildlife Conservation ................................................................................. 7-8

Table 7-3: Mitigation Cost for Nursery Training and Development ........................................................... 7-8

Table 7-4: Mitigation and Enhancement Cost for Biological Environment ................................................ 7-8

Table 7-5: Estimated Cost for Land Acquisition ........................................................................................ 7-9

Table 7-6: Estimated Cost for Land Utilization.......................................................................................... 7-9

Table 7-7: Compensation Cost for Structure Loss .................................................................................. 7-10

Table 7-8: Annual Loss of Agricultural Production Due to Land Acquisition .......................................... 7-11

Table 7-9: Value of total loss of Agriculture Production due to Land Utilization ..................................... 7-11

Table 7-10: Mitigation and Rehabilitation Cost (NRs) ............................................................................. 7-17

Table 7-11: Cost of Livestock Training ................................................................................................... 7-17

Table 7-12: Cost of Micro Enterprise Training ........................................................................................ 7-18

Table 7-13: Summary of Enhancement Measure Cost ........................................................................... 7-18

Table 7-14: Summary of CSP Cost ......................................................................................................... 7-19

Table 7-15: Cost Estimate for Social Mitigation, Enhancement and CSP Cost ...................................... 7-19

Table 7-16: Cost Estimate for Environmental Mitigation, Enhancement and CSR................................. 7-19

Table 7-17: Entitlement Policy Matrix ..................................................................................................... 7-20

Table 9-1: Permits and Approval Plan ...................................................................................................... 9-2

Table 9-2: Resettlement and Rehabilitation Plan...................................................................................... 9-3

Table 9-3: Public Health and Occupation Safety Management Plan ........................................................ 9-3

Table 9-4: Environmental Enhancement Plan .......................................................................................... 9-5

Table 9-5: Institutional Capacity Strengthening Plan ................................................................................ 9-6

Table 9-6: Pollution Abatement Plan ........................................................................................................ 9-6

Table 9-7: Terrestrial Ecology Management Plan .................................................................................... 9-7

Table 9-8: Monitoring Plan and Schedule ............................................................................................... 9-18

Table 9-9: Environmental Monitoring Cost .............................................................................................. 9-22

Table 9-10: Environmental Auditing Cost ............................................................................................... 9-24

Table 9-11: Cost Estimate for Environmental Mitigation, Enhancement and CSR................................. 9-25

Table 9-12: Environmental Audit Parameters, Indicators, Methods and Location.................................. 9-26

Table 10-1: Issues Raised by the Stakeholders in Public Hearing Programs ........................................ 10-4

Kohalpur-Surkhet 132kV TL Project List of Figure

EIA Report xxiv NEA-ESSD

LIST OF FIGURE

Figure 2-1: Project Location Map .............................................................................................................. 2-5

Figure 2-2: (a) PADs and (b) PAA with Project Components ................................................................... 2-7

Figure 2-3: Project Accessibility Map ........................................................................................................ 2-8

Figure 2-4: Tower Design ........................................................................................................................ 2-20

Figure 4-1: Elevation Profile of KSTLP ..................................................................................................... 4-1

Figure 4-2: Land use Map of the PAA ....................................................................................................... 4-3

Figure 4-3: Geological Map of Nepal indicating the Proposed KSTLP ..................................................... 4-4

Figure 4-4: Seismic Map of Nepal ............................................................................................................. 4-5

Figure 4-5: Drainage Pattern along the TL ............................................................................................... 4-6

Figure 4-6: Ethnic Caste Group of the Project Affected Municipality ...................................................... 4-23

Figure 4-7: Languages spoken in the PAA ............................................................................................. 4-24

Figure 4-8: Educational attainment of Population 5 years and above (%) ............................................. 4-24

Figure 4-9: Working Age Population of PAA ........................................................................................... 4-27

Figure 4-10: Source of (a) Lighting Fuel and (b) Cooking Fuel of the HHs of PAA ................................ 4-28

Figure 9-1: Organizational setup for Environmental Management and Monitoring ................................ 9-12

Kohalpur-Surkhet 132kV TL Project Introduction

EIA Report 1-1 NEA-ESSD

1 INTRODUCTION

Background In order to alleviate the acute power shortage problem faced by the nation, Government of Nepal

(GoN) declared state of emergency in electricity sector on Poush 9, 2065 and approved the

Electricity Crisis Mitigation Plan. The plan includes construction of Bardaghat - Bharatpur,

Marsyangdi - Kathmandu and Bharatpur -Hetaunda 220 kV transmission lines. Also included in

the plan is the development of KaliGandaki, Kabeli, Singati - Lamosanghu, Sunkoshi - Dolakha

and Dhankuta - Tirtire transmission line corridors. To make the Electricity Crisis Mitigation Plan

more effective, GoN on Chaitra 5, 2065 decided to add three additional programs on previously

approved plan.Under the program for construction and extension of national transmission line,

GoN added construction of 29 numbers of new 132kV, 220kV and 400kV transmission line with

total line length of 2,255 km.

The proposed Kohalpur - Surkhet 132 kV Transmission Line Project (KSTLP) is one of the

lines identified for construction in the Electricity Crisis Mitigation Plan. Presently Surkhet, Dailekh,

Jajarkot and surrounding areas are supplied through 60km long Kohalpur-Surkhet 33kV

transmission line. Long lines at 33kV and 11kV voltage level are extended to supply the areas.

This has resulted in frequent supply outage and low voltage. To improve the supply situation in

the region and to evacuate the power generated from different hydropower plant, KSTLP is

essential.

Project Proponent NEA, the major electricity generator and responsible for transmission and distribution of

electricity, is the proponent of the proposed KSTLP. The then Ministry of Energy (MoEn) had

granted a survey license to NEA for feasibility and Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) on

2067/03/25 BS. Ministry of Energy, Water Resources and Irrigation granted survey license to

NEA second time of the KSTLP on 2075/04/04 BS and is valid to 2077/04/03. A copy of survey

license and application letter are attached in Appendix A.

Address of the Project Proponent:

Nepal Electricity Authority

Durbar Marg, Kathmandu, Nepal

Phone No. : 01-4220449, Fax No.: 01-4447969

Organization Responsible for Conducting EIA NEA, being the project proponent, is responsible to carry out the EIA of the proposed project.

NEA-ESSD has been assigned the task of conducting EIA for the proposed KSTLP. The Scoping

Document (SD) and Terms of Reference (ToR) of the KSTLP was approved by the then Ministry

of Environment on 2068/12/26 BS. This EIA document has been prepared as per the prevailing

laws of Nepal and approved SD and ToR. This EIA report was prepared in accordance with the

terms and conditions of the Survey License (Appendix A).

Contact Address:

Environment and Social Studies Department

Engineering Service Directorate

Nepal Electricity Authority

Kharipati, Bhaktapur, Nepal

Phone No. : 01-6611580; Fax No.: 01-6611590

Email : [email protected]

mailto:[email protected]



Objectives of EIA The main objective of the EIA is to examine the most suitable and cost effective configuration of

the proposed project that would be suitable to the region's environment. In essence, the specific

objectives of this EIA are as follows:

Identify the project impact area;

Document the major physical, biological and socio-economic and cultural baseline

conditions;

Identify potential positive and adverse impacts due to development and operation in different

alternative scenarios;

Analyze the most critical adverse impacts;

Examine and select the most optimal alternative from the various relevant options;

Propose appropriate, practical, cost effective and site specific mitigation measures to avoid

adverse impacts for selected alternative and enhancement measures for positive impacts;

Incorporate the input of public opinions in the decision making process related to the

Identification of potential impacts, mitigation measures and project alternatives;

Outline the elements of environmental mitigation, management, auditing and monitoring into

an Environmental Management Plan (EMP);

Prepare the comprehensive EMP with mitigation, monitoring and auditing plans; and

Provide recommendations on the overall feasibility of the project from an Environmental

perspective.

Rationality for Conducting EIA As per the Environment Protection Rules (EPR), 2054 and its amendment (published in

2065/11/26 BS on Nepal Gazette), Rule-3, Schedule-1, Clause-E, Sub-clause 1(c); for any TL of

voltage level 132kV or above, an Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) is mandatory.

Similarly, for any projects requiring forest area more than 5ha, an EIA is prescribed by EPR, 2054

(Rule-3, Schedule-2, Clause-A, Sub-clause 12). The forest area require by this project is about

27.0385ha (Table 2-3). Though the required forest area for the project mandates for EIA, the

amendment in the EPR (2066/10/13 BS) states IEE is sufficient irrespective of forest area

requirement for TL projects (Rule-3, Schedule-1, Clause-F, Sub-clause 1-a).

Similarly, as per Rule-3, Schedule-2, Clause-K (3) of EPR, 2054; for any project located in

environmentally sensitive areas such as National Parks, Wildlife Reserves, Wetlands and

Conservation Areas, an EIA is required. Since the proposed KSTLP traverses through the Banke

and Bardiya National Park, and Chure Conservation Area, an EIA is obligatory. This EIA

requirement is also in accordance with the condition [Clause 8(H)] recommended by the issued

survey license of the TL project (Appendix A).

Similarly,

Scope of EIA This scope of EIA in terms of project components includes 51.46km long TL and its RoW, tower

foundation and one Surkhet Substation. Kohalpur substation is beyond the scope of this study.

The scope of EIA includes the elements of the environment (physical, biological and socio-

economic and cultural). The elements of the environment are covered in general for the PADs,

whereas for PAA, the detail study is carried out.



Structure of the Report The EIA report is divided into eleven chapters. Chapter-2 contains a brief description of the

project, including the TL and substation , construction planning and project area delineation.

Chapter 3 discusses about the data requirement and the methodology adopted for the collection

of data on physical, biological, socioeconomic and cultural environment of the area. This chapter

also highlights the techniques used for data analysis and impact assessment. Chapter-4 deals

with the existing environmental conditions of the project area with respect to physical, biological

and socioeconomic and cultural environment. The positive and adverse impacts likely to occur

due to implementation of the project are given in Chapter 5. Alternative assessment for the

substation and alignment is presented in Chapter 6. Chapter 7 deals with the environmental

enhancement and mitigation measures. Chapter 8 analyses the relevant national acts, policies,

rules and guidelines required for the preparation of the report and implementation of the project.

The environmental management plan is presented in Chapter 9. The Public consultation carried

out for the preparation of this report is described in Chapter 10. And finally the conclusions of the

study are presented in Chapter 11.

Kohalpur-Surkhet 132kV TL Project Project Description


2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION

Objective of the Project The transmission lines (TL) are mainly meant for evacuation of power generated by GoN and

Independent Power Producers (IPPs) to national grid and system reinforcement on the areas.

KSTLP is one of the lines identified for construction in the Electricity Crisis Mitigation Plan.

Presently Surkhet, Dailekh, Jajarkot and surrounding areas are supplied through 60km long

Kohalpur - Surkhet 33kV transmission line. Long lines at 33kV and 11kV voltage level are

extended to supply these areas. This has resulted in frequent supply outage and low voltage.

Number of hydropower sites is identified in Kalikot and Jajarkot districts. To improve the supply

situation in the region and to evacuate the power generated from different hydropower plant,

KSTLP is required.

Salient Features of the Project The total length of the proposed TL is about 51.462km. The voltage level will be 132kV. The

proposed TL will be double circuit comprising with two separate aluminum conductor steel

reinforced (ACSR) per phase. The ruling span between tower structures is 350m. The right of

way (RoW) of the proposed TL is 9m on each side from the centerline from 132kV as per the

Electricity Regulation, 2050 (1993). The project description and components listed in table

confirms with the survey, design and technical reports. The TL design features are given in the

table given below.

Table 2-1: Salient Features of the Project

General

Project Kohalpur - Surkhet 132kV Transmission Line Project

Affected Province Province 5 and Karnali

Affected Districts Banke, Bardiya and Surkhet

RM/Municipality

Kohalpur Municipality and Baijanath RM of Banke district,

Basgadhi Municipality of Bardiya district and Birendranagar,

Lekbeshi and Bheriganga Municipality of Surkhet district.

Technical

Total length 51.462km

Right of way 18m

Number of angle points 28

Basic span 350m in plains, 100 to 900m in hills (approximate)

Number of towers 145 (estimated)

Area required for one tower 0.0225 ha (15m x 15m)

Height of tower Average 32m

Initial Point AP 0 lies within the Kohalpur substation

Terminal Point AP23 lies within the proposed Surkhet substation

Ground clearance of conductor Minimum 6.1 m at the maximum sag condition

Road 7m

Communication line crossing 3.5 m

Power line above/below - 3.5m

Phase to phase -3.75 m

Voltage level 132kV

No. of circuits Double circuit

Tower type Lattice

Conductor "Bear"

Insulator Cap and Pin type

Earth wire Optical Fiber Ground Wire (OPGW) type



Foundation type Concrete pier and pad type

Foundation area 225 sq.m.

Substation Area 3.7249 ha (for Surkhet Substation only)

Estimated project cost NRs. 180 Crore

Location of the Project The proposed project is located in Province 5 and Karnali Province of the Western Nepal. The

TL passes through two National Parks, namely Bardiya National Park and Banke National Park

and their Buffer Zones. The proposed TL alignment starts from the existing Kohalpur 132kV

substation located at Kohalpur Municipality of Banke district and passes through Kohalpur

Municipality, Baijanath Rural Municipality (RM), Basgadhi Municipality, Bheriganga Municipality,

Lekbeshi Municipality and to the proposed substation at Subbakuna of Birendranagar

Municipality of Surkhet District.

Figure 2-1: Project Location Map

The VDCs mentioned in ToR have been declared to form RM/Municipality and presented in table

below.

Table 2-2: List of Project Affected RM/Municipality

S.N District

Project Affected Current

Administrative Units Previous Administrative Units

RM/ Municipality* Project Affected

VDCs/Municipality*

Other Merged VDCs (not affected

by the project)

1 Surkhet

Birendranagar* Latikoili VDC Birendranagar*, Gadhi, Ratu, Garpan

Lekbeshi* Satakhani Lekhfarsa, Dasharathpur, Neta,

Kalyan

Bheriganga* Ramghat, Chhichi Maintada, Lekhparajul

2 Bardiya Basgadhiy* Belwa Motipur, Deudakala

3 Banke

Kohalpur* Kohalur, Rajhena Samsergunj

Baijanath RM Chisapani,

Naubasta Bankatawa, Titihiriya



(a)



(b)

Figure 2-2: (a) PADs and (b) PAA with Project Components

Source: GIS Analysis



Access to the Project Almost the entire transmission route is accessible from the Kohalpur-Surkhet Highway, which

takes off from a tapping point of Kohalpur 132kV existing substation in Banke district and

terminate at proposed substation at Subbakuna of Birendranagar in Surkhet District.

TheKohalpur-Surkhet Highway is 84 km long single lane all weather road from Nepalgunj to

Surkhet. For the implementation of proposed project, construction of new road or upgrading of

existing road is not required.

Figure 2-3: Project Accessibility Map

Source: GIS Analysis

Project Components During the field study, it has been verified that due to the construction and operation of this

proposed project, there shall be no obstruction in planned/proposed/operated hydropower, TL or

other development projects in the vicinity. The project consists of substation and TL as project

components which are presented in details as follows:

2.5.1 Substation

The project comprises one proposed substation namely; Surkhet Substation. The substations is

on cultivated land. Area occupied by Surkhet substation is 3.72ha. Kohalpur SS is not the

component of this project.

2.5.2 Transmission Line

TL starts from the existing substation at Kohalpur Municipality and ends at Birendranagar

Municipality. The TL alignment consists of 26 angle points starting from AP-0 at Kohalpur to AP-

23 at Birendranagar Municipality (former Latikoili VDC) in Surkhet District crossing eight VDCs



of three districts. The length of the route is 51+461.680 km. Most of the alignment lies in sparse

forest and dense forest area parallel with Kohalpur - Surkhet.

The TL has been shifted slightly at AP-1B, AP-1C and AP-3. No further angle points have been

inserted in between. There are 20 structures crossing along the aforementioned alignment. In

order to avoid social conflict, AP-1B, AP-1C and AP-3 has been shifted. This shift in alignment

cause the decrease in length of the TL from 51.465 km to 51.461 km. Figure below shows how

the alignment has been shifted.

(a)



(b)

Figure 2-4: Shifted Alignment of KSTLP

The alignment originates at station AP-0 located in the Kohalpur SS. From AP-0 the alignment

heads east towards angle point AP-1 crossing the earthen road and cultivated land. At AP-1, the

alignment turns left and goes north east crossing through the cultivated land and the right bank

of Duduwa Khola. In this stretch AP-1 to AP-1A, recent settlement was observed as one house

of size 7.85m x 6.85m was seems to lie under the proposed alignment and two houses in 2.7m

and 4.5m away from the center line which was on the right of way. At AP-1A, the alignment again

turns right and goes north east crossing one Municipal building (Slaughterhouse) through the

cultivated and open play ground crossing Duduwa Khola. At AP-1B, the alignment turns left goes



north-west crossing through the cultivated land. AP-1C is laid in Kohalpur Municipality that

alignment turns right towards AP-2 and goes north crossing throughout the cultivated land,

crossing of Duduwa Khola and crosses the 33 kV and 11 kV transmission line. At AP-2, the

alignment slightly turns right and goes North East crossing throughout the dense forest of Buffer

Zone of Banke National Park. Similarly, the section AP-3 to AP-4 also lies in the Buffer Zone of

BaNP which turns left and goes North West crossing throughout the cultivated land and sparse

forest. At AP-4, the alignment turns left and goes North West towards the Core Zone of BaNP

crossing throughout the cultivated land, Man Khola, Kathotiya Khola and dense forest land of

Banke National Park. AP-5 also lies in the Core area of BaNP which turns right and goes North

East crossing throughout the dense forest of Bardia National Park Core Zone twice, highway and

Man Khola. AP-6 is in Core Zone of BaNP which goes to the Buffer Zone of its own starting from

the Deurali ridge of Baijanath RM (former Chisapani VDC and Belwa VDC) by taking slight left

turn heading North East direction. From the Buffer Zone of Banke National Park, AP-7 the

alignment turns left and goes North crossing throughout the Core Zone of Bardia National Park,

highway, Babai River and ends at Buffer Zone of Bardia District. At AP-8, the alignment turns left

and goes North West crossing throughout the Core Zone of Bardia National Park, two times

highway and ends at Buffer Zone near the district boundary of Surkhet. At AP-9, the alignment

turns right and goes North East crossing throughout the sparse forest land at Kali Damar of

(Bheriganga Municipality ( former Chhinchu VDC) where the Buffer Zone of Bardia National Park

ends. At AP-10, the alignment turns left and goes North West crossing the sparse forest land and

highway in two places at Kali Damar. At AP-11, the alignment turns right and goes north east

crossing the sparse forest land, highway and Chhinchu Khola. At AP-12, the alignment turns left

and goes North West crossing the sparse forest and cultivated land. AP-13, the alignment turns

left and goes North West crossing the cultivated land. At AP-14, the alignment turns right and

goes north west crossing the dense forest and cultivated land, there observed a newly build

house on the Right of Way in this stretch of alignment. At AP-15, resting on the stable cultivated

land then the alignment turns left and goes west crossing the forest and cultivated land.

At AP-15A, rested on sparse forest then the alignment turns right and goes south west crossing

throughout the dense forest and cultivated land. At AP-16, rested in the forest then the alignment

turns right and goes west north crossing the dense forest land and highway of Bheriganga

Municipality (former Ramghat VDC). At AP-17, the alignment turns right and goes North West

crossing the dense forest and highway.

At AP-18, rested on the slightly sloping stable ground then the alignment turns right and goes

north east crossing the dense forest land. At AP-19, rested on the stable slightly sloping ground

then the alignment turns right and goes north east crossing the dense forest land and crosses

the Bheri River towards Birendranagar Municipality (former Latikoili VDC). At AP-20, the

alignment turns left and goes south west crossing the dense forest land and Ratna Highway at.

At AP-21, the alignment turns left and goes south west crossing the forest land and highway at.

At AP-22, the alignment turns left and goes south west crossing the forest and cultivated land

and highway at Latikoili VDC. The AP-23 is established on the cultivated land for the proposed

new substation at Latikoili VDC in Surkhet District

The proposed TL alignment crosses Jethi Khola, Man Khola, Babai River, Bharleni Khola, and

Bheri River. Similarly, it crosses major highway i.e. Kohalpur-Surkhet Highway (Ratna Highway),

earthen roads, 33kV lines, 11kV lines. There are twenty eight angle points along the route

alignment and the maximum and minimum deviation angle is 66º at angle point AP-5 and 3º at

angle point AP 11.



Figure 2-5: Land use Map of the Affected Municipalities and National Parks

Project Activities The proposed project has three major project phases: Pre-construction, Construction and

Operation phase. EIA completion and approval, selection and mobilization of contractor,

clearance from forest authority for tree felling, stakeholder mapping and engagement, land tenure

review and land acquisition are major pre-construction activities. The construction activities

include construction of substation and TL. RoW management and bush cutting are the operation

phase activities.

Construction Planning The implementation of the proposed project comprises construction of one substation and TL. It

includes foundation and erection of transmission towers, wire stringing, testing and

commissioning of 132kV TL. Due to the linear nature of the construction works, smaller storage

facilities shall be built at appropriate locations along the TL. The linear nature of the TL

construction suggests that the construction work will be carried out manually, where possible, for

each location in various works such as land clearing, excavating, concreting, transporting tower

and other materials, etc. No permanent access road shall be constructed to tower site from the

existing road head. Only the existing roads and tracks will be used for the construction and

maintenance where available. The estimated periods of project completion are three years.

2.7.1 Preliminary Works

Preliminary works for the proposed TL consists of contract award, detail design study and

mobilization of contractors. The detail design study will carry out the detailed route survey,



spotting the tower locations, preparation of longitudinal profiles, geological field test and

laboratory testing, tower design, etc. To achieve effective tower footing resistance, earth

resistance will also be measured at each tower site.

2.7.2 Land Acquisition and Forest Clearance

The required land will be acquired by NEA as per Land Acquisition Act, 2034 in the coordination

with Compensation Determination Committee (CDC). As well, the trees will be felled for the tower

foundation and under the RoW in coordination with Division Forest Office (DFO), National Parks

and other stakeholders. The project shall require 98.0579ha of land for its implementation. Out

of which the project will permanently acquire approximately 3.7249ha of land for tower pads, and

substation, whereas 89.4225ha of land will be restricted as RoW (excluding tower pads) and

1.6ha of land will be temporarily used for camp sites and storage of construction materials. Four

camp sites have been identified including one in Surkhet SS. Construction materials will be stored

within the identified camp sites. Table 2-3 shows the land requirement details.

2.7.3 Substation Construction

At first, civil works for ground leveling, boundary wall, control building, office cum staff quarter

buildings, switching station, line bay foundation, etc. will be done. Transformers and equipment

will be transported to the sites and installed.

2.7.4 Tower Foundation

The construction of tower foundation will be undertaken by manual labor assisted by the

mechanical plant wherever possible. The mechanical plant will be limited to small demountable

steel skid framed concrete mixers, air compressors, air drills/chisels and tamping/compaction

tools. Excavation and the concreting of the tower foundations will be carried out as per the design

requirements and after necessary curing, the foundations will be backfilled with suitable material.

Average area required for each tower foundation is 8m x 8m.

2.7.5 Erection of Tower

Galvanized steel lattice towers manufactured in the factory will be transported to the individual

tower locations and are erected manually by employing pulleys, wenches, etc. into the tower

foundations.

2.7.6 Insulator Fittings, Conductor and Ground Wire Stringing

The TL utilizes two types of towers: (i) angle towers, where conductors are spliced with a loop

across insulators which are approximately horizontal and (ii) suspension towers, from which the

conductors (wires) are connected to vertical-hanging insulators. Suspension towers are used for

straight segments of the line, while APs are normally used for angles in the alignment.

Typically there are several suspension towers between angle towers. This allows for a continuous

conductor to be installed across several suspension towers between two APs. A series of pulleys

are installed on the transmission towers in a working segment between tension towers. A guide

rope or wire is passed from one end of the segment through the successive pulleys until the other

end of the segment is reached. The guide rope installation requires traversing the RoW either

manually or with a tractor or truck. The conductors are attached to one end of the guide rope,

which is then pulled by a powered winch. After the conductors are pulled through the working

segment, they are drawn mechanically to the design tension and then attached to the insulators.

The construction technique results in limited disturbance to flora and fauna in the RoW.

Conductors, ground wires, insulators and necessary accessories will be transported manually to



the tower locations. The fitting of insulators on the tower will be carried out manually

2.7.7 Transportation

Primary site access for the project construction will be gained from the Kohalpur-Surkhet

Highway. No permanent access roads will be constructed to tower sites from existing road.

Existing feeder roads and tracks will be used for construction and maintenance where available.

The construction material up to the nearest road head will be carried out through vehicle and

latter it will be transported manually up to the individual tower location.

2.7.8 Spoil Dumping Site

Since the construction of TL towers requires clearing and excavation of fairly small areas at tower

locations, construction work will not require spoil dumping sites. The spoil will be filled up and

compacted in the tower base area.

Kohalpur-Surkhet 132kV TLP Project Description


Table 2-3: Land Requirement for the Project

S.N. Project Component

Land Types (ha) Total Land Take (ha) Total (ha)

Cultivation Forest Barren Others Land Temporary Permanent

Private Govt. CF LF Govt.

(National Park)

Private Public Restriction

1 Land to be required under RoW (excluding tower pads)

10.5521 0.1371 25.7945 -

BaNP = 14.28

BNP =5.90 BZF(BaNP)

=11.56 BZF(BNP)=

10.58

- 1.6049 10.3675 89.4255 - - 89.4255

2 Land to be acquired for tower pad including Suspension Tower (ST)

0.3600 0.0450 1.0575 - 1.3500 - 0.1125 0.3825 - - 3.3075 3.3075

3 Surkhet SS 3.7249 - - - - - - - - - 3.7249 3.7249

4 Camp and Storage 1.0000 - - - - - 0.5000 0.1000 - 1.6000 - 1.6000

Sub Total 15.6370 0.1821 26.8520 - 42.3194 - 2.2174 10.8500 89.4255 1.6000 3.7249 98.0579

Total 15.8191 69.1714 2.2174 10.8500 - - - -

Percentage, % 16.13 70.54 2.26 11.06 91.20 1.63 7.17 100

Table 2-4: Land Use of APs and STs

S.N. Land Use No. of Aps No. of STs Area, ha Total Area

(ha) APs STs

1 Cultivation 6 10 0.135 0.225 0.36

2 Forest 18 89 0.405 2.0025 2.4075

3 Barren 1 4 0.0225 0.09 0.1125

4 Bush 1 16 0.0225 0.36 0.3825

Sub Total 26 119 0.585 2.6775 3.2625

Total 145 3.2625 -

Note: There are altogether 28 APs. 1 AP located within Kohalpur substation and another 1 AP is located within Surkhet substation so area calculation of 145 APs are

presented.



2.7.9 Construction Materials

The materials required for civil construction works related to the TL and substation will be:

Steel reinforcement: 1300 metric tons

Cement: 1784 metric tons

Coarse aggregate: 3943 cubic meters

Fine aggregates (sand): 1972 cubic meter

Clay

Admixtures

Toxic chemicals: acids, petroleum products, batteries etc.

Steel reinforcement bars and cement can be acquired from local manufacturers or can also be

imported. Coarse aggregates will be produced at site from excavated materials or purchased

from the nearby market. Likewise, fine aggregates will be collected from major quarries along

riverbanks..

2.7.10 Concrete Batching Plant

Temporary concrete batching plants will be located in the substation and RoW. In addition, the

site such plant will be selected within RoW which is away from individual residences and

settlements, where possible.

2.7.11 Requirement of Workforce

During the construction period of the project, altogether approximately 215 people will be

employed including 100 unskilled, 80 semi-skilled and 35 skilled human resources. Most of the

unskilled manpower will be hired locally as per available skill and experiences.

2.7.12 Construction Power

Construction power is required only for construction of substation. Construction power is required

in substation premises will be arranged from existing distribution system at Surkhet.

2.7.13 Project Cost

The project proponent and the project contractors’ office will be established in rental buildings at

appropriate locations of Surkhet. Site office will be established as required. The project contractor

will also establish its office at the suitable places for its staff and camps for its workers. Due to

the linear nature of the construction works, smaller warehouse and construction yard facilities will

be built at appropriate locations along the alignment. The estimated total cost for the project is

NRs. 180 Crore.

Project Schedule The estimated completion period of the project including both sections is 36 months includes 6

months pre-construction phase and 30 months construction and commissioning phase. The

construction work of TL will primarily be carried out during the dry season when ground conditions

are essentially dry and river flows low to allow easy movement of materials and placement of

tower. Construction activities during the monsoon season will primarily be restricted to stringing

of conductors, although this activity may also be restricted by the weather. However, the

construction work of the substation will be conducted throughout the year.



Table 2-5: Construction Schedule

SN Activity Period in Months

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36

1

Survey, Soil

Investigation and

Contouring

2 Design Work

3 Supply of Stubs

and Towers

4 Foundations

5 Erection of Towers

6 Supply of Line

Material

7 Stringing

8 Protection of Tower

Footings

9

Testing,

Commissioning

and Handing Over



Figure 2-4: Tower Design

Kohalpur-Surkhet 132kV TL Project Study Methodology


3 STUDY METHODOLOGY

For the preparation of EIA report, different methods and methodologies were adopted. The

methodology was mainly guided by the EPR, 2054 and National EIA Guidelines, 2050. Terms

and conditions received from the then Ministry of Environment were followed during EIA.

Literature review, Public consultation, Walkthrough survey, Scoping Meetings, Geographic

Information System (GIS) Analysis were some important tools used for data collection. The

different methodologies adopted for carrying out EIA are discussed in the following sub-sections;

Desk Study Prior to the mobilization to the project area, desk study of the proposed project was carried out

by reviewing technical feasibility report and survey report of proposed project prepared by NEA.

The desk study consisted of review of relevant literature and Legislation.

3.1.1 Literature Review

Pertinent information from different sources was collected and reviewed to understand the nature

of the project and identified the significant issues. Mainly the survey report of KSTLP was

reviewed before site mobilization.

3.1.1.1 Physical Environment

In physical environment, the topographic maps reviewed before site mobilization are given below.

Topographical and land use maps of the area including the Google Earth image were studied for

verification. Data on temperature and precipitation are taken from Department of Hydrology and

Meteorology (DHM). Review of topographical map and land use map was done to identify the

land use patterns of the area. The details of different topographical maps used during the study

period are given in following table.

Table 3-1: Detail of Topographic Maps of Project Area

S. No. Name of Topographic Sheet Sheet No. Scale

1 Birendranagar (East) 2881 07D 1:25,000

2 Chhinchu 2881 11B 1:25,000

3 Chisapani – Mulatati 2881 11D 1:25,000

4 Kohalpur 2881 15B 1:25,000

3.1.1.2 Biological Environment

General information of forest area, forest types, and forest management regime was collected by

review of publication of DFO of Surkhet, Banke and Bardiya. Forest of the transmission line was

already studied in 2010 AD for the same purpose fallowing the sampling method, so the previous

data and information were also reviewed. Relevant data and information of the previous sampling

were also used in the present report. Different literature on birds, mammals and herpetofauna,

as listed in Bibliography, were reviewed.

3.1.1.3 Socio-economic and Cultural Environment

The major reports and publications consulted include Districts profile of Banke, Bardia and

Surkhet published by the District Development Committees; National Population and Housing

Census (2011) published by Central Bureau of Statistics (CBS). Socio-economic and Cultural

data, such as population of PADs, Municipality and RM, households’ (HHs) size, male-female

ratio, infrastructures, ethnicity, religion, etc. were derived from CBS publications.



3.1.2 Legislation Review

During the EIA, related legislations and policies were reviewed. Environment Protection Act, 2053

(1997); Water Resources Act, 2049 (1992); Electricity Act, 2049 (1992); National Parks and

Wildlife Conservation Act, 2029 (1973), EPR, 2054 (1997); Electricity Rules, 2050 (1993); Forest

Regulation, 2051 (1995), Water Resources Rules, 2050 (1993) and Hydropower Development

Policy, 2058 (2001) are some major legislation reviewed. In addition, Labor Act, 2074 (2017);

Land Acquisition Act, 2034 (1977) and Local Government Operation Act, 2074 (2017) were also

reviewed. The detail about the review of these legislations is provided in Chapter 8.

Delineation of Project Impact Area Rule 4 of EPR, 2054 (1997) indirectly defines project impact area as administrative geographical

boundaries such as district and Village Development Committee - VDC (now RM/Municipality)

where the project is proposed for development. A district is a larger administrative unit comprising

of a number of local administrative units called RM and Municipalities. Based on the magnitude

of the impact to be received, the project impact area is divided into following two categories.

3.2.1 Project Affected Districts (PADs)

The district where the project is being implemented or which is directly affected by the project

footprint is termed as PAD. As per the definition, Surkhet, Banke and Bardiya are the PADs for

the proposed KSTLP. However, the envisaged environmental impacts within the geographical

jurisdiction vary greatly as some geographical area receive higher impact, some lower while other

receive no impact at all.

3.2.2 Project Affected Municipality/RM (PAA)

Project Affected Municipality/RM is the Municipality/RM where the project is going to be

developed. For KSTLP, Kohalpur MP, Banke National Park, Bardia National Park, Birendranagar

Municipality, Bheriganga Municipality are the project affected Municipalities. In general, these

administrative units are referred as the PAA in the report. The PAA is further divided into following

two types;

3.2.2.1 Direct Impact Area (DIA)/Core Area

This consists of 18m RoW comprising 9m on each side of the centerline of the TL of 51.461km.

Thus, the settlement area, forests or other vegetation and places having built up infrastructures

or facilities that fall within the RoW constitute the ‘Direct Impact Area’ of the project. On the basis

of spatial coverage this area is also termed as High Impact Area. In addition, the area

encompassed by the project ancillaries and facilities like substation and camp area also

constitute the DIA.

3.2.2.2 Indirect Impact Area (IIA)/Surrounding Area

This consists of the surrounding area. Any built-up community infrastructures and facilities,

forests, surrounding the DIA shall be studied in this impact area. This area is also termed as

Moderate Impact Area.



Figure 3-1: Project Area Delineation Map

3.2.3 Project Affected Families (PAFs)

Families residing in the core project area or surrounding area whose land, house/shed, property,

access to assets, and income sources or means of livelihood may be affected due to project

construction or operation are considered as ‘Project Affected Families’ and the members of these

families are referred to as ‘Project Affected Persons’. These are further categorized as:

3.2.3.1 Marginally Project Affected Families (MPAFs)

The households losing up to 10% of their total land are categorized under this category.

3.2.3.2 Severely Project Affected Families (SPAFs)

In accordance with current practices and guidelines, families who are physically displaced from

their residences or commercial establishments and those who are severely affected through loss

of agricultural land are classified as SPAF. This includes two sub-categories: i) Households losing

more than 10% to 50% of their land and ii) Households losing more than 50% of their land. The

households losing residential structures are also included in this category.

3.2.3.3 Vulnerable Families

Women headed families, single women headed families, household heads with disabilities/old

age, infected with chronic disease and HIV/AIDS, and Dalit families affected by the project are

categorized under this category.

Field Investigation The field study for the EIA was carried out in two different periods. The initial field study for EIA

of the proposed project was already carried out and a team of experts specialized in engineering,

environment, and socio-economics visited the project area in January, 2010 to collect baseline



information of the area, identify the likely impacts of the proposed project during construction and

operation phases and inform stakeholders regarding the project. During this visit, the team visited

the project site proposed for structures and facilities as well as settlements of the affected the

then VDCs and collected required data on physical, biological and socioeconomic and cultural

environment of the area. The EIA report was prepared and also submitted to the then Ministry of

Environment for approval. However, the report was not proceed ahead due to lack of timely

decision of the change in voltage level.

To proceed the EIA report for the approval process, field study for updating baseline of the project

has been done in October and December 2018 as well as in April 2019. A team of experts

specialized in engineering, environment, and socio-economics visited the project area to collect

baseline information of the area with changing scenario, identify the likely impacts of the proposed

project during construction and operation phases and inform stakeholders regarding the project.

Topographical maps were referred for site investigations. The study team observed various

assets and took Global Positioning System (GPS) to locate project components and photographs

to establish the baseline. The team also visited relevant government offices of PADs to interact

with concerned officials and collect necessary information and their concerns. A team of following

members was involved in the field investigation for preparation of the EIA.

Table 3-2: List of Persons involved in EIA Team

S.N. Name Designation Areas of Expertise Phone No.

1 Krishna Pd. Joshi Team Coordinator Database

01-6611580

2 Prakash Gaudel Team Leader Environment

3 Ganesh K. Uprety Team Member Sociology

4 Poonam Pokharel Team Member Economics

5 Nagendra Mulmi Team Member Civil Engineering

6 Binod Pyakurel Team Member Environment

The study team has adopted a participatory approach with maximum involvement of different

stakeholders of the project at the local and district levels to generate relevant information for the

EIA. Expert from Banke and Bardiya National Park were also involved as team member. The

letters of such involvement has been attached in Appendix A.

3.3.1 Physical Environment

Site specific observation of air quality and measurement noise quality;

Field observation by Civil Engineers using checklist for data on land use pattern,

topography, drainage, watershed, etc.;

GPS to locate project components and infrastructure (settlements, rivers, streams, roads,

etc.);

GIS Analysis; and

Photographs of the project area.

The following table summarizes the different methods used to collect the baseline information on

the physical environment for EIA.

Table 3-3: Methods for Collection of Data related to Physical Environment

S.N. Component Required Data Methods for Data Collection Location

1. Air Quality Air pollution Visual inspections

Nearby settlement

and surrounding of

project components



S.N. Component Required Data Methods for Data Collection Location

Feasibility report of the project and other secondary sources

2 Noise and

Vibrations Noise Level

Using sound level meter and queries with local

Feasibility report of the project and site verification

Nearby settlement and

surrounding of project

components

3. Water

Quality Water quality

Visual observation and queries with local


Streams and rivers

serving communities

for various water

resource purpose

4.

Landslides

and Slope

stability

Existing landslides and unstable areas

visual inspection

measurement

photographs

local information

feasibility report of the project and site verification

around tower pad

around substations

5. Geological

data geology, soil type

GIS analysis


Along the project

component

6. Spoil

volumes Spoil type, volume and disposal

Feasibility report of the project and consultation with project officials

Tower pads

7. Crossing

TL crossings with infrastructures, houses, rivers, roads and other physical structures


Google earth

Along TL alignment

Substation

3.3.2 Biological Environment

The methodology incorporated under this heading include measurement of vegetation/forest

resource and identification of fauna along the TL.

3.3.2.1 Vegetation/ Forest Resources

For accessing the vegetation different methods were used which are described below;

a. Census

Census enumeration was made in the forest to enumerate tree. For this, all the trees along the

RoW of the alignment were counted and measured. Relevant technical experts from respective

national parks and DFO were deployed in the census and data analysis. The letter of such

involvement of experts is attached in Appendix A. In addition, occurrence and distribution pattern

of shrubs and herbs species available in and around the sample plots and along the route

alignment were recorded. Additional information on herbs and shrubs was collected from the

FGD by administering the biological questionnaire.

Based on this information, loss of regeneration (saplings and seedlings), loss of vegetation (pole

and tree class), species wise standing wood volume and biomass was calculated. In this report,

trees having more than 30cm diameter at breast height (dbh) are referred as tree sized, trees

having 10 to 29.9cm dbh are referred as pole sized, trees having 4.0 to 9.9cm dbh are considered

as saplings and having less than 4.0cm dbh are considered as seedlings (Forest Rules, 1995).

Diameter at breast height was measured at 1.3m from the ground level.



Picture 3-1: Tree Counting in the PAA

For private trees (including fruit, fodder and other trees), census was carried out along the RoW,

substations and other project components of the KSTLP. The following table summarizes

different methods used to collect baseline information on the biological environment.

Table 3-4: Methods for Collection of Data related to Biological Environment

S.N. Components Required Data Methods for Data Collection

1. Forest Forest type

Forest Management

Literature Review

Site Visit

2 Terrestrial Flora

List of major plant species

NTFPs

Ethno-botanical uses

Private Trees

Field Investigation;

Census;

FGD,KII

Census (for private trees only)

3. Terrestrial

Fauna

Type of wild mammals

Type of Birds

Types of Reptiles

Types of Amphibians

Wildlife Habitat

Literature Review

Field Investigation/Observation

FGD

KII

Photographs

4.

Species

Conservation

Status

Availability and status of rare,

endangered and protected

species of flora and fauna

Verification of collected list of flora and

fauna with GoN laws, IUCN red List and

CITES Appendices.

b) Key Informant Interview (KII)

For this EIA of the KSTLP, altogether four KIIs were carried out in order to obtain the relevant

data on the biological environment. Information on forest, wildlife, and forest resource use was

collected from officers of the Banke National Park (BaNP), Bardia National Park (BNP), Sub-

Division Forest Office (DFO).

c) Focus Group Discussion (FGD)

Altogether nine Focus Group Meetings were carried out with the project affected forest users

groups (FUGs) During the meetings, participants were introduced about the project features,

potential impact on the environment, various mitigation and enhancement measures likely to be

adopted during construction and operation phase of the project. A checklist was developed and

introduced in the field to collect the primary information about the dependency of local people on

community forest and non-timber forest product. The issues raised during meetings were

discussed and recorded. FGDs were held to collect information on the availability of flora and

fauna, dependency of local people on forest resources, availability of Non-Timber Forest

Products (NTFPs), etc. The attendance of the participants of the FGDs is given in Appendix C.



3.3.2.2 Wildlife

Data on wildlife was collected by direct observation at different project sites and adjacent areas

with various land use types (e.g. forest areas, grassland, agriculture land etc.). KII and Literatures

were also used to document the information on wildlife. The indirect evidences such as

scats/droppings, calls and cliffs were also used for identification of mammals and birds in the

area.

3.3.3 Socio-economic and Cultural Environment

a) Households’ Survey

The land owners of the APs, SS and the land owners/structure owners of the high impact zone

have been identified. HH survey was conducted only for PAFs belonging to APs and structures

falling in RoW. The questionnaire has been designed especially to cover the sectors like

demographic characteristics, basic health conditions, income and expenditure, availability of

infrastructure facilities, water and energy related issues, information about project, attitude

towards resettlement and expectations from the project. Project will affect 50 HHs, a census of

42 HHs was carried out, and remaining HHs were missing during the time of HHs survey. The

owners of land belonging to tower points, substation area and structures located under RoW were

identified through walkover survey and survey report and hence socio-economic status of them

has been studied using questionnaires.

Picture 3-2: HH survey conducted at SS area

b) Market Survey

Eight market survey was conducted in the PAA to get the prevailing price of agricultural

commodity, major construction materials, and wage rate. The market survey was conducted with

the help of a checklist.

c) Participatory Rural Appraisal (PRA)

As key stakeholders in development, the citizens have right to know and to be involved in

information exchange and decision-making that affects their lives, resources and properties from

implementation of a development project. This citizen right is protected by the Right to Information

Act 2064 BS (2007), Right to Information Rules, 2065 BS (2009) and EPR, 2054 BS (1997).

Public consultation and information disclosure from the beginning is also important to reduce

misunderstandings and successful implementation of a project. It is a process of both information

giving and listening issues and concerns of public for planning and successful implementation of

project with full support of the stakeholders.

Following PRA tools were administered to collect socio-economic data, views, concerns and

expectation of the local people from the project. Similarly, the participants were also informed

regarding the project and its activities.



Key Informant Interview (KII)

KII was employed with elderly people, social workers, businessmen and teachers,

representatives of political parties and intellectuals of the project area. The main objective of KIIs

was to assess their views, concerns and expectation from the project and collect relevant

information of the project area. The main objective of KIIs was to assess their views, concerns

and expectation from the project and collect relevant information of the project area. Altogether

eight KIIs were conducted in the PAA. The respondents of the KIIs were purposively selected.

Meeting/ Consultation/ Public Participation

Informal meetings/consultations were conducted with relevant district level government officials

at districts headquarters, and at local levels with key stakeholders in the initial EIA report

preparation period as well as in this EIA report preparation period. The purpose of the

meeting/consultation was to inform them about the project, collect their concerns/ expectations

regarding the project such as project purpose, project type, impact area, likely impacts and

potential opportunities due to project implementation and required information for the EIA. The

details of PRA is given in table below.

Table 3-5: Date, Location and Number of Participants in PRA

S.N. Date Venue of Meeting No of

Participants

1 2075/06/22 Tallo Thanichaur, Bheri ganga-10 8

2 2075/06/18 Amrit dada, Birendranagar-11 20

3 2075/06/19 Subba kuna, Birendranagar-11 6

4 2075/06/21 Shantipur, Jhupra, Birendranagar-11 25

5 2075/06/20 Masina, Bheriganga-12 10

6 2075/08/27 Salpani Bhel, Baijanath RM 11

7 2075/08/26 Shantinagar, Kohalpur Municipality-11 12

8 2075/08/28 Ektanagar, Kohalpur-10 11

9 2075/08/29 Shantinagar, Kihalpur-11 12

10 2075/08/29 Shantinagar Bich tole, Kohalpur-11 11

11 2075/08/29 Bikashnagar, Kohalpur-2 22

12 2075/08/29 Bich Bikashnagar tole, Kohalpur-2 22

13 2075/06/21 Ramghat, Bheriganga-13 9

14 2069/04/30 Chepang Basti, Bardiya 11

15 2069/04/29 Jhilmile, Surkhet 11

16 2069/04/28 Dholdhunga, Surkhet 12

17 2069/04/27 Ramghat, Surkhet 11

18 2069/04/26 Naubasta, Banke 11

19 2069/04/25 Gamar, Banke 11

20 2069/04/24 Kaushilanagar, Banke 11

21 2069/04/23 Ektanagar, Banke 9

Total 266

(a)

(b)



(c)

(d)

(e) (f)

Picture 3-6: Public Meeting at different sites of Project area

Table 3-6: Methodologies for Collecting Socioeconomic and Cultural Data

S.N Parameter Literature

Review

Field Investigation

KII

PRA

HH

Survey

Market

Survey FGD

Meetings/

Consultation

Social Features

1 Demography √ √

2. Settlements √ √ √

3 Ethnicity √ √ √

4 Language √ √ √ √

5 Religion √ √ √

6 Festivals √ √ √ √

7 Migration √ √ √ √

8 Gender Aspect √ √ √ √ √

9 Law and Order Situation √ √ √

10 Education and Literacy √ √ √

11 Health and Sanitation √ √ √

12 Road and Transportation √ √

13 Energy √ √ √

14 Communication and Other Facilities √ √ √

15 Development Initiative/Activities in

the Project Area √ √ √

16 Tourism activities √ √ √

Economic Features

17 Local price information √



S.N Parameter Literature

Review

Field Investigation

KII

PRA

HH

Survey

Market

Survey FGD

Meetings/

Consultation

18 Economy √ √ √

Cultural Features

19 Archeological, Historical and

Religious Sites √ √ √

20 Aesthetic value √ √

21 Attitude of the local people to the development of this project

√ √

Data Analysis The data (primary and secondary) collected was analyzed qualitatively and quantitatively as

appropriate. The following methods were used to analyze data of three different environments;

3.4.1 Physical Environment

The type of land use and area calculation has been prepared with reference to the topographical

maps, survey report, digital maps provided by the Department of Survey with field verifications.

Similarly, the numbers of structures under RoW, at substation area and near APs were

determined with the help of the plan and profile of the Final Survey Report with verifications at

site. The collected data from the field visit was analyzed using different software like ArcGIS

10.2.1, AutoCAD, Google Earth, MS Office by the study team in coordination with the project

engineers and experts. Necessary maps and information thus generated were presented in the

report. The beneficial and adverse impacts have been predicted and appropriate mitigation

measures proposed to reduce the impacts.

3.4.2 Biological Environment

The data from forest sampling were quantitatively analyzed for density, basal area, crown

coverage and wood volume. These parameters were calculated using the following formulae:

No. of individuals of a species

Density (D)/hectare = ---------------------------------------------------------- 10,000

Size of the plot Total no. of plots sampled

Basal Area is the trunk cross-sectional area. The basal area of each of trees was calculated on

the basis of diameter at breast height.

Basal Area (BA) = (dbh/2)2

Importance Value Index (IVI) = RD + RF + RDom

Wood volume of standing tree = 1/2 BA Height

3.4.3 Socio-economic and Cultural Environment

The field data from each project affected RM

/Municipality were compiled edited and analyzed using MS Office (WORD and EXCEL). The

analyzed data were then interpreted and discussed in appropriate sections of the EIA report.

Public Involvement/ Consultation

3.5.1 Consultation during EIA

In 2010, as part of the EIA fieldwork, extensive consultation was made with the stakeholders by

the study team. Later October 2018 and April 2019, field study for EIA has been carried out. This

included in-depth interviews with key stakeholders in the project area, market surveys and

informal meetings with local and district-level stakeholders (FUGs, National Park, GoN line



agencies, etc.). The main issues and concerns of the stakeholders have been incorporated in the

public involvement/consultation chapter (Chapter 10) of this report.

3.5.2 Public Meetings

Informal meetings/consultations were conducted with relevant district level government officials

at districts headquarters, and at local levels with key stakeholders In, as part of the EIA fieldwork,

extensive consultation was made with the stakeholders by the study team both during the initial

EIA report preparation period (2010) as well as in this EIA report preparation period (Oct-Dec

2018). This included in-depth interviews with key stakeholders in the project area, market surveys

and informal meetings with local and district-level stakeholders (FUGs, GoN line agencies, etc.).

The main issues and concerns of the stakeholders have been incorporated in the public

involvement/consultation chapter (Chapter 10) of this report.

3.5.3 Public Hearing

The Public Hearing program for the proposed KSTLP had already organized in the project site at

the then Chhinchu VDC, Surkhet on Chaitra 27, 2069 BS (9th Apr. 2013) as per the provision of

EPR, 1997 during the preparation of initial EIA report and no new public hearing is required

according to the new contract with the project. The hearing program was chaired by the Secretary

of the then Chhinchu VDC Mr. Pitri Bhakta Giri, Representative of Banke National Park, Mr.

Birendra Kandel and Shambhu Prasad Chaurasiya, DFO of Surkhet were the Chief Guests of the

program. Public notice regarding the public hearing were published in Gorkhapatra National Daily

newspaper. The programs were also be broadcasted through local FM radio station. Request

letters for participation in the public hearing were sent to concerned ministries and departments

and receipt of the notice receive also collected. The notices were displayed at district level offices,

the then VDCs/Municipality office and at public places of the major settlement of project

VDCs/Municipality. Video record were made for the entire program and written concerns of the

participants were also collected. The recommendation letters of affected RM/Municipality were

collected. The detail of public hearing is presented in Chapter 10.

Impact Area Delineation Methods The impact area delineated based the Safety Measures Regarding Electric Devices as guided by

Chapter 5 of the Electricity Rules, 2050 (1993). Rule 50 and Schedule-13 of the Rules, 2050

defines the minimum distance to be maintained on either side of the electric wire, which in fact

defines the RoW for the TL. This RoW is delineated on detailed survey of alignment and is

referred as the DIA for the EIA.

Impact Identification, Evaluation and Prediction A logical, simple and systematic approach has been adopted for impact identification, evaluation

and prediction. The impact has been identified for physical, biological, socio-economic, and

cultural environment of the project area. The following tools were used for impact identification:

Checklist, Key Informant Interview

HHs Questionnaire

Table format for loss of land, crop production and property of the PAFs

Expert’s judgment

Topographic map of the route alignment has been used in predicting the impacts of the proposed

TL by analyzing the effect of project activities on the resources like existing infrastructures,

rivers/rivulets, settlements, private land, forest, etc. present in the location. The expert’s judgment



using past experiences of similar type of projects have been used to predict impacts. Wherever

possible, impact predictions have been done quantitatively.

Field inventories before project implementation provide the baseline condition of resources. The

assessment of impacts is based on the baseline environmental conditions of the affected area

with the project activities in relation to spatial and temporal aspects in terms of magnitude, extent

and duration using various environmental prediction methods. The impact has been predicted

over a specified period and within defined area. Consequences of environmental impacts were

interpreted in terms of local, regional and national contexts. The significant positive and adverse

environmental impacts associated with the project components have been identified considering

the impact zone. The magnitude, extent and duration of the impacts which were categorized

according to the National EIA Guidelines, 1993 are given below:

Magnitude of Impact

Low Impact (L): If the value of the resources could be used with no or minimum

inconvenience to the public

Medium/Moderate Impact (M): If the value of the resources could be used with

inconvenience to the public

High Impact(H): If the value of the resources reduced far below publicly acceptable level

Extent of Impact

Site Specific (S): The impact is limited within RoW then it is site specific one.

Local (L): If the impact of the work extends to the adjoining wards and or within 100m up

300m from the TL or AP then it is termed as local.

Regional (R): If the impact of the work extends to the entire district or further then it is

termed regional.

Duration of Impacts

Short Term (ST): If the impacts last for 3 years after project initiation it is classified as

short term. Construction phase impacts are mostly categorized under this category.

Medium Term (MT): An impact that continues for more than 3 years but less than 20 years

is considered as medium-term. The construction phase impacts which carry over for few

years of operation falls under this category.

Long Term (LT): An impact that lasts beyond 20 years is considered to be long term. The

operation phase impacts are mostly categorized under this category.

Based upon the above classification, the numerical value is assigned as follows as per the

National EIA Guidelines, 1993.

Extent (E) SS= Site Specific (10) L= Local (20) R= Regional (60)

Magnitude (M) L= Low (10) M= Medium (20) H= High (60)

Duration (Du) ST= Short Term (05) MT= Medium Term (10) LT= Long Term (20)

The sum of impact values provides a maximum of 140 and minimum of 25. For any impact whose

sum of impact value is more than 75, the impact is considered as ‘Highly Significant’. For the sum

of impact value between 50 and 75, the impact is considered as ‘Significant’. Similarly, the impact

is considered as ‘Less Significant’ if the sum of impact value is below 50.



Limitations of the Study The assessment of the site conditions was based mainly upon visual observations, literature, and

interviews with the local people. Since no updated topographic maps are available, the GIS

analysis was based such maps mainly of mid-1990s. The generated information from GIS, mainly

land use, does not coincide with the actual field data. Field verifications are done to minimize the

error but still some conflicts are encountered in mapping. The lack of site-specific location of

suspension towers and ancillary facilities (construction camps, stores, etc.) during the field study

created some difficulties in assessing the impact of the project.

Some information, particularly on physical and biological environment, reflects the characteristic

only of that particular season and time of investigation. This resulted in generalization of impacts

for such towers and facilities. Difficulties were also encountered during the socioeconomic data

collection as some of the land/structure owners of the affected area were not available during the

HHs survey. Furthermore, some information mainly on land holding, agricultural production,

income and expenditure are approximate value based on HH survey.

Kohalpur-Surkhet 132kV TL Project Existing Environmental Condition

`EIA Report 4-1 NEA-ESSD

4 EXISTING ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITION

The proposed alignment passes through different terrain affecting variety of land use pattern. The

topography, land use, climatic condition, geomorphology and geology, seismology, air, water and

noise condition, watershed and drainage pattern, crossing of other utilities and air traffic that shall

be influenced due to the construction of this project has been discussed in each topic ahead.

4.1.1 Topography

Topographical variation of the proposed transmission line is not much and the elevation varies

from 154.2m to 690.01m. Landform features comprise Terraces above the valleys and occasional

ridges and small hill areas. In the majority of these sections the line runs through community

forest, barren lands and agriculture land.

Table 4-1: Altitudinal Variation and Land use of APs of KSTLP

S.N. AP RL

(masl) Land Use

S.N. AP RL

(masl) Land Use

1 AP 0 164.13 BL, Kohalpur SS 15 AP 11 685.68 BL, Govt.

2 AP 1 157.53 CL, Pvt. 16 AP 12 608.58 CF, Govt.

3 AP 1A 154.2 CL, Pvt. 17 AP 13 604.42 BL, Govt.

4 AP 1B 155.47 CL, Pvt. 18 AP 14 611.76 CL, Pvt.

5 AP 1C 156.03 BL, Pvt. 19 AP 15 600.89 CL, Govt.

6 AP 2 159.09 BL, Govt. 20 AP 15A 568.21 CL,Govt.

7 AP 3 174.99 FL, Govt. 21 AP 16 609.99 CF, Govt.

8 AP 4 180.9 CL, Pvt. 22 AP 17 496.02 CF, Govt.





13 AP 9 1106 FL, Govt. 27 AP 22 690.01 BL, Govt..

14 AP 10 818.74 FL, Govt. 28 AP 23 644.85 CL, Surkhet SS

*Note: BL = Barren Land; FL = Forest Land; CL = Cultivated Land; CF= Community Forest

Source: Survey Report, PDD and field verification

Figure 4-1: Elevation Profile of KSTLP



4.1.2 Land Use

Transmission Line

For TL of 132kV capacity, the RoW is defined as 9m on either side from the central line. A total

of 89.4255ha of land will be acquired by the project as RoW. The main land use pattern of the

project area is cultivated land, forest, and barren land. The alignment avoids densely populated

areas, major structures, protected areas and dense forests. The other land uses along the

alignment consists of road crossings, rivers, rivulets, river beaches, cliff and TL. The project

components use approximately 16.13% cultivated land, 70.54% forest, 2.26% barren land and

11.06% others (water body, cutting cliffs, road crossings and NEA land).



Figure 4-2: Land use Map of the PAA



4.1.3 Climate

Tropical to sub-tropical temperature climate conditions prevails in the project area. The minimum

average temperature recorded in the area was 120 C and average maximum temperature

recorded was 340 C (BaNP, 2018). The data of Sikta irrigation station shows that the average

annual rainfall of the area is 1474 mm and about 80% of rainfall occurs within four months of

rainy season i.e. June to September (BaNP, 2018).

4.1.4 Geology and Geomorphology

Physiographical Map shows that the proposed TL passes through the Siwaliks. Geologically, the

tower foundations lies in the rocks of Sub-Himalayan Zone and Terai Zone as shown in the

following figure.

Figure 4-3: Geological Map of Nepal indicating the Proposed KSTLP

4.1.5 Seismology

Nepal is the 11th most earthquake-prone country in the world (NPC, 2015). Ever since the first

recorded earthquake of 1225 AD that killed one-third of the population of Kathmandu Valley,

Nepal has experienced a major earthquake every few generations. Earthquake of Baisakh 12,

2072 is evident of such incidents. This project is situated in seismic zone factor of 0.9 and 1 which

is less suitable from the seismic point of view but as a whole of country Nepal it is satisfactory

that this alignment does not pass through the most dangerous seismic zone.



Figure 4-4: Seismic Map of Nepal

Source: National Seismological Centre, Nepal

4.1.6 Air and Noise Quality

The proposed TL passes mainly through the rugged hills with mild and steep slope, undulating

land forms and flat terrain avoiding settlements and market centers. However, at some stretches,

it traverses along the RoW of motorable gravel and earthen roads and even the highway. During

the field visit, it was observed that the major stretch of the project stretches traverses through

rural setting with some industrial activities like Kohalpur, Chhinchu and Birendranagar. The main

source of air pollution along the alignment is due to the vehicular moment along the earthen road

and construction activities like road, canal, buildings etc. Other sources of air pollution along the

alignment are HH fire, fugitive dust particles created by the movement of public vehicles along

the roads to the settlements and vehicular emissions. However, the transportation density and

frequency of the vehicles along the road is not high. Therefore, the overall status of air quality at

the project area can be considered to be satisfactory and within the range of acceptable limits.

The average noise level near project site is found to be 48dBA measured by sound meter which

is within the range of GoN standard. The overall noise levels along the alignment can be

considered to be within the acceptable limits. Noise pollution may be felt by the local people of

market places residing in market areas. The overall noise levels along the TL can be considered

to be within the acceptable limits.

4.1.7 Water Quality

The overall water quality of river and other water bodies along the TL corridor appears to be

unpolluted. However, dumping of solid wastes into the Bheri River was observed at some

stretches of AP19-AP20-AP21 and Babai river of AP7-AP8. But, the water quality of the streams

close to the settlement areas has a high potential of microbiological contamination as the banks

are used for open defecation and other household purposes by the local people. The other



sources of water pollution along the alignment where pollution is evident is due to soil erosion,

dumping of HH waste and garbage thrown by tourists and their activities along trekking route

near the river, etc.

4.1.8 Watershed Conditions and Drainage Patterns

Drainage system also known as river system are the patterns formed by the streams, rivers and

lakes in a particular drainage basin. They are governed by the topography of the land, whether a

particular region is dominated by hard or soft rocks, and the gradient of the land. As per

configuration of the channels, drainage system found in this area is accordant drainage pattern.

In accordant drainage pattern, dendritic drainage pattern (pertaining to a tree) is the most

common form of drainage system in the project area. There are many contributing streams which

are then joined together into the tributaries of the main river as in figure below. They develop

where the river channel follows the slope of the terrain. Dendritic systems form in V-shaped

valleys; as a result, the rock types are impervious and non-porous. The alignment traverse

through hilly region of Nepal. The watershed of the proposed TL including the substation

proposed is observed to be fairly intact and stable.

Figure 4-5: Drainage Pattern along the TL

The rivers which cross the alignment of this section include Bheri River, Babai and Man Khola.

The watershed is fed by mostly Dhaulagiri Mountains’ snow and its glacier. Babai is the second-

grade rivers which originated from the foothills of Mahabharat region. There is no snow melt

contribution in the discharge though these rivers are perennial in nature.



The river crossing along the TL are presented in table below. Drainage can be easily provided

for each and every tower pad except for the tower pads which are situated in flat lands (AP1-

AP2, AP3, AP4 and AP5). In this case, foundation of tower should be laid during dry season.

Table 4-2: River Crossing along KSTLP

S.N. Stretch between Major River Crossing

No. of Rivulets From to Name No.

1 AP-1 AP-1A Duduwa River 1 -

2 AP-1A AP-1B Duduwa River 1 -

3 AP-1C AP-2 Duduwa River 1 -

4 AP-2 AP-3 Duduwa River 1 -

5 AP-3 AP-4 Jethi River 1 -

6 AP-4 AP-5 Kathotiya/Man River 3 2

7 AP-5 AP-6 - 2 3

8 AP-6 AP-7 - - 4

9 AP-7 AP-8 Babai River 2 4

10 AP-8 AP-9 - - 3

11 AP-9 AP-10 - - 6

12 AP-10 AP-11 - - 2

13 AP-11 AP-12 Bharleni River 1 1

14 AP-14 AP-15 - - 6

15 AP-15 AP-15A - - 1

16 AP-15A AP-16 - - 17

17 AP-16 AP-17 - - 6

18 AP-18 AP-19 - - 2

19 AP-19 AP-20 Bheri/Jhupra River 2 1

20 AP-20 AP-21 - - 4

21 AP-21 AP-22 - - 5

22 AP-22 AP-23 - - 1

Total 15 68

4.1.9 Land Stability/ Erosion

The site observation of the corridor revealed that the line traverses through sloping but relatively

stable area of Terai, Siwalik and Mahabharat Range. The Angle Points have been located on

stable and mostly forest and cultivated fields. However, areas in the vicinity of streams like Man

Khola (AP4-AP5) and Jhupra Khola (AP19-AP20) suspensions towers may be affected by soil

erosion and scouring of the banks by flash floods of monsoon.

4.1.10 Crossings of Other Utilities

The proposed KSTLP crosses Duduwa River by 4 times, Man River by 1 time, twice at Babai

River, once at Bharleni River, Bheri and Jhupra River by 2 times and other rivulets by 68 times.

The alignment also crosses existing 11kV TL by 2 times, 33kV TL by 4 times. Similarly, it crosses

Kohalpur-Surkhet road by 15 times, East-West hightwy by 1 time, Chhinchu-Jajarkot road by 1

time, 11 times earthen road and 8 times foot track. These crossings shall have required clearance

(vertical and horizontal) from the proposed TL. For this, the standards referred by the Electricity

Regulation, 1993 (Rule 48, 49, 50 and 55) shall be followed. Since these crossings follow the

standards of clearance proposed by electricity regulation and these has been discussed in project

area with stakeholders, these crossings do not create any kind of social or physical problems in

future.

The field verification for other crossings like houses, huts and shed and other infrastructure of

religious and archaeological significance was also done during the site visit. Altogether 21 built-

up infrastructures are found under the RoW of the TL which includes tin roofed and RCC houses,

hut, toilet and public structure. From the alternative analysis, it is the most safe, easy, short and



economic alignment. Hence such crossings neither be minimized nor be avoided. The summary

of the crossings is given in the table below.

Table 4-3: Crossing along the KSTLP Alignment

S.N.

Stretch Feeder Road Crossings TLs

From To Name No. Earthen

Road Foot Track

House/others

Physical Structure

Voltage level No.

1 AP-0 AP-1 - - 2 - - - 33kV 1

2 AP-1 AP-1A

- - 1 1 3 - - -

3 AP-1A AP-1B

- - - 1 - 1 - -

4 AP-1B AP-1C

- - - - - - - -

5 AP-1C AP-2 - - - 1 1 - - -

6 AP-2 AP-3 Mahendra Highway

1 - - - - 33/11kV 3

7 AP-3 AP-4 - - 1 1 - - - -

8 AP-4 AP-5 - - - - 6 - - -

9 AP-5 AP-6 Kohalpur-Surkhet

4 - - - - - -

10 AP-6 AP-7 - - - - - - - -


4 - - - - - -


2 - - - - - -

13 AP-9 AP-10

- - 1 1 - - 11kV 1

14 AP-10 AP-11

Kohalpur-Surkhet

1 - - - - - -

15 AP-11 AP-12

Kohalpur-Surkhet

1 - - - - - -

16 AP-12 AP-13

- - - - - - - -

17 AP-13 AP-14

- - 1 - - - - -

18 AP-14 AP-15

- - 3 1 6 - - -

19 AP-15 AP-15A

- - - - - - 33kV 1

20 AP-15A AP-16

Chhinchu-Jajarkot

1 2 1 - - - -

21 AP-16 AP-17

- - - - - - -

22 AP-17 AP-18

- - - - - - - -

23 AP-18 AP-19

- - - - - - - -

24 AP-19 AP-20

- - - - 5 - - -

25 AP-20 AP-21

Kohalpur-Surkhet

1 - - - - - -

26 AP-21 AP-22

Kohalpur-Surkhet

1 - - - - - -

27 AP-22 AP-23

Kohalpur-Surkhet

1 - 1 - - - -

Total 17 11 8 21 1 - 6

4.1.11 Air Traffic

A domestic airport which are near to the proposed KSTLP are Nepalgunj and Surkhet airport.

Nepalgunj Airport lie 15km south and Surkhet Airport lie 5km North-West from the alignment

respectively. Moreover, project officials consulted with Civil Aviation Authority of Nepal (CAAN)

at Kathmandu regarding probable disturbance of the proposed TL to flying route of air plane. A

letter from CAAN has been attached in Appendix A.



Biological Environment The proposed substation in Surkhet District is located in aerial distance of about 51.46km north

from the Kohalpur substation in inner valley between Mahabharat range (mid-hills of Himalaya)

and Siwalik range (Churiya hills). The proposed KSTLP alignment runs mostly along Ratna

Highway (Kohalpur-Surkhet). Existing Kohalpur-Surkhet 33kV Transmission Line also passed

parallel to the proposed 132kV alignment and close to the proposed alignment of Kohalpur -

Surkhet 132 kV TL Project in some stretches.

The alignment moving towards south to north passes varied physical terrains such as flat land of

Terai, climbing up and down foot hills, Babai river valley, flat land of inner valley at Chhinchu

area, narrow river valleys of Bheri River and Jhupra Khola and then, Surkhet valley. The land use

along the alignment is mostly forest cover and intercepted by cultivated land at some places.

Along the proposed alignment, altitudes range 163m asl at the flat land in Kohalpur area up to

1100 masl at Siwalik ridge, then finally 645 masl at the proposed substation site in Surkhet valley.

Because of steep slope in Siwalik hills especially at Harre area (AP8 – AP9), altitudes vary

sharply along the alignment.

Due to the varied physical terrains, wide altitudinal range, north and south facing slopes, soil type

and drainage system, different bio-climatic conditions were observed along the proposed TL

alignment. Broadly the project area can be divided into three sections- i) Tropical Terai Plain

Area, ii) Subtropical Siwalik Hills Area, and iii) Subtropical Inner Valleys. Considering the RoW

along the alignment from the existing Kohalpur substation to the proposed Surkhet substation

and its surroundings as a project area, the following biological environmental conditions were

observed during the field investigation and documented in this EIA report.

4.2.1 Forest and Vegetation

Out of total length of 51.46km of the proposed alignment, 74.67% (38.43km) of the alignment

passes through the forest land. Altogether the forest area under the 18m of RoW is 69.17ha in

three districts, namely Banke, Bardiya and Surkhet. There is no forest at the proposed substation

site. In Banke district, 14.35km of TL passes through the forest area particularly Banke National

Park (BaNP) and its buffer zone. It is estimated that, about 6.42km (11.56ha) and 7.93km

(14.28ha) of BZF and core national park area lies within the RoW of proposed alignment. Field

observation noted mixed riverine forest and Sal dominated mixed forest in the area. In Surkhet

district, 15.75km of TL passes through the forest area (28.34ha) mainly the community managed

forest and buffer zone. It was noted that mixed Sal-Pine forest found in the project area. In Bardia

district, 8.33km section of TL passes through forest area of BNP (3.28km) and its buffer zone

(5.05km). Mixed forest was noted in the project affected area. No any literatures was found

regarding the endemic flora of the project area.

Different forest types and vegetation cover were observed along the alignment depending upon

physiographic features. Bio-climatic conditions determine the biodiversity of the particular place.

Since the project area extends linearly from the flat Terai to up and down hills, diversity and

composition of flora was observed within the short ranges. Details of forests along the proposed

TL alignment are given in the table given below.

Table 4-4: Details of Forests along the Alignment

S. N.

PAD

Forest type Forest Type and Cover

Length (km) of TL through Forest

Forest Area (ha)

1 Banke District Core area of BNP and buffer zone forest

Sal dominated mixed forest

BaNP 7.93 BZF 6.42.

BaNP 14.28 BZF 11.56



S. N.

PAD

Forest type Forest Type and Cover

Length (km) of TL through Forest

Forest Area (ha)

2 Surkhet district Buffer zone forest and community forest

Mixed sal pine forest

CF 14.92 BNP buffer zone

CF 26.85

3 Bardiya district Core area of BNP and buffer zone forest

Mixed forest BNP 3.28 BZF 5.88

BNP 5.90 BZF10.58

i) Tropical Terai Plain Area (AP 0 – AP 5+)

Almost forests in this section belongs to Sal (Shorea robusta) dominated mixed forest type. There

is no forest land between AP0 to AP2 which is located south to the East-West (E-W) Highway. A

forest patch of riverine nature consisting of mainly Khayer (Acacia catechu) was observed just

crossing the E-W highway towards north. This riverine type forest patch might be due to different

micro-climatic condition influenced by a small river (Dhuduwa Nala) in the vicinity. Then, the

proposed alignment runs through the disturbed forest area having thin tree cover. Human

settlement in surrounding area may have created pressure on the forest of this area for timber,

fuel wood and grazing. This area lies in buffer zone of BaNP.

After crossing Man Khola, the forest is less disturbed and forest cover gradually increases. The

alignment also passes through buffer zone of BNP. Then, the alignment runs parallel to the Ratna

Highway passing through dense forest in core area of BaNP. Very old matured and oversized

Sal trees were noticed in this area. Other associated tree species recorded were Saj (Terminalia

sp.), Bot Dhanyero (Lagerstroemia parviflora) etc. Canopy cover was observed varying 10-80%.

Under story flora was observed nearly open consisting of few herbs such as Jibre sag

(Ophioglossum vulgatum), Banko (Arisaema tortuosum) and monocot grasses and Bhorla

(Bauhinia vahlii) as a climber. The forest in the core area of the national park along the proposed

TL was also observed affected by cattle grazing.

ii) Sub-tropical Siwalik Hills Area (AP 5+ - AP 11) Climbing up the Siwalik hills, forest type and vegetation changes having more tree species and

density. Major tree species were observed Saj (Terminalia sp.), Bot Dhanyero (Lagerstroemia

parviflora), Karam (Adina cordifolia), Bhalayo (Semecarpas anacardium) etc. Other associated tree

species were found Dabdabe (Garuga pinnata), Simal (Bombax cieba), Sal (Shorea robusta),

Sadhan (Desmodium oojeinense), Jamun (Eugenia jambolana), Siris (Albizzia sp.) etc. In this

section, the forest is intact and canopy cover observed was 70-90% except grass land in Babai

valley inside core area of BNP. Under story vegetation was observed rich and dense comprising

of various shrubs, herbs and climbers.

The proposed alignment passes through the forests on south facing slope of Siwalik hill up to

Deurali belonging to core area of BaNP. On another side of north facing slope, the alignment

passes through buffer zone forest of BNP. The alignment enters into the core area of BNP in

Babai River Valley. Then, the alignment passes through buffer zone forest of BNP on south and

north slopes of next Siwalik hill crossing the Siwalik ridge at Harre. The forest area is continued

toward north from Chisapani to Chhinchu.

iii) Sub-tropical Inner Valleys (AP 11- AP 23)

The forest located in low land of the inner valleys is mixed type consisting of major two tree

species of Sal (Shorea robusta) and Pine (Pinus roxburghii). However, Pine was observed less

frequent during the walkover survey along the alignment. Other associated tree species found

were Bot Dhanyero (Lagerstroemia parviflora), Saj (Terminalia sp.), Rohini (Mallotus

phillippensis), Bhalayo (Semecarpas anacardium), etc. Throughout this section, the forest was



observed more or less disturbed for harvesting fuel wood and timber as well as grazing by

domestic animals.

All forests in this section have been already handed over to local people as community forests.

Altogether 28 tree species were recorded with in the RoW of the proposed transmission in

Surkhet district. In Bake district, 29 tree species were noted in BaNP and its buffer zone.

Moreover, 44 tree species were found within RoW of the proposed line in BNP and its buffer

zone.

4.2.2 Forest Census Survey Sampling and Quantitative Analysis

Altogether 49 species of trees were recorded throughout the project area by census survey along

the TL. The major tree species were Sal (Shorea robusta), Asana (Terminalia sp), Bot Dhanyero

(Lagerstroemia parviflora), Rohini (Mallotus philippensis), Pine (Pinus roxburghii)), Dabdabe

(Garuga pinnata), Khayer (Acacia catechu), Sadhan (Desmodium oojeinense), Saj (Terminalia

sp.) and Sisau (Dalbergia sissoo). Shrubs, herbs, climbers, ferns and epiphytic orchids were not

counted but recorded only for their presence in the locality.

The data analysis showed that stocking rate of the forest in the Surkhet district, BaNP including

its buffer zone and BNP including its buffer zone consists of 91 trees/ha, 69 trees/ha and 166

tree/ha respectively including pole size. It has been estimated that there are about 65160 number

of seedlings and about 22419 saplings within the RoW of the proposed alignment. Both in sapling

and seedling, Sal and Asana were found dominant.

Although disturbances such as grazing, firewood/fodder collection and fire have affected the

forests, regeneration was found good in most of the sampled plots. However, encroachment of

forest land for settlement and cultivation was found prominent in some places of the project area.

For example, there is no tree cover in patches of government forest lands in Chhinchu through

which the proposed TL alignment passes through. Higher regeneration rate i.e. number of

seedlings (1485 seedling) and saplings (511 sapling) per ha was found BNP.

4.2.3 Forest Census Survey Sampling and Quantitative Analysis

Altogether 49 species of trees were recorded throughout the project area by census survey along

the TL. The major tree species were Sal (Shorea robusta), Asana (Terminalia sp), Bot Dhanyero

(Lagerstroemia parviflora), Rohini (Mallotus philippensis), Pine (Pinus roxburghii)), Dabdabe

(Garuga piñata), Khayer (Acacia catechu), Sadhan (Desmodium oojeinense), Saaj (Terminalia

sp.) and Sisau (Dalbergia sissoo). Shrubs, herbs, climbers, ferns and epiphytic orchids were not

counted but recorded only for their presence in the locality.

The data analysis showed that stocking rate of the forest in the Surkhet district, BaNP including

its buffer zone and BNP including its buffer zone consists of 91 trees/ha, 69 trees/ha and 166

tree/ha respectively including pole size. It has been estimated that there are about 65160 number

of seedlings and about 22419 saplings within the RoW of the proposed alignment. Both in sapling

and seedling, Sal and Asana were found dominant.

Although disturbances such as grazing, firewood/fodder collection and fire have affected the

forests, regeneration was found good in most of the sampled plots. However, encroachment of

forest land for settlement and cultivation was found prominent in some places of the project area.

For example, there is no tree cover in patches of government forest lands in Chhinchu through

which the proposed TL alignment passes through. Higher regeneration rate i.e. number of

seedlings (1485 seedling) and saplings (511 sapling) per ha was found BNP.



4.2.4 National Parks and Forest Management

Forest Act 1993 define six forest management categories: Government managed forest,

protected forest, community forest, leasehold forest, religious forest and private forest, in Nepal.

In addition there is also provision of buffer zone forest and buffer zone community forest. In the

proposed project area, there is protected forest (BaNP and BNP), buffer zone forest, buffer zone

community forest, community forest and National forest.

National Parks and Wildlife Conservation Act, 1973 provide a legal basis for the management of

national parks and protected areas. The Act defines a national park as an area set aside for the

conservation and management of natural environment including ecological, floral, faunal, geo-

morphological association of scientific and aesthetic importance.

Buffer zone is an area designated surrounding national parks to enhance conservation effort

involving local people as per Buffer Zone Management Rules, 2052. Buffer zone concept has

reduced the Park and People conflict. The objectives of Buffer zone management include

formation and strengthening of community based organizations (CBOs), forest management

(especially community forest), conservation activities, income generation and skill development,

eco-tourism promotion, conservation education, sustainable community development and

alternative energy promotion. A brief notes on Bardiya and Banke National Parks and the existing

community forests are presented below;

Bardiya National Park

Bardiya National Park (BNP) and its buffer zone covers an area of 968 sq.km. and 507 sq.km.

respectively. The park is delineated by Geruwa river in the west, crest of Churia range in the

north, a forest road in the south and Kohalpur-Surkhet road in the east. It was initially Bardiya

Wildlife Reserve, which was given the status of a National Park in 1988. BNP database shows

that 76 % of the park area is covered by forest (BNP, 2018). The park is home to Bengal tiger,

Asiatic elephant, one-horned rhinoceros and swamp deer. It also harbour gharial crocodile,

marsh mugger. Endangered birds found in the park are Bengal Florican, Lesser Florican and

Sarus Crane. There are 61 different mammals, over 434 species of birds, more than 42 species

of reptiles and 120 species of fishes have been recorded in the park (BNP, 2018).

The Babai valley extending from Parewa Odar to Chepang (bridge) included in the park in 1984.

In order to extend its area, approximately 1500 people of Babai valley were resettled outside the

park area to allow the vegetation and wildlife to flourish. The pristine valley is characterized by

rich biodiversity. The major vegetation and forest type are wooded grassland and the riverine

forest. The trans located rhinoceros from Chitwan were reintroduced in this valley. The proposed

132kV TL alignment passes through the Babai valley within BNP. Moreover, existing Kohalpur-

Surkhet 33 kV TL also passes through same area of Babai valley within BNP.

Banke National Park

Banke National Park (BaNP) was declared in the Nepal gazette on 30 Baisakh 2067 (12th July

2010) as Nepal’s tenth national park. It covers an area of 550 sq.km. and its buffer zone covers

an area of 343 sq km. The topography of the park area is flood plain, river valleys and Churiya

hills. The core area is delineated by Chisapani-Ovari road and East-West highway in the south,

the Churia ridge in the north, Shiva Khola in the east and Ratna Highway (Kohalpur-Surkhet) in

the west.

Regarding the conservation significance, BaNP is a part of the Global 200 eco-region Terai-Duer

Savanna and grassland. The BaNP area forms one of the three bottlenecks identified in Terai

Arc Landscape (TAL) Nepal and suitable habitat for endangered Royal Bengal Tiger. Moreover,



BaNP provides extended habitat and important biological corridor of Asiatic wild elephant. It

represents Western Terai and Churiya ecosystem, contiguous to Bardiya National Park.

According to the biological inventory conducted in BS 2053, the BaNP consists of 8 ecosystems,

124 plant species (83 trees, 5 climbers and 36 shrubs) and 6 types of forest. The forest types are

Sal forest, mixed hardwood forest, riverine forest, flood plain forest, Churiya forest and grassland.

Similarly, official record shows 34 species of mammals, 236 species of birds, 22 species of

reptiles, 9 species of amphibians and more than 55 species of fish. BaNP (2018) has identified

some conservation threat to the park, they are: illegal hunting and poaching, forest fire, illegal

timber harvesting and smuggling, habitat fragmentation and encroachment, occasional flash

flood, unsustainable collection of gravels and boulders and human wildlife conflict.

Community Forests

Community Forest is a certain forest area handed over to a user group of local people pursuant

to section 25 of Forest Act, 1993 for its development, conservation and utilization for the collective

interest. Community Forestry Development Program in Surkhet District was started in BS 2046.

Surkhet District is rich in forest resources having 174,576 ha of forest area including Other

Wooded Land (OWL) (DFRS, 2015), which is 70.15% of the total area of the district. According

to the Department of forest database dated 2076/01/12, 81617.49 ha of national forest have been

handed over to 438 units of Community Forest Users Groups in Surkhet District till Fiscal Year

2073/74. Altogether 62739 households are directly benefited by these community forests in the

district.

Though almost forest area has been handed over to CFUGs along the proposed 132kV TL

alignment, there are small patches of the forest land which belong to national forest by definition.

National forest means all forests excluding private forest, whether marked or unmarked with

forest boundary; and the term shall also include waste, uncultivated and unregistered lands

surrounded by the forest or situated near the adjoining forest.

During the field investigation, local people reported that usually plantation activities were not

conducted in the forest and protection of natural regeneration is enough for reforestation. Sal

(Shorea robusta), Saj (Terminalia sp) and Pine (Pinus roxburghii) are the preferred species and

these species also fulfill most of the local demand for timber. Selection system for management

has been adopted by the users groups. Since the project area lies in the national parks and its

surroundings, the proposed 132kV TL alignment passes through the rich biodiversity area

consisting of numbers of wild fauna. Those faunal species recorded in the official list of the

national parks, may also appear along the RoW of KSTLP. However, the proposed alignment

passes parallel and nearby the Ratna Highway (Kohalpur-Surkhet). Distance of the alignment

from the highway vary up to 1300m in length. The highway remains busy throughout the day and

round the year. Therefore, it is expected that wild animals appear less frequent along the

proposed alignment for their feeding and breeding activities.

4.2.5 Wild Fauna

Since the project area lies in the national parks and its surroundings, the proposed 132kV TL

passes through rich biodiversity area consisting of numbers of wild fauna. Those faunal species

recorded in the official list of the national parks, may also appear along the RoW of Kohalpur-

Surkhet 132kV TL. However, the proposed alignment passes parallel and nearby the Ratna

Highway (Kohalpur-Surkhet). Distance of the alignment from the highway vary up to 1300m in

length. The highway remains busy throughout the day and round the year. It is expected that wild

animals appear less frequent along the proposed alignment for their feeding and breeding

activities. So, along the proposed transmission line alignment there is no any sensitive habitat of



wildlife. Also, no any literatures was found regarding the migratory routes of large mammals and

birds and endemic fauna in that area. List of major wild animals including birds and herpeto-fauna

are given in Appendix-C.

Mammals

The field investigation, group discussion and interviews with the park staff and local people

revealed that the proposed alignment passing through the Tropical Terai Plain Area (AP 0 – AP

5+ section) is not suitable habitat for wild animals. Commonly reported mammals in this section

were Rhesus Monkey (Macaca mulata), Golden Jackal (Canis aureus), Wild boar (Sus scrofa),

Jungle cat (Felis chaus) and Hanuman Langur (Semnopithecus entellus). In this section, the

forest is frequently visited by neighboring people and affected by cattle grazing. It is not reported

the appearance of larger mammals such as Bengal tiger, one horned rhino, wild elephants etc.

in this area in recent years.

The sub-tropical Siwalik Hills area (AP 5+ - AP 11 section) is more important habitat for wild

fauna. During the walkover survey, the team observed sighting of Spotted Deer (Axis axis),

Barking Deer (Muntiaacus muntjak) and foot prints of Wild Boars in the Babai valley inside the

core area of BNP. Calls of Swamp Deer (Cervus duvauceli) was also heard during field study

near the Chepang Post. The park staff reported frequent appearance of Sloth Beer (Ursus

ursinus), Striped Hyena (Hyaena hyaena), Indian Porcupine (Hystria indica) in the Chepang area

and seasonal appearance of crocodiles along the banks of Babai River in the Babai Valley. Wild

elephants do seasonal movement in the Babai valley even towards far upstream area of Babai

River. Appearance of Bengal tiger (Panthera tigris) was reported very rare in Chepang area as

well as along the road in this section. Local people of Chepang village reported depredation of

crops by Wild Boar, Porcupine and Deer.

The sub-tropical Inner Valleys (AP 11-AP 23 section) also provides good habitat for wild animals

because of contiguous forest cover, rugged terrains and rivers/streams. According to the forest

staffs and local people, Monkey (Macaca mulata), Jackal (Canis aureus), Wild Boar (Sus scrofa),

Jungle Cat (Felis chaus), Indian Porcupine (Hystria indica) and Langur (Presbitis entellus) are

common mammals in the forest. Sloth Beer (Melursus ursinus) and Leopard (Panthera paradus)

appear occasionally in the area.

Birds

The large forest cover, Churiya hills and the riverine ecosystem in the project area favors a variety

of avifaunal species. There are 434 birds species reported in the BNP (Bardia national park office,

2018) and 236 in BaNP (BaNP, 2018). Seasonal migration of the birds is a common

phenomenon. Nepal is a seasonal host to a large number of migratory birds. Therefore, it is

difficult to enumerate bird species along the proposed alignment. Some important bird species

reported by local people are Kalij Pheasant (Lophura leucomelana), Doves, Falcon, Peacock etc.

in the forests through which the proposed TL alignment passes.

Herpeto-fauna

Common reptiles reported in the area are Garden lizard (Varanus flavescens), Brookes' house

gecko (Hemidactylus brookii), Agama (Agama tuberculata), Krait (Bungarus caeruleus), King

Cobra (Naja naja), and Viper (Vipera russelli). The common amphibian species recorded in the

area include Bull frog (Rana tigerina), Marbled toad (Bufo stomaticus) and Common toad (Bufo

melanstictus). Asatic (Rock Python) and Golden monitor lizard (Varanus flavescens) are

endangered species reported from the area and are therefore protected species in the Herpeto-

fauna list of NPWC Act 2029 (BaNP, 2018).



Wildlife habitat

The proposed, Kohalpur -Surkhet TL passes through the two national park namely: BaNP and

BNP and its buffer zone. Primary focus of both the park is to conserve endangered Royal Bengal

tiger and its prey base. In addition, endangered wild elephant, one-horn rhinoceros, swamp deer

etc are found inside parks. Considering the resource availability and niche of those species, river

valley and flood plain inside the park area are identified as core habitat space inside both the

park (DNPWC, 2007). So, Babai valley, Karnali River flood plain and Rapti river valley are the

main habitat space of the respective park.

The proposed transmission line route is far away from Karnali river valley (>40 km) and Rapti

river valley (>15 km). But, the alignment passes through the Babai river valley (AP 7 to AP 8) in

core area of Bardia national park.

4.2.6 Ethno-botany

Plants are an integral part of the farming system, livelihood and the cultural lifestyle of the local

communities. For a long time, local people have been using various plants and animal products

for different purposes like food, fodder, timber, firewood as well as medicine. Tharu people are

indigenous inhabitants of the project area living there since time immemorial. They use different

plants species for traditional purposes. During the walkover survey, collection of mushrooms was

observed in the forests. Medicinal plants of commercial value like Amala (Phyllanthus emblica),

Harro (Terminalia chebula), Barro (Terminalia bellerica), Kurilo (Asparagus racemosus), Musali

(Murdannia scapiflora) etc. were observed in the forests. Leaves of Sal are popular for making

traditional plates. Leaves of Thakul (Phoenix acaulis), a dominant shrub in the forests are used

by local people for thatching roofs and making mats. The term Non-timber forest products include

all biological materials other than timber which are extracted from forests for human use. The

NTFPs include edible plants (food, edible oils, spices, fodder etc.) and non-edible plants products

such as rattan, bamboo, medicines, ornamental plants, etc.

4.2.7 Rare and Endangered Flora and Fauna

The BaNP/BNP is home to seven species. Those species found in the park are also found in the

project influence area. So, taking this into account, seven species of mammals found in the

project influence area are protected under National Parks and Wildlife Conservation (NPWC)

Act 2029. These protected species are: Tiger (Panthera tigris), Leopard Cat (Felis bengalensis),

Spotted Lingsang (Prionodon pardicolor), Asian Wild Elephant (Elephus maximus), Striped

Hyaena (Hyaena hyaena), Four-horned Antelope (Tetracerus quadricornis) and Indian Pangolin

(Manis crassicaudata) (BaNP, 2018).

Also, one protected bird species under NPWC Act, 2029 is found in the project influence area i.e.

Great Hornbill. In addition, six globally and 11 nationally threatened bird species are also found.

Great Slaty Woodpecker (Mulleripicus pulverulentus), Egyptian Vulture (Neophron

percnopterus), Whiterumped Vulture (Gyps bengalensis), Steppe Eagle (Aquila nipalensis),

Woolley-necked Stork (Ciconia episcopus) and Hodgson’s Bushchat (Saxicola insignis) are the

six globally threatened species found in the area. Some nationally threatened species found in

are Grey Francolin (Francolinus pondicerianus), Northern Pintail (Anas acuta), Great Hornbill

(Buceros bicornis), Yellow-wattled Lapwing (Vanellus malarbaricus), Himalayan Vulture (Gyps

himalayensis) and Asian Openbill (Anastomus oscitans) (BaNP, 2018).

Asatic (Rock Python) and Golden monitor lizard (Varanus flavescens) is endangered species

reported from the area and are therefore protected species in the Herpeto-fauna list of NPWC

Act 2029. Two tree species i.e. Simal (Bombax ceiba) and Sal (Shorea robusta) found in the area



are categorized as commercially threatened. So, under the forest act 1993, Government has

banned them for felling, transportation and export for commercial purposes. Eleven species of

plants recorded in the project area belong to different categories of endangered and protected

species.

Table 4-5: List of protected and Endangered fauna reported in the project area

S.

N. Local/Common Name Scientific Name Remarks

Conservation Status

NPWCA, 2029

CITES Appendix

IUCN

Mammals

1 Ghoral Naemorhedus goral R - I NT

2 Four horned antelope Tetracerus quadricornis R P III VU

3 Wild Dog Cuon alpinus R - II EN

4 Leapard Cat Felis bengalensis R P II LC

5 Silu Biralo Prionodon pardicolor R P I EN

6 Ban biralo Felis chaus R - II LC

7 Hudar Hyaena hyaena R P - EN

8 Bhalu Melurus ursinus R - I VU

9 Leopard Panthera pardus R - I VU

10 Tiger Panthera tigris R P I EN

11 Pangolin Manis crassicaudata R P II EN

12 Elephant Elephus maximus R P I EN

13 Rato bandar Macaca mulata R - II LC

14 Langur Presbitis entellus R - I LC

Birds

1 Grey Francolin

Francolinus

pondicerianus R - - LC

2 Northern Pintail Anas acuta R - - LC

3 Asian Openbill Anastomus oscitans R - - LC

4 Woolly-necked Stork Ciconia episcopus R - - VU

5 Egyptian Vulture Neophron percnopterus R - II EN

6 White-rumped Vulture Gyps bengalensis R - II CR

7 Himalayan Vulture Gyps himalayensis R - II NT

8 Steppe Eagle Aquila nipalensis R - II EN

9 Yellow-wattled Lapwing Vanellus malarbaricus R - - LC

10 Great Hornbill Buceros bicornis R P I VU

11 Great SlatyWoodpecker

Mulleripicus

pulverulentus R - - VU

12 Hodgson's Bushchat Saxicola insignis R - - VU

Herpeto-fauna

1 Rock Pythone

Python molurus

molurus R P I

EN

2 Golden monitor lizard Varanus flavescens R P I EN

3 Monitor lizard Varanus flavescens R - I LC

4 Cobra Naja naja R - II NE

5 Brown roofed turtle

Pangshura smithii

smithii R - II

NT

6 Mugger crocodile Crocodulus palustris R - I VU

7 Oriental rat snake Ptyas mucosa R - II NE

Source: GoN, 2014; BaNP, 2018 and https://www.iucnredlist.org/species

note: O Observed, R reported, PProtected

EN- Endangered; VU- Vulnerable; NT- Near Threatened; LC- Least Concerned; (DD- Data Deficient)

https://www.iucnredlist.org/species



4.2.8 Wild Fauna

Since the project area lies in the national parks and its surroundings, the proposed 132kV TL

passes through rich biodiversity area consisting of numbers of wild fauna. Those faunal species

recorded in the official list of the national parks, may also appear along the RoW of Kohalpur-

Surkhet 132kV TL. However, the proposed alignment passes parallel and nearby the Ratna

Highway (Kohalpur-Surkhet). Distance of the alignment from the highway vary up to 1300m in

length. The highway remains busy throughout the day and round the year. Therefore, it is

expected that wild animals appear less frequent along the proposed alignment for their feeding

and breeding activities. List of major wild animals including birds are given in Appendix-C.

Mammals

The field investigation, group discussion and interviews with the park staff and local people

revealed that the proposed alignment passing through the Tropical Terai Plain Area (AP 0 – AP

5+ section) is not suitable habitat for wild animals. Commonly reported mammals in this section

were Rhesus Monkey (Macaca mulata), Golden Jackal (Canis aureus), Wild boar (Sus scrofa),

Jungle cat (Felis chaus) and Hanuman Langur (Semnopithecus entellus). In this section, the

forest is frequently visited by neighboring people and affected by cattle grazing. It is not reported

the appearance of larger mammals such as Bengal tiger, one horned rhino, wild elephants etc.

in this area in recent years.

The sub-tropical Siwalik Hills area (AP 5+ - AP 11 section) is more important habitat for wild

fauna. During the walkover survey, the team observed sighting of Spotted Deer (Axis axis),

Barking Deer (Muntiaacus muntjak) and foot prints of Wild Boars in the Babai valley inside the

core area of BNP. Calls of Swamp Deer (Cervus duvauceli) was also heard during field study

near the Chepang Post. The park staff reported frequent appearance of Sloth Beer (Ursus

ursinus), Striped Hyena (Hyaena hyaena), Hispid Hare (Caprolagus hispidus), Indian Porcupine

(Hystria indica) in the Chepang area and seasonal appearance of crocodiles along the banks of

Babai River in the Babai Valley. Wild elephants do seasonal movement in the Babai valley even

towards far upstream area of Babai river. Appearance of Bengal tiger (Panthera tigris) was

reported very rare in Chepang area as well as along the road in this section. Local people of

Chepang village reported depredation of crops by Wild Boar, Porcupine and Deer.

The sub-tropical Inner Valleys (AP 11-AP 23 section) also provides good habitat for wild animals

because of contiguous forest cover, rugged terrains and rivers/streams. According to the forest

staffs and local people, Monkey (Macaca mulata), Jackal (Canis aureus), Wild Boar (Sus scrofa),

Hispid Hare (Caprolagus hispidus), Jungle Cat (Felis chaus), Indian Porcupine (Hystria indica)

and Langur (Semnopithecus Hector) are common mammals in the forest. Sloth Beer (Melursus

ursinus) and Leopard (Panthera paradus) appear occasionally.

Birds

The large forest cover, Churiya hills and the riverine ecosystem in the project area favors a variety

of avifaunal species. There are 434 birds species reported in the BNP (Bardia national park office,

2018). Seasonal migration of the birds is a common phenomenon. Nepal is a seasonal host to a

large number of migratory birds. Therefore, it is difficult to enumerate bird species along the

proposed alignment. Some important bird species reported by local people are Kalij Pheasant

(Lophura leucomelana), Doves, Falcon, Peacock etc. in the forests through which the proposed

TL alignment passes.



4.2.9 Ethno-botany

Plants are an integral part of the farming system, livelihood and the cultural lifestyle of the local

communities. For a long time, local people have been using various plants and animal products

for different purposes like food, fodder, timber, firewood as well as medicine. Tharu people are

indigenous inhabitants of the project area living there since time immemorial. They use different

plants species for traditional purposes. During the walkover survey, collection of mushrooms was

observed in the forests. Medicinal plants of commercial value like Amala (Phyllanthus emblica),

Harro (Terminalia chebula), Barro (Terminalia bellerica), Kurilo (Asparagus racemosus), Musali

(Murdannia scapiflora) etc. were observed in the forests. Leaves of Sal are popular for making

traditional plates. Leaves of Thakul (Phoenix acaulis), a dominant shrub in the forests are used

by local people for thatching roofs and making mats. The term Non-timber forest products include

all biological materials other than timber which are extracted from forests for human use. The

NTFPs include edible plants (food, edible oils, spices, fodder etc.) and non-edible plants products

such as rattan, bamboo, medicines, ornamental plants, etc.

4.2.10 Rare and Endangered Flora and Fauna

The BaNP/BNP is home to seven species that are protected under National Parks and Wildlife

Conservation (NPWC) Act 2029. These protected species are: Tiger (Panthera tigris), Leopard

Cat (Felis bengalensis), Spotted Lingsang (Prionodon pardicolor), Asian Wild Elephant (Elephus

maximus), Striped Hyaena (Hyaena hyaena), Four-horned Antelope (Tetracerus quadricornis)

and Indian Pangolin (Manis crassicaudata) (BaNP, 2018).

Also, one protected bird species is reported under NPWC Act, 2029 In BaNP i.e. Great Hornbill.

Similarly, BaNP harbors six globally and 11 nationally threatened bird species. Great Slaty

Woodpecker (Mulleripicus pulverulentus), Egyptian Vulture (Neophron percnopterus),

Whiterumped Vulture (Gyps bengalensis), Steppe Eagle (Aquila nipalensis), Woolley-necked

Stork (Ciconia episcopus) and Hodgson’s Bushchat (Saxicola insignis) are the six globally

threatened species found in the Park. Some nationally threatened species found in the Park are

Grey Francolin (Francolinus pondicerianus), Northern Pintail (Anas acuta), Great Hornbill

(Buceros bicornis), Yellow-wattled Lapwing (Vanellus malarbaricus), Himalayan Vulture (Gyps

himalayensis) and Asian Openbill (Anastomus oscitans) (BaNP, 2018).

Similarly, Bardiya National Park is home of a number of rare and endangered flora and fauna.

Two species of orchids found along the alignment belongs to CITES and IUCN categories. These

species are categorized as commercially threatened due to their long history of exploitation and

export. Under the Forest Act, 1993, GoN has banned Simal (Bombax ceiba) and Sal (Shorea

robusta), for felling, transportation and export for commercial purposes. Eleven species of plants

recorded in the project area belong to different categories of endangered and protected species.

Table 4-6: List of Mammals in the project area

S.


Conservation Status

NPWCA, 2029

CITES Appendix

IUCN

1 Ghoral Naemorhedus goral R - I -

2 Four horned antelope Tetracerus quadricornis R p III -

3 Wild Dog Cuos alpinus R P II -

4 Chari Bagh Felis bengalensis R P II -

5 Silu Biralo Spotted lingsang R P I -

6 Ban biralo Felis chaus R - II -

7 Hudar Hyaena hyaena R P - -



S.


Conservation Status

NPWCA, 2029

CITES Appendix

IUCN

8 Bhalu Melurus ursinus R - I -

9 Leopard Panthera pardus R - I -

10 Tiger Panthera tigris R P I E

11 Pangolin Manis crassicaudata R P II -

12 Elephant Elephus maximus R P I --

13 Rato bandar Macaca mulata R - II -

14 Langur Presbitis entellus R - I -

Source: BaNP, 2018

note: O Observed, R reported, PProtected

EN- Endangered; VU- Vulnerable; NT- Near Threatened; LC- Least Concerned; (DD- Data Deficient)

4.2.11 Chure Conservation Area

The proposed alignment also passes through the Chure Conservation Area from AP 7 to Ap 9.

About 2.6 km section lies in the area. The region is very frazile and distinctive in terms of geology,

hydrological cycle, ecology and biology. Mainly, sandstone, mudstone and conglomerates are

found in the region, and are in the state of being eroded as these rocks have not been totally

solidified. Being sensitive towards various socioeconomic and developmental activities,

government of nepal has initiated President Chure Conservation Program in the Fiscal Year (FY)

2066/67.

Figure 4-6: Proposed TL in Chure Conservation Area



Socio-economic and Cultural Environment This sub-section presents the socio economic profile of the community and the affected persons,

in term of their religion, caste ethnicity, education status, occupational characteristic, income

levels and others. This profile is based on secondary literature, walk over survey and limited

consultation with community and their representatives in the two districts through which the TL

passes. The stakeholders consulted included the titleholders, whose land parcels have been

directly impacted due to the construction of the towers, those land parcels owners which will have

overhead power lines, stakeholders who will be temporarily impacted due to access need for the

construction, erection and stringing processes and others who may have a direct or indirect

influences on the project and its activities. The baseline condition of the socio-economic and

cultural environment of project affected area have been described in two categories, namely; the

surrounding area and the core project area. Baseline of the surrounding area includes socio-

economic condition of the affected RM/municipalities and the core project area comprises socio-

economic condition of the people and the area affected by the project.

4.3.1 Project Affected Districts (PADs)

Proposed KSTLP passes through the area of three districts of Province no. 5 and 6 of Nepal,

namely Banke, Bardiya (Province no. 5) and Surkhet (Karnali Province). There are 12 RMs, 12

municipalities and one sub-metropolitan city (SMC) in three districts (1 SMC, 1 municipality and

6 RMs in Banke district, 6 municipalities and 2 RMs in Bardiya district and 5 municipalities and 4

RMs in Surkhet district). These PADs covers an area of 6813 sq.km. (comprising about 4.63% of

total national area).

4.3.1.1 Demographic Characteristics

According to the population census 2011, total population of the PADs is 1,268,693 with male

618,756 (48.77%) and female 649,937 (51.23%). Total number of HHs is 250,812 with average

HH size 5.04 which is higher than national average (4.89). The average population density of

PADs is 186 persons/sq. km; which is also higher than national density (180). Similarly, the

average literacy rate of the project affected districts is 67.67, which is higher than the national

literacy rate (65.9%). Population growth of the PAD from the last decade is 1.82 which is higher

than the national growth rate (1.35%). This is due to the fact that the PADs has a fertile agricultural

land and also have transportation and all physical facilities (infrastructures and services).

Therefore in migration to the district from hill area is very high that leads to high population growth

rate. The economically active population (10-59 years) of the PADs is 70.80% which is slightly

higher than the national average (69.54%). The urban population of PADs is 62.95%.The number

of the urban population has highly increased rapidly from the last few years since the GoN has

recently announced many new municipalities by incorporating existing VDCs. The demographic

characteristics of the PADs are given in the table below.

Table 4-7: Demographic Characteristics of PADs

S.N. Demographic Characteristics PADs

Total Average/ Percent

age Banke Bardiya Surkhet

1 Total Population 491,313 426,576 350,804 1,268,693 -

2 Male 244,255 205,080 169,421 618,756 -

3 Female 247,058 221,496 181,383 649,937 -

4 Total Number of Households 94,773 83,176 72,863 250,812 -

5 Average Households size 5.18 5.13 4.81 - 5.04

6 Major Caste group

Musalman, Tharu, Chhetri

Tharu, Chhetri,

Chhetri, Magar,

- -



S.N. Demographic Characteristics PADs

Total Average/ Percent

age Banke Bardiya Surkhet

and Brahmin hill

Brahmin-hill and Kami

Kami and Brahmin-hill

7 Population Density (persons/ sq.km)

210 211 143 - 186

8 Population Growth Rate(2001-2011)

2.42 1.09 1.95 - 1.82

9 Population Up to 0-9 Years (%) 22.68 20.58 24..58 22.50

10 Elderly Population 60+years (%) 6.62 7.07 6.37 6.70

11 Economically Active Population (10 to 59years %)

70.71 72.35 69.05 70.80

12 Sex Ratio (Male per 100 Females)

98.9 92.6 93.40 - 95.20

13 Percent of Literacy Rate (5 years and above)

63.10 65.9 74.0 - 67.67

14 Total Area of PADs (sq. km) 2337 2025 2451 6813 -

15 Urban Population 209598 340917 248156 798671 -

16 Percent of PADs population compared with country's

1.85 1.61 1.32 - 4.79

4.3.1.2 Social Demography

The PADs have diverse ethnic distribution. According to the report of CBS, there are altogether

97 caste/ethnic group in Nepal. Among them, 45 caste/ethnic groups are found in the project

district. The major five caste/ethnic groups of PADs are Tharu, Muslim, Chhetri, Brahmin and

Kami. Hinduism and Islam are the major two religion followed by the people of the PADs. Other

religions are Buddhism, Christianity, Kirat, Prakriti, and undefined. Nepali is the major language

highly spoken in the PADs. After Nepali, Tharu, which is ranked as 4th position in national context

and Urdu which is ranked as 10th are other major languages spoken in the PADs.

The literacy level of the district have substantially improved. Among PADs, Surkhet is ranked at

15th position in the country with the literacy of population 5 years and above range from 65 to

80%. In the same way, Bardiya and Banke are ranked at 41st and 49th position. Total literacy rate

of PAD is 67.67% which is higher than the national rate (66.6%) with male literacy 72.6% and

female literacy 56.8%. (Source: CBS 2011). Although there has been a significant growth in female

literacy over the years, females are still lagging behind males in terms of their literacy status by

2011 by 15 percentage points.

4.3.1.3 Economic Demography

CBS 2011 has defined the population of the age group of 10 years to 59 years as economically

active population. According to which, the total population of age 10 to 59 years of the PAD is

calculated to be 898,267 which is 70.80% of the total population of the PADs. Hence, there is

70.80% population categorized as economically active. However, the Child labor act 2056, has

defined the ‘Child’ as a person who has not achieved the age of 16 year. Article 3 of this act bans

the employing a child below the age of 14 to work as a laborer and engaging a child in the

hazardous and risky works. Thus, only the population above the age of 15-59 are categorized as

the working age population. According to which the working age population of PAD (age 15-59)

is 57.11% which is lower than the national average (69.54%). Similarly, there is 42.89%

dependent population on which 36.19% are 15 years and below and 6.70% are senior citizen

(sixty years and above age). The child dependency started to decrease as compared to CBS

2001 conversely old age dependency is increasing. This could be due to the decrease in fertility

and mortality rate.



The PADs are the plain terrain (Banke and Bardiya) and hilly region (Surkhet) of the county

having fertile land and also irrigation facilities. Thus agriculture is the major occupation of local

people in the PADs. Most of the people are engaged in agricultural activities such as farming,

livestock, fruit-vegetable farming, fishery and poultry farming. About 63.01% of total economically

active population of PADs are engaged in agriculture, forestry and fishery, which is higher than

the national average (60%) (Source: CBS 2011). Besides agriculture, craft and related trades

workers, service and sale workers, elementary occupations are other occupations.

The major crops grown in the PADs are paddy, maize, wheat, millet, barley etc. The cash crops

of the project area include oilseed, potatoes, vegetables, pulses and fruits. The cropping pattern

of the non-irrigated land is mostly dominated by two cropping systems comprising of maize and

wheat or maize and millet or other appropriate combination of leguminous plants. Of the total

land 20.70% land is cultivated (21.78% in Banke, 27.01% in Bardiya and 14.53% in surkhet)

(Source: National and District Profile of Nepal, 2016/17). Major market center of the PAD are

Nepalgunj, Kohalpur of Banke district, Chhinchhu, Ramghat, Birendranagar of Surkhet district

and Belwa of Bardiya district. Birendranagar itself is the headquarter of province no 6 so there

are many economic activities in PADs. There are many beautiful places for tourism attraction in

PADs. Banke National park, Bardiya National Park, Thakurdwara, Deuti Bajai temple, Kalika

temple, Mangalgadhi mai, Patalganga, Jaleshwor temple and Ranighat, Bulbule Lake, Jajura

daha, Kakre bihar, Ghantaghar and Bheri river are famous tourist area of PADs.

4.3.2 Project Affected Area (PAA)

The proposed TL passes through five municipalities of Banke, Bardiya and Surkhet districts and

one RM of Banke district. These municipalities/RM are considered as project affected area (PAA)

in the report.

4.3.2.1 Demography

Total population of PAA is 307,296 with 145,707 (47.42%) male and 161,589 (52.58%) female.

The population of the PAA covers only 24%% of the total population of the PAD (1,268,693).

Similarly, there are 66,932 HHs in the PAA and average HH size is 4.72. The average population

density of the project area is 257 persons/sq.km which is higher than the average population

density of the PAD (186 persons/sq.km). Table below shows demographic characteristics of the

PAA.

Table 4-8: Demographic Characteristics of PAA

S.N

District Municipality*/RM

Population HHs

Sex Ratio

Average HH Size

Area (sq.km) Pop.Density

(person/km2) Total Male Female

1 Banke Kohalpur* 70,647 34112 36535 15483 95.21 4.83 184.25 383

Baijanath RM 54,418 25,372 29,046 11,066 87.35 4.97 141.68 384

2 Bardiya Basgadhi* 55,875 26,302 29,573 11,210 88.94 4.97 206.09 271

3 Surkhet

Bheriganga* 41,407 19,145 22,262 8,825 86.31 4.74 300.75 138

Lekbeshi* 30295 14122 16173 6346 87.32 4.77 202.72 149

Birendranagar* 54654 26654 28000 13462 95.19 4.06 160.38 341

Total 307,296 145,707 161,589 66,392 90.17 4.72 1195.87 257

Percent (%) 47.42 52.58

Source: CBS, 2011



4.3.2.2 Social Demography

a. Caste, Ethnicity and Religion

The PAA is populated by heterogeneous ethnic communities. Chhetri 76,070 (24.75%) and Tharu

63928 (20.80%) are the predominant ethnic groups in the project area. After them, Dalit, Magar,

Brahmin-hill, Thakuri, Musalman and Badi are other ethnic castes in PAA. The major five ethnic

caste groups of PAA is given in the figure below, which covers 86.15% of total population

(307296) of PAA. The other remaining caste group cover 13.85% of total population.

Hindu and Bouddha are the major religion of the people of project area besides these other

religious groups are Islam, Kirat, Christian and Bon. During field visit, it was observed that Hindu

and Bouddha are major religion adopted by people of the project area. Since the PAA is

dominantly inhabited by Hindu people, festivals like Dashain, Tihar, Maghe Sankranti are widely

celebrated in the project area. Maaghi is another major festival celebrated by Tharu community

of PAA (Bardiya district). Popular cultural activities in the area are Teej mela, Bhailo and Deushi

(singing and dancing activities) in Tihar, Holi, Bhajan/Kirtan (praying by singing) in Ram Nawami,

Ekadashi and Kirshna Janmastami, cultural programs in Shripanchami and Dhami and Jhankri

Naach (dance performed during various religious activities and festivals).

Figure 4-7: Ethnic Caste Group of the Project Affected Municipality

Source: CBS, 2011

c. Language

Like ethnicity, there is also diversity in spoken language in the project area. According to CBS

2011, approximately 15 mother tongues are spoken in PAA. The major language spoken in the

area is Nepali (71.19%). After Nepali, Tharu is another major language (20.32%) spoken in the

project area (Figure: 4-2). The other languages spoken in the PAA are Magar, Gurung, Maithili,

Avadhi, Newar, Urdu, Hindi and others.

Chhetri24.75

Tharu 20.80

Dalit15.50

Magar13.08

Brahmin-hill12.01



Figure 4-8: Languages spoken in the PAA

Source: CBS 2011

d. Education and Literacy

The average literacy rate of the PAA is 67.76% which is higher than both district level (60.2%)

and national level (66.6%) consisting 75.95% male and 60.41% female literacy rate (Source: CBS,

2011). Female literacy level is very lower in PAA as compared to male literacy. The traditional

culture that women have to do the household works still works in the area that leads to lower

literacy rate. There has been a considerable improvement in the educational attainment at all

levels of education over the years. However, a large proportion of the people of PAA have only

a basic level (1-5) and (6-8) of education, followed by a secondary level education. Among the

population 5 years of age and above in 2011, 42% had a basic level (1-5) education followed by

25% with basic (6-8) level education and 11% with secondary (9-10) level education. There are

only 2.08% population in PAA achieving graduate or post graduate level of education.

Figure 4-9: Educational attainment of Population 5 years and above (%)

Source: CBS, 2011

e. Migration

The project area is the urban area. Kohalpur municipality of Banke and Birendranagar

municipality of Surkhet are highly developed area of PAA. Birendranagar municipality itself is the

capital city of Province no. 6. Thus In the in-migration is seen in the wide range in PAA. People

from hilly region and other rural area migrate to urban and semi-urban area for better

Nepali, 71.19

Tharu, 20.32

Others, 8.49

Literate but no schooling

4.53%

Basic (1-5)42%

Basic (6-8)25%

Secondary (9-10)11%

Secondary (11-12)

15%

Graduate & post graduate

2.08%



opportunities, better facilities, fertile cultivated land, employment opportunities, medical service

and good life style. In the same way, out migration (seasonal migration), from rural area,

especially the neighboring country and abroad in the quest of work is widely seen in the PAA.

According to CBS 2011, the absent population of PAA is 17554 which is 5.71% of its total

population and 1.38% of total population of PADs (1,268,693).

Table 4-9: Status of Absentee Population in the PAA

S.N Municipality/RM

Total HH

Absent HH

Total Population

Absent population

Total Male Female

1 Kohalpur 15483 2735 70647 3544 3048 496

2 Baijanath RM 11066 2878 54418 4053 3504 549

3 Basgadhi 11210 2854 55875 3834 3250 584

4 Bheriganga 7295 1538 41407 2033 1798 235

5 Lekbeshi 6346 1606 30295 2159 1980 179

6 Birendranagar 13462 1501 54654 1931 1677 254

Total 64862 13112 307296 17554 15257 2297

% 100 20.22 100 5.71 4.96 0.75

Source: CBS, 2011

f. Health and Sanitation

General health and sanitation is measured in terms of the facility of improved drinking water and

toilets in a household. A household with an improved source of drinking water and toilet facility

means general health and sanitation have been maintained. Improved sources of drinking water

include tap/piped drinking water, tube-well/hand pump and covered well/kuwa. Overall, 84.98%

of HHs have an improved source of drinking water in PAA which is higher than the national

average (85.4%). In the case of toilet facilities, GoN has declared all RM and municipality of PAA

as open defecation free (ODF) zone. Each HHs of PAA has toilet facility. Thus, health and

sanitation condition of PAA seems to be satisfactory.

Table 4-10: Improved Source of Drinking Water

S.N. PAA Total HH Tap/piped water Tubewell/hand-pump

1 Kohalpur Municipality 15483 2171 12676

2 Baijanath RM 11066 715 9858

3 Basgadhi Municipality 11210 931 9609

4 Bheriganga Municipality 8825 3523 26

5 Lekbeshi Municipality 6346 5187 4

6 Birendranagar Municipality 13462 11463 256

Total 66392 23990 32429

% 100 36.13 48.84

Source: CBS, 2011



Picture 4-1: Drinking water and Toilet condition of PAA

g. Religious, Archeological and Historical Sites

There are several famous religious/ cultural sites spreading over the PAA. Bageshwari Temple,

Bhuwarbhawani Temple and Kambharsawa Baba are the major religious site of Banke District.

Similarly Deuti Bajai temple, Shiva temple, Kalika temple, Jaleshwar temple, Krishna temple,

Mangalgadhi Mai, Patalganga, Jaleshwor temple and Ranighat are famous temples of Surkhet

District. Likewise, the Bulbule Lake, Jajura Daha, Kakre Bihar, Ghantaghar and Bheri River are

famous tourist areas in Surkhet District where people visit for entertainment, research and study

within and outside the country. Kakre Bihar of Surkhet district has its own archaeological

importance. It is a historical place, is believed to be built in 12th century. Bheri River is a well-

known destination for rafting. However, there are no religious, archaeological and historical sites

of significant importance in the core project area.

Picture 4-2: Shiv temple near to PAA (Birendranagar Municipality)

4.3.2.3 Economic Demography

a. Working Age Population

The working age population (15-59 year) in PAA is 176,704 which is 57.50% of its total population

which is higher than both PAD (57.11%) and national level (69.54%). Similarly, there is 42.50%

dependent population on which 36.45% are 14 years and below and 6.05% are senior citizen

(sixty years and above age). The dependency ratio in the area is 1:0.74; as every 100 people are

working to support for 74 unemployed dependents.



Figure 4-10: Working Age Population of PAA

Source: CBS, 2011

b. Crop Production and Horticulture Farming

The major crops grown in the project area are paddy, maize, wheat, millet, barley. The cash crops

of the project area include oilseed, potato, pulses, etc. The mango, lichchi, banana and pear are

the major fruit production in the project area. The cropping pattern of the non-irrigated Pakho Bari

is mostly dominated by two cropping systems comprising of maize and wheat or maize and millet

or other appropriate combination of leguminous plants.

c. Agricultural Land Types and Cropping Pattern

Most section of the TL project travel through hill area, farmers have more upland (Bari and Pakho)

than the low lands (khet), where paddy is grown in monsoon. The cropping patterns and selection

of crops depend on the land quality and availability of irrigation facilities. More fertile and year

round irrigated lands are cultivated twice a year whereas non-irrigated lands are cultivated once

a year. The major agriculture cultivation practices in the project areas depend upon monsoon.

The paddy, maize, millet, wheat and barley are the major cereal crops. The oilseed, potato,

pulses, seasonal/off-season vegetables, mango, lichchi and banana are grown as the sources of

cash crops.

Picture 4-3: Agricultural land of PAA

d. Income Level

Even though, land holding size is quite small and many farmers have food deficiency for their

food products, agriculture is the major source of income for the people of the project area.

However, the land productivity in the project area is good in comparison to the other parts of the

districts. Besides agriculture, animal husbandry, trade, tourism, wage labor, service and pension,

foreign employment are other source of income of the project area.

Senior citizen, 6.05

Child dependence,

36.45

Working age population,

57.5



Picture 4-4: Daily wage labor done by people of PAA

e. Expenditure Pattern

As far as the project affected RM/municipality and districts concerned, the level and structures of

consumption are more or less similar to the other part of the country. Most of the expenditure is

for the consumption of food items following education, health, energy and other non-food items.

f. Energy

Most of the HHs of the project area 48,950 (73.73%) have electricity facility for lightning purpose

through National Grid System, while the remaining 26.27% use kerosene, solar and other

sources of light for lighting. In the same way, wood/firewood, liquefied petroleum gas (LPG), bio-

gas and others (kerosene, cow dung) are the source of cooking in the PAA. Most of the HHs

77.28% use wood/firewood while others (17.35%) use LP gas for cooking purpose. In the market

area, most of the HHs use LPG for cooking purpose. Besides, bio-gas is also the source of energy

for cooking food in the PAA.

(a) (b)

Figure 4-11: Source of (a) Lighting Fuel and (b) Cooking Fuel of the HHs of PAA

Source: CBS, 2011

4.3.2.4 Gender Status

There is a huge gender gap seen in the project area. The sex ratio of the project area is 90.17%

which is lower than PADs (95.20%). This is due to the fact that a large portion of male population

are migrated to the foreign country for employment opportunity and thus also increase the burden

of workload to female HHs. This has rather feminized the agriculture system of the project area.

The female literacy has remarkably increased in the past decades still it is very low 60.41% than

Electricity73.73

Kerosene9.33

Solar3.10

others13.41

firewood77.28

LP gas17.35

others1.38

Biogas 3.36



the male literacy (75.95%). There has been a rise in female-headed HHs in the project area but

this is due to the increase in male migration and economic empowerment of women is still a

challenge. In addition, women's economic activity is still low in non-agriculture sector possibly

due to a lack of education and a tradition of working in agriculture. Their participation is more

than that of men’s in almost all agricultural activities. Livestock keeping is also women’s

prime agricultural activity and the largest amount of women’s micro credit money goes for

livestock raising. In spite of women toiling so hard in agriculture, it is characterized by “below

subsistent” productivity and insufficient even for “own consumption”. The decision making

process on economic activities is exercised by the both male and female. The average daily

wage/labor rate of women in the project affected area is NRs. 400-1000 which is slightly lower as

compared with male NRs. 600-1000.

Picture 4-5: Fodders Collection by women in PAA

4.3.2.5 Infrastructure and Service Facilities

a. Transportation

Transportation facilities are well developed in the project area because most of the part of the

project area lies either along the existing Ratna Highway or nearby it, which is connected by road

networks. Some inner section of the project area are not connected with motorable roads. An

earthen fair weather road exists in most of the areas. Regular transportation services are

available along the Kohalpur-Surkhet road. Aeroplane services are available in Nepalgunj of

Banke and Birendra Nagar municipality of Surkhet district.

b. Communication

Communication services through mobile and Code Division Multiple Access (CDMA) are

available in PAA. Similarly, postal and modern communication facilities like email/internet and fax

are available in major settlements. Radio and Local FM network is within access of public. Local

and national newspapers are available in project area.

4.3.2.6 Market Centers

The major market centers of PAA are Birendranagar, Chhinchhu, Ramghat, Bheri pool, Tallo

Thanichaur and Kohalpur. Own account business, trade and services are the major activities of

the people of these market centers.



4.3.3 Project Affected Families (PAFs)

4.3.3.1 Demographic Composition

Household survey of 42 HHs was conducted to collect socio-economic status of the project

affected families (PAFs) that are directly affected by the project. The total population of surveyed

HHs is 228 including 112 (49.12%) males and 116 (50.88%) females. The sex ratio and average

HH’s size is 0.97 and 5.4 respectively. According to the broad age group classification, 61.84%

of the population in the project area is categorized as economically active population. Similarly,

the dependent population (including population below age group 0-14 years and senior citizen

60 years and above) is 38.16%. Tables below show the demographic features of the PAFs.

Table 4-11: Demographic Features of PAFs

S.

N. Municipality/RM

Population HHs

Male Female Total Sex Ratio Total Average HH Size

1 Baijanath RM 12 20 32 0.60 5 6.4

2 Bheriganga* 27 29 56 0.93 10 5.6

3 Birendranagar* 65 58 123 1.12 24 5.1

3 Kohalpur* 8 9 17 0.89 3 5.7

Total 112 116 228 0.97 42 5.4

Source: HH Survey, 2018

Table 4-12: Distribution of Population by Broad Age Groups

S. N. Municipality/RM Broad Age Group

Population 0-14 years 15-59 years 60 and above

1 Baijanath RM 12 17 3 32

2 Bheriganga* 18 35 3 56

3 Birendranagar* 37 78 8 123

4 Kohalpur* 5 11 1 17

Total/Ave. 72 141 15 228

Percentage 31.58 61.84 6.58 100.00


Type of Family

Nuclear type of family is dominant in the project affected HHs. Of the total 42 HHs, 28 (66.67%)

HH are categorized as nuclear type and rest 14 (33.33%) are joint type as shown in table below.

Table 4-13: Families Structure of the Surveyed HHs

S.N. Municipality/RM

Type

Nuclear Joint Total HHs

1 Baijanath RM 2 3 5

2 Bheriganga* 7 3 10

3 Birendranagar* 16 8 24

4 Kohalpur* 3 - 3

Total 28 14 42

Percentage 66.67 33.33 100.00


Marital Status

Of the total 228 population, 102 (44.74%) are married and 121 (53.07%) are unmarried. Similarly,

the population of widow/widower is 5 (2.19%).



Table 4-14: Distribution of Surveyed Population by Marital Status

S.N. Municipality*/RM Marital Status

Population Unmarried Married Widow/Widower

1 Baijanath RM 15 16 1 32

2 Bheriganga* 28 28 - 56


4 Kohalpur* 9 6 2 17

Total 102 121 5 228

Percentage 44.74 53.07 2.19 100.00


4.3.3.2 Caste/ Ethnic Composition

Of the surveyed HHS, 38.10% HHs are Chettri/Thakuri followed by Brahmin (26.19%), Badi

(11.90%), Sunar (7.14%). The HHs with percentage composition by caste/ethnic composition is

shown in table below.

Table 4-15: Caste/ Ethnic Composition of the HHs

S. N.

Caste Population

% of Population

Households % of HHs Male Female Total Sex Ratio Total

Average HH Size

1 Badi 16 11 27 1.45 11.84 5 5.4 11.90

2 Brahmin 23 25 48 0.92 21.05 11 4.4 26.19

3 Chettri/Thakuri 45 49 94 0.92 41.23 16 5.9 38.10

4 Damai 4 6 10 0.67 4.39 2 5.0 4.76

5 Kami 7 5 12 1.40 5.26 2 6.0 4.76

6 Magar 5 5 10 1.00 4.39 2 5.0 4.76

7 Sunar 9 11 20 0.82 8.77 3 6.7 7.14

8 Tharu 3 4 7 0.75 3.07 1 7.0 2.38

Total/Ave. 112 116 228 0.97 100.00 42 5.4 100.00


4.3.3.3 Religion and Mother Tongue

According to HH survey, 92.86% of the surveyed HHs are adopted Hinduism followed by

Christian (7.14%). Details is presented in table below.

Table 4-16: Distribution of Surveyed HHs by Religion

S.N. Municipality*/RM

Religion

Total HHs Buddhism Christian Hinduism

HHs % HHs % HHs %

1 Baijanath RM - 0.00 - 0.00 5 100.00 5

2 Bheriganga* - 0.00 1 10.00 9 90.00 10

3 Birendranagar* - 0.00 2 8.33 22 91.67 24

4 Kohalpur* - 0.00 - 0.00 3 100.00 3

Total/Percentage - 0.00 3 7.14 39 92.86 42


Nepali is the major language (79.31%) spoken by the surveyed HH, followed by Tharu (7.38%).

The following table shows the detail of language composition of the surveyed HHs.



Table 4-17: Distribution of Surveyed HHs by Language

S.N. RM/Municipality*

Spoken Language

Nepali Tharu HHs

HHs % HHs %

1 Baijanath RM 4 80.00 1 20.00 5

2 Bheriganga* 10 100.00 - 0.00 10

3 Birendranagar* 24 100.00 - 0.00 24

4 Kohalpur* 3 100.00 - 0.00 3

Total 41 97.62 1 7.38 42

4.3.3.4 Literacy Status

About 82.68% of the surveyed population are literate (population of 5 years and above) with male

and female literacy rate are 94.06% and 84.91% respectively. Similarly, the population having

education attainment up to literate only, basic, secondary and higher education are 13.51%,

40.54%, 34.05% and 11.89% respectively . The following tables depict the literacy status and

their education attainment of the surveyed population.

Table 4-18: Literary Status (Population of 5 years and above) of Surveyed Population

S. N. Literacy Status Male Female Total

No. % No. % No. %

1 Illiterate 6 5.94 16 15.09 22 10.63

2 Literate 95 94.06 90 84.91 185 89.37

Total 101 100.00 106 100.00 207 100.00


Table 4-19: Educational Attainment along the Literate Surveyed Population

S. N. Educational Attainment Male Female Total

No. % No. % No. %

1 Literate only 11 11.58 14 15.56 25 13.51

2 Basic 37 38.95 38 42.22 75 40.54

3 Secondary 34 35.79 29 32.22 63 34.05

4 Higher Education 13 13.68 9 10.00 22 11.89

Total (Literate) 95 100.00 90 100 185 100.00


4.3.3.5 Occupation

Labour wage (26.03%) is the main occupation of the surveyed HHs. Beside labour wage,

agriculture (22.60%), households work (13.01%) and service inside the country (10.96%) are

other major occupation of the PAFs. About (18.49%) population belong to student category. The

detail of occupational composition of surveyed HH’s of the project area is given in table below.

Table 4-20: Occupational Composition of Surveyed Population (14 to 59 years)

S.N. Major Occupation Male Female Total

No. % No. % No. %

1 Agriculture 12 17.14 21 27.63 33 22.60

2 Business and Small Industry 6 8.57 3 3.95 9 6.16

3 Labor wage(In country) 24 34.29 14 18.42 38 26.03

4 Foreign Employment 3 4.29 1 1.32 4 2.74

5 Service 15 21.43 1 1.32 16 10.96

6 Student 10 14.29 17 22.37 27 18.49

7 Household Work - 0.00 19 25.00 19 13.01

Total 70 100.00 76 100.00 146 100.00




4.3.3.6 Land Holding by Land Type

According to Population and Housing Survey 26.19% (11 HHs) do not have land ownership. They

Surveyed HHs have been classified on the basis of different landholding categories such as

marginal, small, medium, and large. Majority of the HHs i.e. 61.29% are categorized as small

type families having land 0.5ha to 2.0ha whereas 32.25% are classified as marginal HH with land

holding size of below 0.5ha. Similarly, 6.45% of HHs as medium type families having land 2.0ha

to 4.0ha. The following tables show the HHs having land based on holding size and category.

Table 4-21: Distribution of Surveyed HHs by Landholding size

S. N.

Landholding Categories HHs Total Area

Category Size of holding (ha) No. % Area(ha) %

1 Marginal Up to 0.5 19 61.29 4.415 24.69

2 Small

0.5 – 1.0 6 19.35 3.773 21.10

1.0 – 1.5 4 12.90 4.749 26.56

1.5 – 2.0 - 0.00 - 0.00

3 Medium 2.0- 4.0 2 6.45 4.944 27.65

Total 31 100.00 17.881 100.00


Table 4-22: Landholdings of the HHs by Type of Land

S.N. Municipality/RM HHs Irrigated Khet (ha) Bari (ha) Pakho- Bari(ha) Total (ha)

1 Baijanath RM 5 1.4901 0.474 1.9641

2 Bheriganga* 5 0.419 0.6773 0.149 1.2453

3 Birendranagar* 18 9.279 3.217 1.448 13.944

4 Kohalpur* 3 0.643 0.085 0.728

Total 31 11.8311 3.8943 2.156 17.8814

Average - 0.382 0.126 0.07 0.577


4.3.3.7 Agriculture and Livestock

Maize, paddy, wheat, , millet and potatoes are the main crops grown by the PAFs. The total

production of crops with different varieties are 27.54 MT of paddy, 8.28 MT of wheat, 1.74 MT of

maize and 2.46 MT of pulses. The distribution of crops, production and yield is shown in the table

below.

Table 4-23: Crop Area Coverage, Production and Yield of Surveyed HHs

Description Major Crops

Paddy Wheat Maize Millet

Total Cropped Area 6.920 2.836 0.926 1.430

Total Production (MT) 27.54 8.28 1.74 2.46

Yield (MT/ha) 3.98 2.92 1.88 1.72


Cow, buffalo, goat and fowls are main domesticated animals owned by the sampled HHs. Of the

total, 59.42% of HHs have the livestock of their own while 40.48% don’t have any livestock. The

following table shows the details of the livestock of the project affected HHs.



Table 4-24: HHs having Livestock in the Project Area

S.N. Municipality/RM Livestock

Yes No Total No. of HHs

1 Baijanath RM 5 - 5



4 Kohalpur* 3 - 3

Total 25 17 42

Percentage 59.42 40.48 100.00


4.3.3.8 Food Sufficiency and Deficiency

The HHs’ survey indicates that majority of the surveyed HHs have food deficiency. Since the

project area is less fertile land with lack of irrigation facility. About 33.33% of the surveyed HHs

have sufficient food throughout the year. The remaining 66.67% HHs have food deficiency. HHs,

who have the food deficiency, generally do the supporting works like service, labor wage, small

business and some members of the HHs go to the abroad to earn. The following tables show the

detail of the sufficiency and deficiency of food of the PAFs.

Table 4-25: Food Sufficiency of the HHs by Own Production

S.N. Municipality/RM Sufficiency

HHs Yes No




4 Kohalpur* 1 2 3

Total 14 28 42

Percentage 33.33 66.67 100.00


4.3.3.9 Status of Loan

One major component to see the socio-economic condition of the surveyed HH is their loan

status. HH survey shows that 28.57% of surveyed HHs have the burden of loan. These people

take loans for different purpose (house repair, education, health treatment, marriage/ritual and

food/ clothing) as well as for business purpose (to do small business, off-season farming,

livestock farming etc.) Among the HHs who have the burden of loan, majority of them take loans

for meeting their daily basic needs foreign employment

Table 4-26: HHs having Loan

S.N. Municipality/RM HHs with Debt

Yes No Total




4 Kohalpur* - 3 3

Total 12 30 42

Percentage 28.57 71.43 100


4.3.3.10 Business/Cottage Industry

About 21.43% of surveyed HHs have their own business while remaining 78.57% do not have.

These HHs either depends upon agriculture or other sources such as service, foreign



employment or labor wage. Table below shows the surveyed HHs and their dependency on

business. The table below shows the detail of the HHs having business/cottage Industries.

Table 4-27: Affected HHs having Business/ Cottage Industry

S.N. Caste Business/Cottage Industry

Yes No Total HHs

1 Baijanath RM - - 5



4 Kohalpur* 2 1 3

Total 9 33 42

Percentage 21.43 78.57 100.00


4.3.3.11 Income and Expenditure Pattern

The average annual income of the surveyed HHs is calculated to be NRs. 423,285; where the

source of income of the surveyed HH is agriculture as well as non-agriculture. Non-agriculture

sector consists remittance, business, service, daily wage, old-age pension and rent. Among the

different sources of income non-agriculture contributes about 91.97%. Income from agriculture

and livestock contribute 8.03% respectively. The average annual income from different sources

is given in the following table.

Table 4-28: Average Annual Income of Surveyed HHs from Difference Sources

S.N. Income Source Average %

1 Agriculture and animal husbandry Income 34000 8.03

2 Service 116191 27.45

3 Business 98571 23.29

4 Daily Wages/Porter 85095 20.10

5 Pension/Old-age Pension 15143 3.58

6 Remittance 42857 10.12

7 Interest/Rent 31428 7.42

Total Average Income 423,285 100.00


Similarly, the average annual expenditure of 42 surveyed HHs is calculated to be NRs. 365,025.

Food items, clothing, education, medicine, festival, fuel, communication/electricity and

transportation are the main expenditure items of the HHs. The proportion of expenditure on food

items is higher (49.24%) followed by festival (12.62%), education (11.62), clothing (10.97%),

communication/electricity (5.24%), medicine (4.38%), transportation (3.74%) and fuel (2.21%).

The figures of expenditure pattern indicates that there is annual saving of NRs.58,260 by the

HHs, as shown in the following table.

Table 4-29: Average Annual Expenditure of the HHs

Municipality*/ RM

Expenditure Heading (%) Expense

(NRs) Food

Cloth Education Medicine Festival Fuel

Commn/ Electricity

Transport

Baijanath RM 50.57 9.67 11.58 6.95 10.57 1.7 5.55 3.51 375,819

Bheriganga* 48.69 11.31 14.17 5.93 10.93 1.63 4.54 2.79 275,700

Birendranagar* 49.05 11.01 10.5 3.18 13.85 2.31 5.83 4.27 398,711

Kohalpur* 52.22 11.68 11.92 2.88 11.81 4.13 2.33 3.03 375,305

Avg/ % 49.24 10.97 11.62 4.38 12.62 2.21 5.24 3.74 365,025




4.3.3.12 Water Supply for Domestic Use

Piped water and public tap are the main sources of water of the surveyed HHs. Majority of the

surveyed HHs use piped water for their domestic need of water. About 76.19% of the HHs use

piped water and 19.05% share public tap for water. The following table shows the detail of the

sources of water for domestic use by the surveyed HHs.

Table 4-30: Source of Water for Domestic Use


4.3.3.13 Source Energy

(a) Lighting

Since the project area is connected with either national grid, all of the surveyed HH are fully

electrified.

(b) Cooking

Fuel wood, Liquefied Petroleum Gas (LPG) and bio-gas are the main sources of energy for

cooking food in the surveyed HHs. LPG (52.38%) is the main source of cooking food for the HHs

followed by fuelwood (42.86%) and bio-gas (4.76%). The main sources of fuelwood is CF (77.78)

followed by private forest (11.11%) and purchase (11.11%). The source of energy and assemble

sources adopted by the surveyed HHs is shown in the following tables.

Table 4-31: Source of Energy for the HHs for cooking purpose


Source

Fuel wood Biogas LPG

HHs % HHs % HHs %

1 Baijanath RM 2 40.00 1 20.00 2 40.00

2 Bheriganga* 8 80.00 - 0.00 2 20.00

3 Birendranagar* 7 29.17 - 0.00 17 70.83

4 Kohalpur* 1 33.33 1 33.33 1 33.33

Total 18 42.86 2 4.76 22 52.38


Table 4-32: Assemble Source of Fuel Wood of the HHs


Source

Community Forest/Gov. Private Forest Purchase

HHs % HHs % HHs %

1 Baijanath RM 2 100.00 - 0.00 - 0.00

2 Bheriganga* 6 75.00 2 25.00 - 0.00

3 Birendranagar* 6 85.71 - 0.00 1 14.29

4 Kohalpur* - 0.00 - 0.00 1 100.00

Total 14 77.78 2 11.11 2 11.11



Source

Piped Water Public Tap Tubewell

HHs % HHs % HHs %

1 Baijanath RM 3 60.00 1 20.00 1 20.00

2 Bheriganga* 8 80.00 2 20.00 0.00

3 Birendranagar* 19 79.17 5 20.83 0.00

4 Kohalpur* 2 66.67 - 0.00 1 33.33

Total 32 76.19 8 19.05 2 4.76



4.3.3.14 Health and Sanitation Condition

Over all sanitation condition of the project affected area is satisfactory. All of the surveyed HHs

are aware about their hygiene and conscious towards hygiene related problems hence in-house

and surrounding sanitation and hygiene condition is found good. Sickness problems like

stomachache, headache, high blood pressure, ear/eye infection, etc. are detected in 21.43%

HHs. Among the surveyed HHs, 45.24% dump their solid waste at the safe location, where

30.95% bury and 23.81% burn. Table below shows solid waste management practiced by PAFs.

Table 4-33: Methods of Solid Waste Disposal in the Project Area


Location

Dump at Safe Location Burn Bury

HHs % HHs % HHs %

1 Baijanath RM 3 60.00 1 20.00 1 20.00

2 Bheriganga* 4 40.00 2 20.00 4 40.00

3 Birendranagar* 11 45.83 5 20.83 8 33.33

4 Kohalpur* 1 33.33 2 66.67 0.00

Total 19 45.24 10 23.81 13 30.95


4.3.3.15 Attitude toward the Project

About 69.05% HHs knew about the proposed project. The main sources of knowledge about the

project are project officials, neighbours, newspaper and others. Among surveyed HHs, 57.14%

have positive attitude, whereas 33.33% are negative, 4.76% are neutral and 4.76% HH have not

detail information about project. The reason for negative attitudes toward project area are loose

of place of residence and low valuation of the price of affected land. Table below shows the

attitude towards the project.

Table 4-34: Attitude Regarding the Project by Type

S.N. Municipality/RM Type

Positive Negative Neutral Have no Information

1 Baijanath RM 2 1 2 -

2 Bheriganga* 5 5 - -

3 Birendranagar* 16 6 - 2

4 Kohalpur* 1 2 - -

Total 24 14 2 2

Percentage 57.14 33.33 4.76 4.76


4.3.3.16 Expectation from the Project

About 40.48% of the surveyed HHs expect good compensation for the loss of land and properties.

Similarly, 26.19% of the HHs expressed their desire for employment opportunity, 16.67% show

their opinion towards the local development and 16.67% wants electricity facility the project area,

as shown in the following table.

Table 4-35: Expectation from the Project


Expectation

Good Compensation

Employment Electricity

Facility Local

Development

1 Baijanath RM 2 2 - 1

2 Bheriganga* 7 1 2 -


4 Kohalpur* 2 1 - -

Total 17 11 7 7

Percentage 40.48 26.19 16.67 16.67




4.3.3.17 Description of the House

(a) By Wall Type

All of the surveyed HHs have their own house for residence. The wall of houses are usually

constructed mud and stone brick, cement and stone/brick, wooden and bamboo. Details is given

in the following table.

Table 4-36: Houses by Type of Wall


Wall Type

Cement & Stone/Bricks

Mud and Stone Bricks

Wooden Wall

Bamboo Wall

1 Baijanath RM 2 2 1 -

2 Bheriganga* 3 5 1 1

3 Birendranagar* 15 8 1 -

4 Kohalpur* - 3 - -

Total 20 18 3 1

Percentage 47.62 42.86 7.14 2.38


(b) By Floor Type

Mud, cement and wood are used on floor by the surveyed HHs. About 50.00% of surveyed HHs

use cement on their floor while the remaining 45.24% used mud and 4.76% HH use wood use

wooden on their floor, as shown in the table below.

Table 4-37: Houses by Floor type

S.N. Municipality/RM Floor Type

Mud Cement Wooden

1 Baijanath RM 3 2 -

2 Bheriganga* 6 3 1


4 Kohalpur* 3 - -

Total 19 21 2

Percentage 45.24 50.00 4.76


(c) By Roof Type

Majority of the surveyed HH uses zinc plates in their roof. Besides zinc plate thatched, RCC and

stone roof also used by the HHs, as shown in the table below.

Table 4-38: Houses by Roof Type


Roof Type

Zinc Plates RCC

1 Baijanath RM 4 1

2 Bheriganga* 8 2

3 Birendranagar* 10 14

4 Kohalpur* 1 2

Total 20 22

Percentage 47.62 52.38


(d) By Number of Story

Two stories houses are common among the surveyed HHs. About 52.38% of the HHs have their

house with two stories where 42.86% of HHs have two story houses and remaining 4.76% have

three story houses.



Table 4-39: Houses by No. of Stories

S.N. Municipality/RM No. of Stories

One Two Three

1 Baijanath RM 2 3 -

2 Bheriganga* 6 4 -


4 Kohalpur* 1 2 -

Total 18 22 2

Percentage 42.86 52.38 4.76


Kohalpur-Surkhet 132kV TL Project Environmental Impacts


5 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS

This chapter addresses the likely adverse impacts in the construction and operation of the

KSTLP. Other Adverse and beneficial Impacts on Physical, Biological, and Socioeconomic and

Cultural Environments that are not anticipated and identified during the during the later stages of

the proposed project development will be duly and compulsorily taken into account by the

proponent of the proposed project on his own expense. The construction and operation of the

project will result in changes to the existing baseline condition. The general discussions are

organized in three categories, namely the physical, biological and socio-economic and cultural

environment, and split into the construction and operation phases.

Physical Environment The main physical impacts on the environment are those associated with land take for TL, for

construction of tower pads, maintenance of RoW and changes in the drainage patterns. The

major impacts anticipated during the construction and operation phase are discussed in the

sections below.

5.1.1 Topography

a. Construction Phase

The land interference during construction of the TLP is related to the tower foundation, substation,

lack of restraint of the RoW. This will result in the change in landscape. No other change in

topography is envisaged during this phase. The visualized impact on topographic changes is

considered to be low in magnitude, site specific and for long term.

b. Operation Phase

No impact on topography is expected during the operation phase except for the impact on natural

scenery. The Impact is low in magnitude, local and for long term.

5.1.2 Land Use and Land Take


The land use changes involved in the implementation of the project will be basically due to the

temporary land acquisition under the RoW and permanent land acquisition for the construction

of tower foundation and substation. The project will require 98.0579ha land for the placement of

tower foundations (angle and suspension), substation and RoW of the TL and temporary facilities.

The summary of the land take and land use are given in the Table 2-3. The impact can be

classified as high in magnitude, site specific in terms of extent and of long term in terms of

duration.

b. Operation Phase

The impact on the land use changes of the permanent land take for the towers and substation is

expected to be high. The land under the RoW will be restricted for the erection of any type of

public and private structures except for plantation of dwarf trees species. However, cultivation

will be allowed. The impact can be classified as high in magnitude, site specific in extent and of

long-term in duration.

5.1.3 Air and Noise Quality a. Construction Phase

The construction activities consist of site clearance, excavation for tower foundation, concrete

batching and material transport, stringing of the line. These activities will generate dust in the

surrounding area especially in Chhinchu and Babai. Apart from these activities, movement of



transporting vehicles carrying the construction materials along the earthen roads will generate

fugitive as well as combustion emissions and will cause temporary impact on air quality. Since

the construction activities are limited to small area, the impact on the ambient air quality will be

low in magnitude, site specific in terms of extent and of short duration.

The emission of noise and vibrations are inevitable during construction though only insignificant

interruption in noise quality has been expected for TL projects. The location of the APs are

relatively far from the settlements except for APs which are Subbakuna, Kohalpur, Chisapani,

Chhinchu bazar etc. will feel the noise disturbances due to vehicular movement and construction

activities.

b. Operation Phase

No major impact on air quality is envisaged during the operation phase. However, a kind of

humming sound may be created at the substation area. The transmission overhead lines do

create some noise in certain circumstances; for example, during minor surface damage, dirt or

change in weather conditions can cause the lines to crackle or hum slightly. This is due to a

phenomenon called Corona effect. The effect of corona is conspicuous during rain. However,

noise due to the corona effect of the proposed TL with voltage level of 132kV will not be significant

since the alignment does not pass very close to the settlements. The impact is expected to be

low in magnitude, long termed and site specific.

5.1.4 Water Quality a. Construction Phase

During the construction period, water will be used from nearby river and streams. Therefore, there

is possibility of water pollution especially in sectors where the TL alignment cross the rivers and

streams. Soil disturbances associated with construction activities of tower foundations, removal

of vegetation adjacent to the water body can increase soil erosion causing sediment to be

deposited into the water body, especially during rain events. The improper disposal of grey water,

solid wastes and chemicals such as cement slurry, construction materials, and human wastes

into the river or streams may deteriorate the river water quality and other existing water bodies

around the construction area. This may lead to water borne diseases and other problems

especially in the adjacent villages where people use the flow from these streams for HH chores.

The impact is expected to be moderate in magnitude, local and for a short duration.

b. Operation Phase

The operation and maintenance activities of the TL project will not have impact on the water

quality in the project impact area.

5.1.5 Watershed and Natural Drainage


The TL traverses through steep slope, mild slope landscape and flat land. Most of the tower

foundations are located at the colluvium soil and on agricultural land. The interference with

drainage patterns due to the construction of the foundation will be minimal. However, the activities

like site clearing, stringing of the line, excavation for tower foundation and trail construction for

material transportation may disturb the watershed and increase erosion due to vegetation

removal.

Though the area required for tower foundation construction may vary depending on location and

weight of tower, approximately 225m2 of land will be disturbed for each tower foundation. The

earthwork associated with tower construction will be confined to the tower foundation base area



with low impact on the adjoining areas. Nevertheless, the cultivated area around the tower

foundation may be affected due to compaction during the construction and transportation of

materials.

Disruption of natural drainage system and soil erosion while stringing the TL across the river can

be anticipated during the construction phase. However, the APs are not located near the river or

streams, the probability of the disruption of natural drainage will be none. Since the requirement

of land for the construction of tower foundation is limited, the impact on drainage and soil erosion

is envisaged to be low. Therefore, the impact of TL is expected to be site specific, low in

magnitude and for a short duration.

b. Operation Phase

No significant impact on the watershed and natural drainage is expected during the operation

and maintenance period.

5.1.6 Waste and Spoil Generation a. Construction Phase

The improper disposal of solid waste like cement bags, iron bar and other leftover construction

materials, kitchen waste and grey water and waste generated by the temporary labor camp,

recyclable wastes obtained from dismantle of temporary camps and hazardous materials, e.g. oil

from transformer might cause adverse impact to the environment. The spoil generated due to the

excavation of foundation is also detrimental to land and water quality of the area. However, more

than 90% of the volume of muck will be used for back filling and compaction and remaining 10%

of the volume of muck will be deposited near foundation site and also will be used for feeder road

gravelling and retaining wall. The magnitude of impact is considered to be low extent is site

specific and duration is short term.

b. Operation Phase

The operation and maintenance activities of the TLP will not have impact on the waste and Spoil

generation in the project impact area.

5.1.7 Crossing of Other Utilities and Interferences a. Construction Phase

Stringing of cables might disrupt road traffic and existing power lines as the proposed TL crosses

existing earthen road, TL of different voltages etc. The impact will be medium in magnitude, site

specific and for short duration.

b. Operation Phase

The proposed TL crosses roads, rivers, TL of different voltages and structures. Crossings of

communication utilities and transmission and distribution lines will result in the interferences to

the communication system. Radio interference can disrupt television and AM radio reception

close to a line. Interference can sometime be noticed at a distance of 150m away. By contrast,

FM system is affected very little by interference. Interference varies according to the position of

the TL between transmitter and receiver. In some cases, receiving conditions can be improved

due to the reflections caused by a TL. Since the TL mostly passes more than 500m distance from

most of the settlement areas the magnitude of the impact is considered to be insignificant. The

impact will be low in magnitude, site specific and for long duration.

5.1.8 Air Traffic




Impact is not envisaged on the existing flight routes as the consent letter from CAAN is silent

about any impact. However, it has prescribed some mitigation measures. (Appendix A).

b. Operation Phase No impact is envisaged on the route of the existing air traffic.

5.1.9 Storage of Construction Material and Camps a. Construction Phase

Storage of construction materials will result to the land degradation of the particular area.

Likewise, the area designated for the camps will also damage the leased or rented area. Both

temporary mobile camps and storage sites are will be located in same place. The impact will be

low in magnitude, site specific and for short duration.

b. Operation Phase: No impact is expected during the operation and maintenance period.

Table 5-1: Physical Environment Impact Assessment Matrix

S. N.

Issues Impacts

Identification and Evaluation of Impact

Sum of Impact Values

Significance of Impacts

D IND M E Du

Construction Phase

1 Topography

Topography of the tower site will be changed due to excavation, fill and cut for leveling the foundation area leading to change in landscape.

D L SS LT 40 Less

Significant

2 Land Use and Land Take

The project will require 98.0579ha of land for placement of foundation, substation and RoW of TL

D H SS LT 90 Highly

Significant

3 Air Quality

Different construction activities and vehicular movements will generate dust/ smoke and affect air quality in surrounding area

D L L ST 35 Less

Significant

4 Noise Level Construction equipment and vehicles will increase noise level.

D L L ST 35 Less

Significant

5 Water Quality

There is possibility of water pollution especially in sectors where TL crosses the rivers and streams leading to deterioration of river water quality and other existing water bodies around construction area

D M L ST 45 Less

Significant

6 Watershed and Drainage

No APs are located near the river or streams, the probability of the disruption of natural drainage does not appear.

D L SS ST 25 Less

Significant

7 Waste generation

The improper disposal of solid waste like cement bags, iron bar and other leftover construction materials, kitchen waste and waste generated by the temporary labor camp might cause adverse impact to the environment.

D L SS ST 25 Less

Significant

8 Storage of Construction Material

Lead to land degradation and damage of the particular area

D L SS ST 25 Less Significant



S. N.

Issues Impacts



Significance of Impacts

D IND M E Du

Operation Phase

1 Topography Impacts on natural scenery D L L LT 50 Significant

2 Land Use and Land Take

The land under the RoW will be restricted for the erection of any type of public and private structures except for plantation of dwarf trees species and cultivation

D H SS LT 90 Highly

Significant

3 Noise Level

A kind of humming sound may be created at the substation area and corona effect might cause.

D L SS LT 40 Less

Significant

4 Crossing of other utilities & interference

Interferences to the communication system

D L SS LT 40 Less

Significant

Note: D: Direct, IND: Indirect

Extent (E) SS= Site Specific (10) L= Local (20) R= Regional (60)

Magnitude (M) L= Low (10) M= Medium (20) H= High (60)

Duration (Du) ST= Short Term (05) MT= Medium Term (10) LT= Long Term (20)

The number in the bracket refers to Impact value as per National EIA Guidelines, 1993. The sum of impact

values provides a maximum of 140 and minimum of 25.

Significance of impact: sum of impact values: more than 75 Highly Significant, 50-75 Significant and

less than 50 Less Significant.

Biological Environment The implementation of the proposed KSTLP will have some impacts, both beneficial and adverse,

on the existing biological environment of the area. The major impacts will include the loss of

individual plants and vegetation cover for site clearance of the proposed RoW and tower

foundation, access trails and construction activities as well as disturbance to habitat and

movement of wild animals.

Out of the total length of the proposed alignment, 38.43km of the stretch pass through the forest

land. Assuming 18m of RoW, the total forest area under the transmission line alignment is

estimated about 69.17ha. Since the alignment passes through Churia hills and the vertical

distance between forest canopy and conductors vary at places, it is not necessary to clear the

forest in all parts along the transmission line.

5.2.1 Loss of Forest and Vegetation Cover


A total of 3.31ha of land will need to be permanently acquired for the construction of 145 tower

pads along the alignment. Out of this area, 107 tower pads (2.40ha) are in forest land where

vegetation cover will be lost. This area is small in comparison to the 69.17ha of forest area

affected along the proposed alignment. However, only large trees in this area need to be felled

that will leave shrubs, short trees as vegetation cover. As far as standing trees are concerned,

the forest in Chisapani area (AP4-AP6) and Chhinchu area (AP 15-18) will be affected most as

the transmission line passes parallel to the forest canopy along this stretch where almost trees

along the RoW will need to be felled.



Table 5-2: Total Affected Forest (by Types)

S.

N. Forest Type

Affected Forest Area (ha)

Required for

Tower pads

Required for

RoW

Total for

Towerpad and

RoW

1 Community Forest 1.05 25.79 26.84

2 Protected area and buffer zone 1.35 39.47 40.82

Total 2.41 65.26 67.66

Table 5-3: Forest loss in different components

S.

N.

Project

Component Type of Forest

Forest Area

(ha )

Loss of trees

(>10cm DBH)

No.

Forest Type

1 Tower Pads

Govt. Managed NA

96

Asana, Saal, Salla,

Botdhairo, Jamun,

Khamari, Bhutukur,

Dhauti Bhalayo, Saaj,

sadhan, etc.

Community 1.05

Leasehold NA

Religious NA

Private NA

Protected Area

and Buffer Zone

1.35 127

2.

TL

Alignment

and RoW

Govt. Managed NA

2476

Asana, Saal, Salla,

Botdhairo, Jamun,

Harro, Kalikath, Saaj,

Piyari, Khamari,

Bhutukur, Dhauti

Bhalayo, Sadhan,

Rainee, etc.

Community 25.79

Leasehold NA

Religious NA

Private NA

Protected Area

and Buffer zone

4135

Approximately 197897.08 cubic feet of wood of around 4425 matured trees and other remaining

4253 trees of pole size will be removed during the project construction period. Out of them, major

tree species are Sal (Shorea robusta), Asana (Terminalia sp. ), Bot Dhanyero (Lagerstroemia

parviflora), Saj (Terminalia tomentosa), Salla (Pinus roxburghii), Khayer (Acacia catechu), Dhauti

etc. Few numbers of trees may be cleared in private land. This estimate is based on the forest

census survey that represent the forest types and conditions of the project area. The magnitude

of impacts on forest and vegetation cover will be direct and high, extent will be site specific and

duration will be long term. Nevertheless, loss of forest and vegetation cover might create indirect

impacts resulting in the environmental degradation of the project area in a regional context.

Table 5-4: Potential loss of Pole and Tree along the TL in Surkhet District

Name of CF Location (Municipality*/ RM-ward)

Loss of trees

Standing wood volume

Pole (no) Tree (no) Timber (cft.) Fuel wood (cft.)

Sajgotheri CF Bheriganga*-13 351 566 7256.53 15091.04

Ujjwol CF Bheriganga*- 5 50 80 1327.9 1980.23

Kalika CF Birendranagar*-11 171 49 501.83 1391.85

Shivashakti CF Birendranagar -11 43 73 2341.6 2255.63

Bheri CF Birendranagar -10 230 312 4994.34 8369.48

Gaurisankar CF Bheriganga* 0 23 780.94 780.94

Hariyali CF Bheriganga* 13 35 412.57 490.55

Krishna CF Bheriganga* 241 145 1252.05 1281.91

Ramjanaki CF Bheriganga* 91 99 820.52 1483.81

Total 1190 1382 19688.28 33125.44

source: Tree Census, 2018



Table 5-5: Potential loss of pole and tree in Banke District (BaNP and its buffer zone)

Botanical Name Local Name

Avg. DBH/ Range (for >=10 cm DBH)

Avg. DBH (cm)

Loss of Vegetation

Total Pole class

Tree class

Mallotus philippensis Rohani 0.20 25.35 65 4 69

Cassia fistula Rajbrikshya 0.15 18.00 1 1

Terminalia sp. Saj 0.41 50.33 97 221 318

Shorea robusta Saal 0.38 46.43 88 172 260

Terminalia bellerica Barro 0.23 29.00 3 1 4

Artocarpus lakoocha Badahar 0.26 32.00 1 0 1

Garuga pinnata Dabdabe 0.33 40.32 46 55 101

Magnifera indica Aanp 0.21 26.00 1 0 1

Aakashe 0.51 62.50 0 2 2

Aagaiye 0.21 26.00 1 0 1

Trewia nudiflora Velor 0.21 26.57 7 0 7

Semecarpus anacardium Bhalayo 0.23 27.86 32 5 37

Eugenia jambolana Jamun 0.31 38.42 30 18 48

Ficus benghalensis Bar 0.23 29.00 2 0 2

Butea sp. Palas 0.43 53.31 0 13 13

Dalbergia sissoo Sisau 0.23 28.67 28 5 33

Bombax ceiba Simal 0.30 37.67 5 4 9

Picrasma javanica Tiju 0.23 28.29 5 2 7

Wendlandia tinctoria Tilka 0.22 26.67 3 0 3

Albizia sp. Siris 0.29 35.50 5 3 8

Karabani 0.34 42.00 0 1 1

Schleichera sp. Kusum 0.39 48.23 11 11 22

Adina cordifolia Karma 0.37 45.80 9 16 25

Bauhinia variegate koiralo 0.21 26.00 1 0 1

Myrasine semiserrata kalikath 0.24 30.05 107 26 133

Adina cordifolia Karam 0.26 31.56 11 5 16

Acacia catechu Khayer 0.26 32.51 101 46 147

Anogeissus latifolia Dhauti 0.28 34.97 318 186 504

Dhamala 0.42 52.00 0 1 1

Total 978 793 1771

Total Timber Volume (cu. Ft) 17782.11

Total Firewood Volume (cu. Ft) 21255.27

Table 5-6: Potential loss of pole and tree in Bardia District (BNP and its buffer zone)

S.N. Botanical Name Local Name Loss of Vegetation

Total Pole class Tree class

1 Terminalia sp. Asana 173 223 396

2 Anogeissus latifolia Dhauti 239 205 444

3 Garuga pinnata Dabdabe 37 6 43

4 Katsisam 0 1 1

5 Desmodium oojeinensis Sadan 52 31 83

6 Butea monosperma Palas 30 13 43

7 Semecarpas anacardium Bhalayo 10 6 16

8 Cassia fistula Rajbrikshya 2 1 3

9 Mallotus philippensis Rohini 14 3 17

10 Schleichera sp. Kusum 3 11 14

11 Shorea robusta Sal 170 402 572

12 Wendlandia tinctoria Tilka 12 0 12

13 Magnifera sp. Aanp 0 2 2

15 Karaha 3 5 8

16 Eugenia jambolana Jamun 27 28 55

17 Buchanania latifolia Pyari 34 16 50

18 Madhuka latifolia Mauwa 3 1 4



S.N. Botanical Name Local Name Loss of Vegetation

Total Pole class Tree class

19 Dillenia pentagyna Tatari 3 4 7

20 Bombax ceiba Simal 24 27 51

21 Lagerstroemia parviflora Bot Dhanyero 2 2 4

23 Haldina cordifoli Haldu 6 11 17

24 Khatarbaj 2 0 2

25 Chhitani 1 0 1

26 Terminalia sp. Saj 165 325 490

27 Mallotus philippensis Rohini 1 5 6

28 Sapium insigne Khirro 1 0 1

29 Ficus semicordata Khanyeu 4 9 13

30 Aesandra butyraceae Cheuri 0 6 6

31 Hymenodictyon orixense Bhutukur (Bhurkul) 3 0 3

32 Dakut 1 0 1

33 Acacia nilotica Babur (Babul) 0 1 1

34 Bauhinia purpurea Tanki 1 0 1

35 Malaya 2 0 2

36 Myrasine semiserrata Kalikath 9 1 10

37 Karauta 1 0 1

38 Phyllanthus emblica Amala 2 0 2

39 Acacia catechu Khayer 1 0 1

40 Pinus roxburghii Salla 17 70 87

41 Aegle marmelos Bhel 2 1 3

42 Terminalia belirica Barro 2 2 4

43 Terminalia sp. Harro 2 1 3

44 Anogeisus latifolia Bajhi 1 3 4

45 Dalgrebia sissoo Sisoo 5 2 7

Total 1067 1424 2491

Total timber Volume (cu. Ft) 36582.63

Total Firewood Volume (cu. Ft) 36084.61

Table 5-7: District wise Potential Forest Loss

S.N. District Tree Pole timber firewood

1 Surkhet 1382 1190 16422.2 29088.23

2 Banke 793 978 17782.11 21255.27

Changed section Banke 826 1018 18523.13 22140.90

3 Bardia 1424 1067 36582.63 36084.61

Total 4425 4253 89310.07 108569.01

Additionally, the proposed transmission line alignment has been changed recently between AP 2 to AP 3 to avoid settlement area. The forest section between these APs were not surveyed during the field study period because, the alignment was not fixed at that time. So, the number of tree between these APs were estimated using the census information of remaining part of the same buffer zone forest. Number of trees and poles in 3 km forest section has been estimated 826 and 1018 respectively.

b) Operation Phase

During the operation phase of the project, only trees which grow under the RoW after some years

might need to be cleared. Regular trimming of tall trees and allowing growing shrubs and short

trees will change the vegetation cover. This impact is low, site specific (local), and long-termed.

In terms of biological environment, the project area will reap beneficial impacts from the project’s

afforestation program that will be implemented to replenish the loss of forest and vegetation.

5.2.2 Changes of Demand for Fuel Wood and Timber


The existing forest area is large enough to support the demand of firewood and timber in the

project area. Most of the labour force will be from local areas. There will be a few people from



outside the project area for a short period of time. Forest User Groups have imposed strict rules

regarding the collection of forest products in the project area. Due to this, the increase in demand

of fuel wood and timber during the construction period is expected to be low. Regarding the forest

products besides fuel wood and timber, involvement of the workforce in exploitation of NTFPs is

not expected due to the presence of CFUGs. The magnitude of impacts is considered to be low,

extent is site specific and duration is short-term.

b. Operation Phase

During the operation phase, site-specific and short-term effects such as increase in pressure on

forest resources will settle down. Patrolling and maintenance activities along the TL will involve

few people occasionally. This activity will not have a noticeable impact on forest and vegetation.

5.2.3 Possible Encroachment of Forest


During the site clearance period, the construction workers, local and other people from

surrounding areas may involve in the encroachment of the forest. However, the possibility of

encroachment of forests and National Park is low due to the continuous monitoring by the CFUG.

Such impacts are considered to be low in magnitude, site specific and for short duration.

b. Operation Phase

During the operation phase, the RoW may provide easy access to the local and other people for

encroachment of forests and its products. It will provide opportunities for earning by selling of

timber and non-timber products. This impact will be moderate in magnitude, local and for a long

duration.

5.2.4 Exploitation of Non-Timber Forest Products (NTFPs)

The term 'non-timber forest product' encompasses all biological materials other than timber which

are extracted from forests for human use. The NTFPs include edible plants (food, edible oils,

spices, fodder, etc.) and non-edible plant products such as medicines, ornamental plants, etc.


Since there will be a small number of work force involved in the project construction, collection

and sale of NTFPs by workers will be negligible. National Parks have imposed strict rules

regarding the collection of NTFPs in their forests. Therefore, these impacts are considered as

low in magnitude, site-specific and of a short duration.

b. Operation Phase

During the operation phase, there will be an occasional intervention of few people maintaining

the TL. This will have an insignificant effect on the forest itself and NTFPs along the TL.

5.2.5 Impact on Wildlife and Avifauna

The possible adverse impacts on wildlife and avifauna population during the project construction

phase are loss of physical habitat and food habitat, possibility of hunting and poaching by labor

force and disturbance in the migratory movement of mammals and birds.

5.2.6 Habitat Loss and Fragmentation


Loss of habitat is considered a direct long-term impact to wildlife of the project area. The

construction of the tower pads, erection of towers and stringing of and other associated facilities

requires site clearance which will disturb the wildlife habitat. Similarly, the clearance of trees for



RoW will fragment the forest area. The likely impacts due to habitat loss and fragmentation in

comparison to the total available forest habitat is considered to be low. So these impacts are low

in magnitude, site specific and for long duration.

In addition, the proposed transmission line passes through the core habitat area of BNP in Babai

river valley. So, some impacts are anticipated to wildlife during construction period. Towers area

located on the hillside of the adjacent forest area and there will not be any tower in flood plain.

However, construction of towers pads, erection of towers and stringing activities will disturb wild

animals during the construction period. The impact is considered direct, having high magnitude,

site specific and medium term.

Operation Phase

Due to habitat loss and fragmentation, the normal movement of fauna from one part of the forest

to the other will be affected. This will be of significance in those forest areas were the 18m wide

RoW will be maintained during the operation phase. This fragmentation and destruction of habitat

due to RoW clearance and maintenance will reduce movement of wild animals, availability of

their food and shelter. Some wild animals may change their natural behavior and habits. So the

magnitude of the impact due to project operation is considered as moderate, site specific and

long termed. In addition, the impacts of the proposed TL on wildlife habitat in Babai river valley

is considered as low.

5.2.7 Possible Wildlife Poaching


Possible poaching by the labor force may also consider a short-term localized impact. The local

hunters as well as the workforce might be attracted to hunt birds and other wild animals. The

possibilities of hunting and trapping by workers during the construction period will have some

adverse impacts on the local wild fauna. However such pressure on wildlife will be site specific

and decrease as the work tends to be completed. This impact is considered as low, site specific

and for short duration.

b. Operation Phase

No impacts are anticipated during the operation phase.

5.2.8 Possibility of fire hazard/forest fire


The risk of fire hazard is mainly associated with the vegetation type, climate and settlement

pattern in the area. There is the risk of forest fire/ fire hazard in the study area. Uncontrolled

activities of labor force could light the fire to the adjoining forest basically during the summer

season. The affected Community Forest area occupies considerable area. The impact related

with forest fire is considered as low, local and of short term in duration.

b. Operation Phase

During the operation stage of the project, due to technical failure and/or lighting strikes, there

may be chances of fire which could spread to the nearby forest. Transformer failure could result

in a fire and spillage of the purified mineral oil used for the insulation and coolant. Since accidental

safety measures are adopted, the impact is likely to be low, site-specific and long term.

5.2.9 Impact due to Construction Disturbances




The construction disturbances resulting from site clearance, excavation of foundation, vehicle

movement, transportation of materials and other related activities would interrupt normal

movements, feeding and other activities of wildlife available in the surrounding areas.

Construction activities may affect movement of birds resulting in the temporary disturbance to

their normal route. Similarly, electric lights in an around the work site and the presence of humans

will also affect wild animals grazing around the area. The clearing, excavation, grading and filling

activities will affect less mobile, frequently smaller species such as frogs, lizards and small

mammals (rats). Water pollution from project activities (muck disposal, washing of concrete

batching plant, solid waste and accidental spill of oil and lubricants) may also affect the local wild

fauna and water birds. This is short-term, localized and of low impacts and will be reduced as

construction work at each site is completed.

b. Operation Phase

No impacts are anticipated during the operation phase.

5.2.10 Electrocution and Impact on Bird and Wildlife Mobility


No impacts are anticipated during the construction phase.

b. Operation Phase

During operations, the pylons might attract population of Primates like Langur (Semnopithecus

entellus), Bandar (Macaca mulata) and Bats (Myotis sp.) in the project area as they are climbers

and high voltage TL could pose a danger for such animals. The existence of 132kV line may

affect bird mobility to some extent. Inability of birds to notice the wires can cause fatal injuries

from collisions. This type of impact is predicted to be high in low visibility conditions such as bad

weather and foggy days and during nights. Since the TL route does not pass through any

identified bird migration route, impact is of low magnitude, site specific and long termed.

5.2.11 Impacts on Protected Species of Flora and Fauna


Because of different construction activities and influx of outsiders, pressure on the vegetation

and the forest will increase. Physical habitats, feeding habits, reproductive behaviors and

movement of wild animals and birds might be disturbed due to construction activities and

increased human presence in and around the project area. This might change the existing

ecosystem diversity altering natural communities of plants and animals. Ultimately protected plant

and animal species will be more prone to such adverse impacts. This impact is of high in

magnitude, site specific and long-termed. The effect will be adverse on the local biological

resources and on the biodiversity of the project area.

b. Operation Phase During the operation phase, clearance of trees along the RoW will create open linear stretches

in the forest. That would further divide small patches of forest into smaller fragments.

Fragmentation of the forest would also fragment the existing habitat, which in turn, affects flora

and fauna in a number of ways. Some wild animals are reluctant to pass through open stretches

in the forest. Likewise, an open stretch in the forest may be barrier for propagation of plants.

Thus, bio-diversity of the project area and the status of rare, endangered and threatened plants

might be adversely affected. This impact is expected to be low in magnitude, site-specific and for

a long duration.



Table 5-8: Impact Assessment Matrix for Biological Environment

S. N.

Issues Impacts


Sum of

Impact Values

Significance of Impact

D IND M E Du

Construction Phase

1 Loss of Forest area

Estimated forest area falling under TL including tower-pads is 69.17ha. Construction of 106 towers (AP & SS) within forest require 2.41 ha of forest.

D H SS LT 90 Highly

significant

2. Loss of Tree

8678 no. of trees of 49 different varieties will be clear felled. 197897.08 cft. wood volume will be lost.

D M SS LT 50 Significant

3 Demand for Fuel Wood and Timber

Cutting down of standing trees are of little significance to the livelihood of local people. Demand of fuel wood and timber during the construction period will be low.

IND L SS ST 25 Less

Significant

4. Increased Access to Forest

During the construction period,

mobility of workforce in the forest

area along the RoW of the

proposed transmission line will be

high. This will impact on feeding,

reproductive behaviors and

movement of wild animals. Higher

mobility also affect the wilderness

of the area and its ecosystem.

D L L ST 35 Less

Significant

5 Exploitation of NTFPs

Construction workers may be attracted to illegal extraction of forest resources.

D M SS ST 35 Less

Significant

6

Impact on

Wildlife and

Avifauna

Habitat loss, hunting and poaching

and disturbances D M L LT 60 Significant

7

Impact on

protected

species of flora

and fauna

Habitat loss, hunting and poaching

and disturbances D IND H L LT 100

Highly Significant

8

Possibility of

fire hazard/

forest fire

Fire risk related to construction

activities in forest land.

Uncontrolled activities of labor

force could light fire to the

adjoining forest basically during

the dry season

D IND L L ST 35 Less

Significant

Operation Phase

1 Impact on

Wildlife

Habitat fragmentation, disturbance

in movement D M L LT 60 Significant

2. Access to Forest

In a long run, access to forest my

increases the illegal activities in

the forest area.

IND L SS LT 40 Less

Significant

3. Electrocution

of Birds

Avifauna may face fatal injuries

during collision D L SS LT 40

Less

Significant

4 Forest fire

Technical failure may be trigger

fire which could spread to the

nearby forest

IND L SS LT 40 Less

Significant



S. N.

Issues Impacts


Sum of

Impact Values


D IND M E Du

5 Impact on

forest

Removal of tree that grow under

the RoW L L LT 50

Less

Significant

6.

Impact on

protected

species of flora

and Fauna

Fragmentation of forest would

fragment the existing habitat and

affects flora and fauna.

D

L SS LT 40 Less

Significant


Extent (E) SS= Site Specific (10) L= Local (20) R= Regional (60) Magnitude (M) L= Low (10) M= Medium (20) H= High (60) Duration (Du) ST= Long Term (05) MT= Medium Term (10) LT= Short Term (20)

The number in the bracket refers to Impact value as per National EIA Guidelines, 1993. The sum of impact

values provides a maximum of 140 and minimum of 25.

Significance of impact: sum of impact values: more than 75 Highly Significant, 50-75 Significant and

less than 50 Less Significant

Socio-economic and Cultural Environment The likely impacts due to project implementation are associated with land take, social and cultural

problems, health and sanitation etc. The anticipated impacts regarding the socio-economic and

cultural environment of the project area are discussed below:

5.3.1 Acquisition of land and Structure


Households losing land and structure

The implementation of the proposed project will affect HHs (excluding those HHs who will be

affected due to the suspension tower). These HHs will be affected due to the construction of

different project components such as tower pad, substation and structure falls under RoW. There

are two proposed substation to be constructed for TL.

Table 5-9: HHs Affected by the Project

S.N. Project Component Type of losing

Structure Total

Affected HHs

Surveyed

HHs No. of Person

1 Substation Land Only 26 19 96

2 AP Land Only 8 7 41

3 RoW Structure Only 16 16 91

Total 50 42 228

Source: HH Survey 2018

Households Losing Land

Implementation of project will affect 50 HHs, out of 50 HHs a survey of 42 HHs was carried out.

Of the surveyed 42 HHs, 26 will lose their land. They are likely to be affected due to the

construction of angle towers and substation. Out of the total affected HHs, 19.23% HHs will lose

less than 10% of their land, where 50.00% HHs will lose 10 to 25%, 11.54% HHs lose 25 to 50%

and 19.23% HHs will lose more than 50% of their land. Table 5-9 shows the detail of the land

loss.

Table 5-10: Affected HHs by Land Loss (Surveyed HHs)

S.N. Type



Percentage of loss

of land HHs %

1 < 10 5 19.23

2 10 - 25 13 50.00

3 25 – 50 3 11.54

4 >50 5 19.23

Total 26 100.00


Land Requirement

The project will require and utilize 15.637ha of private land. Out of total 15.637ha private land,

4.0849ha is permanent land (towers and substation) and 11.5521ha of land for RoW and mobile

camps/storage sites.. Out of total 145 towers, 16 towers will be constructed in private land. The

SS will require 3.7249ha of private land. The land under the RoW of TL will be restricted

permanently for the construction of houses, cow sheds and plantation of timber size big trees,

etc. However, there will be no restriction on agricultural farming after the construction work is

over. The detail loss of land of PAFs due to construction of towers and substations is shown in

Appendix D.

Table 5-11: Private land use by Project Components

S. N.

Project components and facilities Quantity

Area (ha)

Total Cultivated Barren

Khet Bari

1 Towers 16 0.36 0.09 0.27 0.36

2 RoW 10.5521 1.05 9.5021 10.5521

3 Substation Cultivated 3.7249 3.7249 - 3.7249

4 Mobile camp - 1 - 1 1

Total land 15.637 4.8649 10.7721

Total private land acquisition 4.0849 3.8149 0.27

Total private land utilization 11.5521 1.05 10.5021


HHs Losing Structure

Private Structures

Out of total project affected HHs, 16 will lose their structures. A total of 20 structures (16 houses,

two cowshed/shed and two toilets) need to be relocated due to implementation of the project.

The table given below shows the detail of the HHs who lose their structures. Of the 16 affected

HHs who lose their structures, 14 HHs will lose House and two HH will loose house, cowsheds

and toilets. All HHs categorized as relocate since they will lose their place of residence. On the

basis of structure type, the structures are of Kachchi and pakki type.

Table 5-12: List of Project Affected Households by Type of Structures

S. N.

Project Component

Name of Owners

Type of Structures

Structures (Sq.ft.)

House Cowshed Toilet

No.

Plinth Area

Total Area

No.

Area

No.

Area

1 AP1-AP1A

Man Bd Khadka House & cowshed

1 900 900 1 300 1 25

2 AP4-AP5 Dhan Lal Budha House 1 780 780

3 AP4-AP5 Gobinda Bd

Chand House 1 375 375 - -

4 AP4-AP5 Top Bd Chand House 1 400 400 1 270 1 24

5 AP4-AP5

Indra Bd Chand House & cowshed

1 540 540



S. N.

Project Component

Name of Owners

Type of Structures

Structures (Sq.ft.)

House Cowshed Toilet

No.

Plinth Area

Total Area

No.

Area

No.

Area

6 AP14-AP15 Sita Pariyar House 1 192 192

7 AP14-AP15 Top Bd Sunar House 1 390 780

8 AP14-AP15 Puspa Sunar House 1 143 143

9 AP14-AP15 Tek Bd Rana House 1 252 504

10 AP14-AP15 Sumitra Damai House 1 180 180

11 AP14-AP15 Santa Singh

Thakuri House 1 192 192

12 AP19-AP20 Hari Bd Badi House 1 396 792

13 AP19-AP20 Jaya Bd Badi House 1 252 504

14 AP19-AP20 Ghan Shyam

Badi House 1 252 504

15 AP19-AP20 Kamal Badi House 1 180 180

16 AP19-AP20 Suwash Badi House 1 192 192

Total 16 5616 7158 2 570 2 49

Table 5-13: List of Project Affected Surveyed HHs by Area and Type of Structures

Area (sq.ft.)

Affected Area

Houses (sq.ft.) Toilets (sq.ft.) Cowsheds (sq.ft.)

No Kachchi Semi Pakki

Pakki Avg No. Total Area

Avg. No. Total Area

Avg.

Single Floor

<100 - - - - 2 49 24.5 - - -

100-150 - - - - - - - - - - -

150-200 6 1079 - - 179.8 - - - - -

> 200 5 915 - 2080 599 - - - 2 570 285

Double Floor

5 2292 792 -

616.8 - - - - - -

Total 16 4286 792 2080 447.4 2 49 24.5 2 570 285

Note- Kachchi: Mud/Wood/Bamboo wall with Thatch or Bamboo Roof; Semi-Pakki: Cement/Brick/Stone

wall with Zinc plate Roof; Pakki: Cement/Brick wall with RCC Roof.

Public Structure

One slaughtering house (public structure) located beiween AP 1A and AP1B, owned by Kohalpur

municipality, will be affected due to the project construction.

b. Operation Phase

Land acquisition will not be required during operation and no significant impacts are expected

during this phase. Due to safety reason, houses and other permanent structures are not allowed

to be constructed within the RoW as per the Electricity Regulation, 2050. The land price under

RoW and in its vicinity, especially near to highway and built up areas will reduce significantly. The

land used for camp will be returned to the respective land owners as in previous condition. Thus,

overall magnitude of impact is high, extent is site specific and duration is long term.

5.3.2 Loss of Crops


Permanent Loss of Crops

Total annual crop loss of surveyed HHs due to the project implementation is estimated to be

24.52MT (Paddy 8.88MT, Wheat 1.63MT, Maize 9.67MT, Potato 2.78MT and Millet 1.37MT). On

the basis of this, total annual crop loss of project affected HHs is 24.32MT.



Table 5-14: Annual Loss of Agricultural Production of Surveyed HH

S.N. Crop types Actual production

area loss (ha) Production Loss (MT)

Productivity

(MT/ha)

1 Paddy 2.942 10.94 3.72

2 Wheat 0.341 0.91 2.67

3 Maize 0.322 0.59 1.83

4 Pulses 0.121 0.21 1.73

Total 12.65

(Note: Actual production area loss seems to be higher than total cultivated land. This is due to multiple

cropping pattern in the same land type; and study period is taken for one year not for one season.)

Preferably the construction of TL is to be carried out during lean season so that standing crops

will not be damaged due to construction activities. However, it is not completely ignored that

construction activities will not take place during the cropping season. Therefore, the adjoining

area of RoW may be disturbed due to movement of contractor’s machine, labor force and

stringing of the line.

Temporary Loss of Crops

Similarly, about 28.25MT of crops (paddy 14.34MT, wheat 5.711MT, maize 5.7MT and pulses

2.49MT) will be lost due to the construction of TL. This loss is calculated considering that stringing

of the line will destroy the standing crops and compensation will be paid for such crops. The

magnitude of impact is considered to be high, extent is site specific and duration is short termed.

Table 5-15: Annual Loss of Agriculture Production (Land Utilization)


area loss (ha)

Production Loss

(MT)

Productivity

(MT/ha)

1 Paddy 3.8561 14.34 3.72

2 Wheat 2.14 5.71 2.67

3 Maize 3.114 5.70 1.83

4 Pulses 1.442 2.49 1.73

Total 28.25


b. Operation Phase

The towers constructed in cultivated area, especially those erected in the middle of land plots will

pose hindrance while tilling agricultural field. The field may be cultivated by using human labor

that will increase the cost of agriculture production. The overall magnitude of impact is considered

to be low, extent is site specific and duration is long term for loss of crops in permanent land.

Whereas, there is no such impact on temporary land.

5.3.3 Impact on Livelihood


The HHs survey shows that people of the PAFs do not rely on only single income source; instead

they maintain their daily life involving on various occupations like the service, daily wages,

subsistence farming and livestock, foreign employment, pension and so on. Similarly, the

proposed TL alignment will acquire less fertile land and the proposed substation will acquire

3.725ha of fertile cultivated land so 26 HHs will lose their cultivated land permanently out of them

3 HHs depend on agriculture farming only which causes, to some extent, scarcity of food

permanently on their daily living, however the small area will be acquired for the tower foundation

so the level of impact is low. Majority of the HHs do not fully depend on their agricultural incomes



so, the overall magnitude of impacts on livelihood is considered to be moderate, extent is site

specific and duration is long term.

b. Operation Phase: The impact on livelihood will remain same in this period.

5.3.4 Identification of Seriously Project Affected Family

Altogether 21 HHs are identified as seriously project affected families. Of the 21 HHs, 16 will lose

their place of residence (to be relocated) while 5 will lose their land only (50% of their total land).

Details of the List of PAFs and SPAFs are listed in Appendix D.

5.3.5 Health, Water Supply and Sanitation

Health and Sanitation


Minimum number of people will be deployed for excavation, concreting of tower foundation and

stringing of line. The excavation and concreting work for particular site will be carried out within

two weeks interval. The workforce will be confined in the temporary camps. Inadequate sanitary

measures in temporary camps may affect the health condition of the workers. Health post and

health care facilities are available in each RM/Municipality. The likely increase in population of

the project area during construction may add further stress on local health posts. In the same

way, sanitation problems due to open defecation may arise during the construction phase which

may affect the health condition of the locals. Considering the manpower involved in the project

and their short duration of stay at particular site, the magnitude of impact is considered to be low,

extent is local and duration is short term.

Drinking Water

With the increase in population along with the construction activities of substation, a potential

decline of the access to the drinking water and existing sanitation condition will occur in the

project area. The overall impact on water supply and sanitary situation will be: shortage of

drinking water, increase pressure on the existing water supply system, increase distance to the

safe drinking water, increase in disease vectors, and reduced water quality due to increased

sanitation problems etc. However, the impact on water supply and sanitation shall be low, short

term and site specific but the pressure on water supply and sanitation will be long term in

substation.

b. Operation Phase: No impact is anticipated during the operation phase.

5.3.6 Occupational Hazards and Safety


Work-related injuries and vehicular accidents are anticipated as adverse impacts during the

construction phase. Such risks are common in the construction works of transmission line

projects in Nepal. Construction activities such as; use of heavy equipment and working in the hilly

areas, cliff sides, tower pads and stringing may cause accidents and injuries. Construction

material transportation, construction of towers, cable transportation and stringing activities are

the risky activities that may have impacts on the health and safety aspects of the workers.

Similarly, the movement of local people in and around the construction areas may be accidentally

affected due to construction related incidents. The magnitude of impacts is medium, extent is site

specific and duration is short term.



b. Operation Phase

During the operation phase, the people residing in the vicinity of the TL will be vulnerable to

electrical hazards such as fire, electrical shock or even electrocution. Similarly, lack of operation

and maintenance skill and unavailability of essential safety equipment may add further risk with

safety regards. The public can be affected principally through their own activities, such as

tendency of climbing towers by children; high vehicles attempt to pass beneath the TL, surveyors

using metal leveling staffs under the conductors, etc. These risks have low probability of

occurrences, but a great significance to individuals involved. The overall magnitude of impact is

moderate, extent is local and duration is long termed.

5.3.7 Impact on Houses, Settlements and Social Infrastructures


There are 6 settlements which are close (within 300m) to the TL. All together 16 houses, 2

cowsheds and 2 toilets will be affected. A playground will be affected due to the project

construction. The magnitude of impact on above mentioned private and social infrastructures are

high, extent is local and duration is long term.

b. Operation Phase

The impact on settlements and community structures remain same in this period also. The

magnitude of impact is high, extent is site specific/local and duration is long term.

5.3.8 Impact Due to Crossings


The proposed KSTLP crosses Duduwa River by 4 times, Man River by 1 time, twice at Babai

River, once at Bharleni River, Bheri and Jhupra River by 2 times and other rivulets by 68 times.

The alignment also crosses existing 11kV TL by 2 times, 33kV TL by 4 times. Similarly, it crosses

Kohalpur-Surkhet road by 15 times, East-West hightwy by 1 time, Chhinchu-Jajarkot road by 1

time, 11 times earthen road and 8 times foot track. There will be impact due to crossing over of

power cables, foot trails and roads on local infrastructures and facilities. The impact is expected

to be low, local and long term.

b. Operation Phase: The same impact is observed during operation phase.

5.3.9 Impacts on Communal Resources


The outside workforce might use the community resources such as water, forest products, and

may use other resources used by the communities. Their use of the resources will increase

competition with the local communities and in the degradation of the resource base particularly

the water and forest resources. The impact could be on the women community by increasingly

hardship, as they are mostly associated the resource use and management at the existing

community level. Since the number of workforce at any place along the RoW will be small, the

envisaged impacts are local, short duration and low magnitude.

b. Operation Phase: There is no impact on the communal resources during operation phase.

5.3.10 Impact on PAF Due to Alteration of Land and Property Values


As per the governing Electricity Rule, houses and other permanent structures are not allowed to

construct under the 18m RoW (9m to both sides from center) resulting to significant reduction in



land value of the affected households, particularly for house plots. This reduction in land value

has implication to overall devaluation of assets of the affected households. This is one of the

major impacts of high voltage transmission line project. It is difficult to quantify the level of impact

on the pricing of the land because there are no other factors that would play the determining role.

The magnitude of impact is considered to be high, extent is local specific and duration is long

term.

b. Operation Phase: The same impact is anticipated during the operation phase.

5.3.11 Impact Due to Restriction of Future Land use Development

a. Construction Phase: No impact is anticipated during this phase.

b. Operation Phase

The proposed TL mostly passes through, urban and semi urban sections. It restricts the

multipurpose land use potentiality of the area mostly in Kohalpur of Banke and Subbakuna of

Surkhet district where the area may spread as residential area/market area in future. Plan and

programs proposed by concerned RM/Municipality and DCC will be affected. Hence, impact is

expected on future land use development. The nature of impact is high, local and long term.

5.3.12 Disturbances to Television and Mobile/Cell Phone Reception


There will be no impact on radio, television, telephone, and cell phone during construction phase.

b. Operation Phase

There are some interferences with the radio, television and cell phone waves with the

electromagnetic field (EMF) of the TL within the RoW, however there are no findings of impact

due to high voltage TL outside RoW. Hence, the nature of impact is expected to be low, site

specific and long termed.

5.3.13 Electric and Magnetic Field Effect


No impact is anticipated during construction phase.

b. Operation Phase

The high voltage and current carried by the proposed 132kV TL will create electric and magnetic

fields that will dissipate rapidly with increasing distance from the source. Electric field arise from

voltage and its strength is measured in V/m or kV/m whereas magnetic field arise from the current

and its strength is measured in A/m or T. Transmission line tower heights and corresponding

conductor heights above ground level, as well as the RoW width, are selected and designed to

limit the electromagnetic radiation levels at ground level and at RoW edges to acceptable levels.

Numerous researches have been done abroad to investigate the effect of electromagnetic field

(EMF) associated with current carrying conductors but none has proved and quantify about the

health risks. Scientific research on the effects of EMFs on public health has not demonstrated

clearly the existence of a significant risk, nor has it proven the complete absence of risk. Although

specific biological responses to the electromagnetic fields (EMF) is still unknown, evidence

suggests that health hazards may exist due to EMF. As such, the transmission of electrical energy

through the conductors of the proposed line may pose risks and hazards to the surrounding

environment and nearby residents.



5.3.14 Gender and Vulnerable group


The baseline information of PAA identified that about 54.65% are women. During the construction

phase of the project, daily wages labour will be used for excavation, transportation of construction

materials and other construction related works. The project may discriminate the women and

vulnerable group while hiring for the project’s works. Despite Government of Nepal ban on child

labour, it remains a potential temptation in an economically poor region such as the proposed

project area for children to be exploited to pursue menial jobs. It is assumed that most of the

labour force required for the construction of the transmission line will be farmers and land less

people from the vicinity of the actual work place around the alignment. Women headed

households, Dalits (Kami and Damai) and highly marginalized groups like Chepang are defined

here as vulnerable groups. Six woman headed and 2 dalit including) of surveyed households fall

on these categories. Considering the nature of construction work, the magnitude of impact is

considered to be low, extent is local and the duration is short termed.

b. Operation Phase

After the completion of the project most of the male population, involved directly or indirectly in

the project, will be left without job, which will compel the female population to look for alternative

source of income. This may add extra burden to their normal daily activities. This impact is

expected to be medium in magnitude, local in extent and long termed in duration.

5.3.15 Local Economy


The implementation of the proposed project will have some effects in the local economy. The

project workers and staff will stay at particular site for certain days creating demand for local food,

vegetables, dairy ad meat products etc. Besides, local contractors will also be used for some

petty works, local house and required temporary land will be taken on rent or lease basis. These

activities will generate cash income and have positive impacts in the local economy of the project

area. This short term boom effects may increase the price of local consumable goods and

commodities aslo. Since the transmission line is linear facility and construction work is spread

over about 52 km, the magnitude of impact is considered to be low, extent is local and duration

is short term.

b. Operation Phase

Local people will benefit from the project induced economic opportunities. After the project

completion, these opportunities will be closed and the workers will lose their job. Demand for

local agricultural production and local commodity transactions will be reduced. The withdrawal or

decrease in economic activity during operation phase may affect the life of the local people after

the habitual of spending more during construction phase. They will face difficulty in managing the

lifestyle once the economic activities will be reduced and earning will drastically decline. However,

due to the linear nature of the project, the local labors will be hired at the different locations only

for the short duration of time. Thus, the magnitude of the impact is considered to be low because

the economic activities are limited and are spread throughout the settlements of the alignment.

The extent is local and duration is of long term.

5.3.16 Religious, Historical and Archeological Site


The impact on religious and cultural sites due to the project is insignificant.



b. Operation Phase

No impact is expected during the operation phase.

5.3.17 Infrastructure and Service Facility


The major community infrastructures and resources of the project area are educational

institutions, health care centers, communication, drinking water facilities and community forests

etc. Construction workers from outside may pose some additional pressure on existing facilities,

particularly on the existing drinking water and health facilities. Similarly, the work force may use

forest resources for cooking their meals and making the huts in the construction camps. The

pressure on forest resources by workforce may also be increased. The magnitude of impact

considered being low, extent is local and duration is short term.

b. Operation Phase: No impact is anticipated during the operation phase.

5.3.18 Social and Culture Practices


Interaction with the people of different background and ethnic composition may have some

impacts on the thinking patterns and life style of the local people. Experiences with other project

indicate that sudden cash flow in the project area increases unproductive expenses by some

households. The availability of cash may divert some workers towards gambling and more alcohol

consumption. The concentration of labor force may encourage prostitution, which could lead to

the spread of HIV/AIDS and other sexually transmitted disease. The in migration of workers from

outside may affect the local social and cultural norms and pressure on other local facilities of the

project area. Due to short stay of project workforce, most of their sociological and cultural ways

of living could be hardly observed by local society. But certain values may be exchanged among

the workers such as inter caste marriages, demonstration effects on lifestyles etc. Considering

the nature of work, required work force and duration of construction activities of the project, the

magnitude of impact is considered to be low, extent is local and duration is short term.

b. Operation Phase

After completion of the construction work, the impact on culture by the construction work force

will subside and will slowly return to its normal social condition.

5.3.19 Law and Order


During the construction of the TL, the contractor will employ labor from different places with

different religion and faiths and there will be possibilities of conflict of interest thus affecting the

law and order situation. The past experience reveals that local people have misunderstanding

with the employers and contractor’s staff. Since the project is of linear type and the number of

local labor for construction activities will be less the likely impact on law and order situation due

to project is expected to be low in magnitude, local and short termed.

b. Operation Phase

No impact is anticipated during operation phase.

5.3.20 Impacts of Aesthetics


No impact is anticipated during construction phase.



b. Operation Phase

Impacts to visual resources are examined in terms of changes between the existing landscape

character and proposed actions, sensitivity of viewing points available to the general public, their

viewing distances and visibility of proposed changes. Some section of the TL passes nearby

market centers and settlements 100m. The existence of tower and TL will likely to create aesthetic

impact on natural and manmade resources. Hence, the magnitude of impact on aesthetic will be

moderate, local and long termed in nature.

5.3.21 Beneficial Impacts


Local Employment

One of the major beneficial impacts of the project during the construction phase is the creation

of employment opportunity. Such employment opportunities to some extent may check out

migration of the project area and promote in-migration. In this regard, the employment

opportunities contribute to poverty alleviation to some extent. The availability of reliable power in

the Province number four will assist in establishing new industries which will generate

employment for the local people. The magnitude of impact is considered to be moderate, extent

is local and duration is short termed.

Local Economy

The implementation of the proposed project will have some effects in the local economy. The

project workers and staff will stay at particular site for certain days creating demand for local food,

vegetables, dairy ad meat products etc. Besides, local contractors will also be used for some

petty works, local house and required temporary land will be taken on rent or lease basis. These

activities will generate cash income and have positive impacts in the local economy of the project

area. This short term boom effects may increase the price of local consumable goods and

commodities also. Since the transmission line is linear facility and construction work is spread

over about 51.46km the magnitude of impact is considered to be low, extent is local and duration

is short term.

b. Operation Phase

Regional Economy

Presently Surkhet, Dailekh, Jajarkot and surrounding areas are supplied through 60km long

Kohalpur-Surkhet 33kV transmission line. Long lines at 33kV and 11kV voltage level are

extended to supply the areas. This has resulted in frequent supply outage and low voltage.

KSTLP will improve the supply situation in the region and evacuate the power generated from

different hydropower plant. It will increase the industrialization and economic activities in the

Karnali province.

Living Standard

Beneficial impacts of the development project are development of urban and semi urban area

with better facilities and amenities, which avail short-term economic benefits to the local

community. Given the opportunity of job (300 locals) in the project, the unemployed people of the

area and HHs depend upon labor will benefit immensely. Their purchasing power is expected to

improve the living standard. People thriving in subsistent agriculture will have cash flow, then

exposed to the direct cash earning economic activities will certainly lead to positive changes in

the existing social relationships and socio-economic value. Similarly, local people will be

benefitted through acquiring training on different sectors related to agriculture, vegetable farming,

education, environment awareness program, health, etc. The magnitude of impact is considered

to be moderate, extent is regional and duration is long termed.



Table 5-16: Impact Assessment Matrix for Socioeconomic and Cultural Environment

S. N.

Issues Impacts Identification and

Evaluation of Impacts



Construction Phase D IND M E Du

1. Acquisition of Land and Structure

15.637ha private land will be required. Total 20 structures (16 houses, 2 toilet and 2 cowsheds) will be affected.

D H SS LT 90 Highly Significant

2. Loss of Crops Loss of 131.78MT food crops from permanent land acquisition. D H SS LT 90 Highly Significant

3. Impact on Livelihood Likely impact on livelihood to the PAFs. D M SS LT

4. Health, Water Supply and sanitation

Likely impact on physical and mental health of local community

D L SS ST 25 Less Significant

5. Occupational Hazards and safety

Likely increase in construction related accidents. D M L LT 45 Less Significant

6. Impact on house, settlement and social infrastructure

Likely impacts on house, settlements and social infrastructures.

D H L LT 100 Highly Significant

7. Impact due to crossings Likely impact due to crossings (Power cables/Communication lines/ roads etc.)

D L L LT 50 Significant

8. Impact on PAF due to alteration of land and property values

Likely impact on PAF due to Alteration of Land and Property Values

D H L LT 45 Less Significant

9. Gender and Vulnerable group

Likely discrimination while hiring workers, compensation or other project related benefits.

D L L ST 100 Highly Significant

10. Local Economy Likely increase in economic activities as well as unproductive spending.

D L L ST 35 Less Significant

11. Infrastructure and Service Facility

Likely impact on infrastructures and service facilities. IND M L LT 50 Significant

12. Local tradition and culture Likely impact on social and cultural practices IND L L ST 60 Significant

13. Law and Order Likely increase in pressure to maintain the law and order IND L L ST 35 Less Significant

Operation Phase

1. Acquisition of Land and Structures

No significant impacts are expected on Land acquisition. Houses and other structures are not allowed to be constructed within RoW.

D M SS LT 50 Significant

2. Loss of Crops Placement of tower at center of field pose difficulty for the cultivation which further increase production cost

D L SS LT 40 Less Significant

3. Impact on Livelihood Likely impact on livelihood to the PAFs. D M SS LT

4. Occupational health and safety

Likely increase risks with safety regards. D M L LT 60 Significant



S. N.

Issues Impacts Identification and

Evaluation of Impacts



5. Impact on House, Settlements and Social Infrastructures

Likely impacts on house, settlements and social infrastructures.

D H L LT 100 Highly Significant

6. Impacts due to crossings The project will cross East-west highway, Kohalpur-Surkhet Highway, feeder road, foot track, 220/400V, 33kV/11kV line.

D L L LT 50 Significant

7. Impact on PAF due to alteration of land and property values

Land and property values under RoW will be devalued. D H L LT 100 Highly Significant

8. Impact due to restriction of future land use development

Restriction on the multipurpose land use potentiality for the growing up market area.

IND H L LT 100 Highly Significant

9. Disturbances to radio, television and cell phone reception

Likely disturbances to radio, television and mobile/ cell phone reception

IND L SS LT 40 Less Significant

10. Electric and magnetic field Electromagnetic impact due to long term exposure IND L SS LT 40 Less Significant

11. Gender and Vulnerable group

Male population become jobless; this will compel extra burden to female population.

D M L LT 60 Significant

12. Economic Activities Withdrawal of economic activities. Negative impacts on locals. D L L LT 50 Significant

13. Impact on Aesthetics Likely impacts on Aesthetic values D M L LT 60 Significant


Extent (E) SS= Site Specific (10) L= Local (20) R= Regional (60) Magnitude (M) L= Low (10) M= Medium (20) H= High (60) Duration (Du) ST= Long Term (05) MT= Medium Term (10) LT= Short Term (20)

The number in the bracket refers to Impact value as per National EIA Guidelines, 1993. The sum of impact values provides a maximum of 140 and minimum of 25.

Signicance of impact: sum of impact values: more than 75 Highly Significant, 50-75 Significant and less than 50 Less Significant

Kohalpur-Surkhet 132kV TL Project Alternative Analysis


6 ALTERNATIVE ANALYSIS

A key characteristic of good environmental practice is the alternative analysis of potential

options of any developmental projects. In order to achieve this goal the environmental and

social considerations need to be brought into the planning from the conceptual stage. In the

case of the proposed KSTLP, a range of route alternatives was investigated and the lowest

and highest impacts on engineering, environmental and land use of these routes were

determined to select the best route.

Alternative Analysis of the best route started with desk study. The different routes were

examined by means of topo maps, field visits and available reports and literature. A set of

basic criteria was defined at the initial stage of study. These criteria were:

Provide the shortest possible and as far as possible straight route;

Minimize passes through forest areas;

Minimize the number of structure crossings;

Avoid built up areas, settlements, swampy and unstable areas;

Provide easy access for construction and maintenance works;

Minimize adverse impacts on the existing environment, and

Proximity to road.

Based on the above criteria, three possible alternative alignments were selected and

evaluated according to the aforementioned criteria relating to engineering, environmental and

land use and cultural concerns.

Route Alternative Three different alternative transmission line alignments were considered during survey.

Among the three alternative alignments, the technically and environmentally sound

alternative alignment was chosen based on low impacts on dense forest and the settlement

for the EIA. The proposed transmission line passes through the core region of Bardiya

National Park near Babai River crossing, alternatively, the tower height can be increased by

5m instead of providing 15m tower, while other stretches remains 15m. Towers have to be

protected by effective fencing around the ground from wild animals.

Design Alternatives In order to choose the better alternative from the design stand point of view, following aspects

are considered to minimize the environmental impact due to the proposed transmission line

project.

6.2.1 Tower Structure

Lattice tower is preferred to guyed tower. Although the later type is economical, it requires a

lot of land space in the tower pad area. Moreover, it is not suitable in the mountain area,

which generally lacks transportation facility. On the other hand the former type of tower i.e.

lattice tower is more environments friendly.

6.2.2 Ruling Span

The design of the tower and ensuring foundation design are very much dependent on the

selection of ruling span. In this project it is so considered that an economical number of towers

are arrived. Unnecessary land and environmental disturbances is kept at minimum.



6.2.3 Polymer Insulator

The selection of type of insulator among glass, porcelain, and polymer will be finalized later

during the detailed design stage considering the technology, cost environment etc.

6.2.4 Foundation and its Protection

In the rocky area along the route alignment, rock bolt foundation is preferred to normal

concrete foundation due to its excavation- less drilling advantage and low environmental

impact.

No Action Alternative

6.3.1 Without Project

If the proposed project is not implemented there will be no project induced loss of forest;

cultivated area, habitat changes and other project induced environmental and socio-

economic impacts. No action alternative will have same situation of poor supply of power in

Surkhet District and its vicinity. This will also result in significant losses to the production

sector like industry, commerce apart from inconvenience to the customers.

6.3.2 With Project

The second option seems more suitable. The role of KSTLP is very important in Integrated

Power System of Nepal (INPS) and will meet increasing demand in the Birendranagar

municipality and nearby districts. The implementation of proposed project will support the

power purchase with India and also provide reliable power to the load centers of Mid-western

Nepal. The construction of the proposed project will also reduce system loss. This project will

also be helpful for the expansion of rural electrification program. The likely increase in

electricity supply to local people will help to switch energy consumption trend and pressure

on local vegetation will be minimum. Socio-economic conditions of the local people are likely

to be increased through employment opportunities and income generation activities. There

will also be possibilities of establishment of industries, different level of Government and Non

Government offices etc.

Besides positive impacts the implementation of the project will also bring some negative

changes. Changes in land use pattern, loss of vegetation covers, wildlife habitat, loss of

private cultivated land, relocation of houses and loss of agriculture production are the few

adverse impacts likely to occur due to the implementation of the project.

No Protected Area Alternative The proposed TL starts at Kohalpur sub-station in Banke district and ends at Birendranagar

of Surkhet district. Its orientation is North-South orientation moving from south towards north.

There are BaNP and BNP having East-West orientation, situated at about 1 km north from

the starting point of the proposed TL. To avoid TL alignment in the BaNP and BNP, the

alignment has to realign either towards East or towards West. From the starting point of TL,

the BaNP is extended about 58 km (aerial distance) eastward and BNP is extended 57.5 km

(aerial distance) westward. So, to avoid these protected areas, the TL has to realign along

the boundary of the protected area and its length would be more than 100 kilometers. Due to

which many settlements and a huge chunk of terai forest will be impacted.

Technology Internationally accepted standards will be applied for the installation and procurement of the

goods and equipment. Technology to be adopted for the project development comprises of



both maximum utilization of local resources and machine intensive construction methods.

This is to ensure lowest possible cost for project development and quality in the works

undertaken. To minimize the forest loss due to stringing of conductors in the valleys with

trees, the possibilities of using helicopter for paying pilot wire prior to stringing can also be

considered during the implementation of the project.

Operation Procedure Operation of the project comprises of semi-automatic control system. A team of professional

staff will run the project. It would rather benefit the local community through increased

employment opportunities.

Construction Schedule

6.7.1 Rainy Season

Construction of the transmission line in rainy season will cause soil erosion problem, blockage

of drain and difficulty to crossing of River and excavation of tower foundation. The

construction in rainy season will also delay the project progress due to other disturbances.

The indoor works of substation may be carried out in rainy season.

6.7.2 Dry Season

The construction activity will be planned in off-season to minimize the unnecessary damage

and disturbances. This will reduce the project impact on physical, biological and socio-

economic environment of the area. The construction of transmission line work will be

conducted in dry season and major inland transportation work will be conducted in dry

season. The stringing work will be conducted just after harvesting of crop in dry season.

Kohalpur-Surkhet 132kV TL Project Mitigation and Enhancement Measures


7 MITIGATION AND ENHANCEMENT MEASURES

The mitigation and enhancement measures outlined in this chapter have been proposed to

ameliorate potential adverse impacts and enhance opportunities for development identified

during the study. Adverse and beneficial impacts those that are not identified or

predetermined during the study if later discovered during the construction phases will be

explicitly mitigated or enhanced by the project. The general discussion is organized into three

categories of physical, biological, and socio-economic and cultural aspects, and has been

split into construction and operation phases in an equivalent manner as for Chapter 5 -

Environmental Impacts. The mitigation measures to be carried out have been listed below.

The project proponent will implement all the proposed mitigation measures and enhancement

measures, monitoring plans described in the respective chapters as his prime responsibility.

In addition, the project will take responsibility of compensating as per the prevailing law for

any losses or damage caused to lives and property during construction and operation phases.

Physical Environment Minimization of land take and soil disturbances wherever feasible will be the primary

mitigation measures of the project.

7.1.1 Topography, Land Use and Land Take


The natural slope disturbances will be minimized during the construction of foundation of

tower pads.

Erection of foundation in the unstable land and/or in steep slopes will be avoided.

Proper landscaping will be done at each tower site.

The stability of the tower locations will be examined before excavation and special

foundation design will be selected for the susceptible locations.

Re-vegetation and slope maintenance will be carried out in the disturbed areas to avoid

erosion. Bio-engineering with combination of retaining structures will be done as per the

requirement.

The permanent land use changes due to foundation construction and substation cannot be

mitigated. However, the land under the RoW will not be restricted for the current use except

that the construction of any structure will be prohibited. The construction area will be

reinstated to the present condition after the construction is over. Land for temporary facilities

will be rehabilitated to original status to minimize the land use impacts. The camp sites are

proposed in substation area and barren land to minimize the impact on land use pattern of

cultivated land. The private land required for the project will be compensated through rental

in agreement with the land and property owners.

b. Operation Phase

The impact on the land use changes under the RoW and permanent land take for the tower

and substation will remain forever. The restriction for the erection of any type of structure of

land under the RoW and plantation of trees of tall species cannot be mitigated. However,

cultivation will be allowed. All temporary land acquired will be converted to its original use or

agreed new uses towards the end of construction period and handed over to their owners.



7.1.2 Air Quality


The project will not lead to a significant deterioration in air quality except in much localized

instances and localized areas during the construction phase. Vehicle utilized for construction

will be complied with GoN mass emissions standards. Regular checkup; up keeping and

maintenance of the equipment will be carried out as per the Manufacturer's Specifications to

meet the emission standards. Proper maintenance of construction vehicles and machinery

will be done regularly. Open burning of solid wastes at workers camps and work sites will be

prohibited. Clean fuel other than firewood as cooking fuel will be provided to the workers.

Temporary concrete batching plants will be located away from individual residences and

settlements to reduce the potential for increased dust levels in settlements. Helmets and air

mask will be provided to labor force working in areas susceptible to dust pollution. The

working hours will be limited near the settlements and temporary relocation of particularly

vulnerable people (old/sick, etc.) to acceptable locations will be done if required.

b. Operation Phase

There is no significant impact on air quality during the operation and maintenance period. So

no mitigation measure is required.

7.1.3 Noise and Vibrations


Construction activities will be restricted to daylight hours to minimize disturbance, and local

communities will be informed of the construction schedule. Similarly, temporary concrete

batching plants will be located away from residences where possible. Regular inspection and

maintenance of construction vehicles and machinery will be done. Ear mufflers will be

provided to labor force working in the areas susceptible to noise pollution.

b. Operation Phase: The impacts due to corona effect cannot be mitigated.

7.1.4 Water Quality


The waste generated from the mixing concrete will be disposed in pits and filled with soil.

Soak pit will be provided near campsites and substations for the proper disposal of grey

water. Such pits will be made in barren land at approximately 500m distance from the water

bodies. Dykes are proposed around the storage tanks to avoid water pollution. Toilets will be

provided to the workforce. Care will be taken to locate temporary construction worker sheds

away from the water bodies. Garbage and solid wastes generated by workforce will be

dumped safely. Erosion controls must be regularly inspected and maintained throughout the

construction phase of a project until exposed soil has been stabilized.

b. Operation Phase

Since the impact on water quality during the operation period is expected to be minimal, no

mitigation measure is proposed.

7.1.5 Watershed and Natural Drainage


Muck will be properly managed. The muck generated during the excavation of tower pads

will be used for backfilling and disposed properly to maintain the natural terrain. 90% of the

muck will be used for back filling and rest to maintain the natural topography. The following

mitigation measures will be anticipated:



Vegetation clearing and ground disturbances will be confined within the foundation,

required RoW.

Adequate surface and sub-surface drainage will be provided at some of the APs area

and at substation area to drain away the excess water and prevent water logging,

Proper compaction of excavated soil will be done. After compaction, 10% of remaining

soil will be disposed properly in the vicinity so as not to disturb natural drainage,

Excavation will be done in phases increasing the number of labors so that the required

target stretch is completed on time,

Restoration of the area around the tower pad for cultivation and regeneration of

vegetation will be done,

Erection of tower and stringing of line will be carried out in dry season if possible.

b. Operation Phase

Proper inspection and maintenance of tower pad areas will be done to reduce the risk of soil

erosion. The annual costs for such site verifications will be borne by the project developer

and thus included in operation and maintenance budget. If the amount of this title is included

in the main project cost, this amount can be reduced from the cost of environmental mitigation

measures. No mitigation measures on the watershed and natural drainage is needed during

the operation and maintenance period.

7.1.6 Waste and Spoil Disposal


The domestic waste will primarily consist of organic food waste because this is easily

biodegradable and non-hazardous. It will be managed by burying in pits at reasonable

distance from water bodies and subsequently covering with soil. Waste generated from

construction activities are usually inert material which are non- biodegradable e.g. empty

cement bags and containers, rejected material, plastic, wooden planks. These waste

materials will be stored out and kept separated instead of throwing haphazardly elsewhere.

Some of these items (cement bag, plastic drum, etc.) can be sold in the markets in order to

be re-used or recycled. Separate waste containers (drums, bins, skips or bags) will be

provided for different types of waste. Construction workers will be instructed for proper

storage and handling procedures of construction waste and other solid wastes.

Recyclable wastes obtained from dismantle of temporary camps will be sold in the market

and remaining debris will be dumped in the suitable dumping site. The contractor will be

responsible for the establishment of the waste management system at the construction and

camp areas.

b. Operation Phase

There is no impacts on waste and spoil disposal on operation phase, hence no mitigation

measures is proposed.

7.1.7 Storage of Construction material a. Construction Phase

The area for the substation will be used as the storage of construction materials in order to

mitigate the land degradation. The locations for the temporary camps will be selected at

degraded or the lower value lands. The area proposed for storage will be taken on lease at

the prevailing market price based on the production loss. The temporary yards will be fenced

properly. Cement will be stored in private storage facilities taken on rent. The other materials

will be stored properly at the designated storage site.



b. Operation Phase

There are no impacts on storage of construction material on operation phase, hence no

mitigation measures are proposed.

7.1.8 Crossing of Other Utilities and Interference


Poles and bamboos frame will be used for support of string during stringing while crossing

existing roads, transmission and distribution lines if necessary.

b. Operation Phase

All crossings of existing transmission and distribution lines will be designed with standard

safe vertical and horizontal clearances for 132kV lines. Design clearances for communication

lines will be maintained. For this, the standards referred by the Electricity Regulation, 1993

(Rule 48, 49, 50 and 55) shall be followed.

7.1.9 Air Traffic


The following mitigation measures will be adopted for air traffic movement:

Pylons shall be painted as red and white below the obstacle limitation surface and air

route;

Obstacle lights shall be fitted at top of the pylons;

Alternate red and white (or alternate orange and white) marker balls shall be installed on

the TL between the pylons; and

The height of the pylons shall not exceed more than 40m.

b. Operation Phase

Recommendation from CAAN will be followed during operation phase.

7.1.10 Summary of Mitigation Cost for Physical Environment

A total of NRs. 6,600,000/- is estimated for the mitigation works in physical environment which

is addressed by project. The detail of cost of physical environment along the different

headings has been discussed below:

a. River Training Structures:

As a river training structure, bank protection is proposed. River training structure such as

gabion wall and dykes at these sites are proposed. The construction cost for river training

structure will be part of project cost.

Biological Environment The mitigation measures that will be adopted for the impact on floral and faunal resources

during the project construction and operation phases are as follows:

7.2.1 Mitigation Measures

7.2.1.1 Minimizing the Forest Clearance


Selective felling of trees in the RoW of the TL will be done to minimize the forest loss.

Similarly, the trees in the gully and valley will be avoided from felling as far as possible. In

such area, it is proposed that the minimum forest clearance that are needed for laying and

stringing of conductor will be maintained and remaining trees of the RoW will be kept intact.

This will not only minimize forest loss but also indirectly contribute to conserve the biodiversity



of the project area. RoW vegetation clearance will be carried out manually. As far as

practicable, towers will be placed in ridges to avoid forest clearance to the extent possible.

Trees that are likely to be removed will be counted, marked and harvested with the proper

forest techniques by involving technical staffs from the respective DFOs and National Park.

For the RoW clearance in CFs and LFs, the preference will be given to the users of concerned

FUGs rather than outside labors which will help for the conservation of forestland indirectly

and will provide work opportunity to locals as well. The project proponent will adopt

methodology to minimize loss of saplings during construction to the extent possible. Wood

and other forest products extracted as part of the site clearance from the forest will be utilized

as per the Forest Regulations, 2051 (1995). The project proponent will prohibit project

workers from the collection of NTFPs. Informative and warning sign at each construction sites

located in and around the forest area will also be placed.

b. Operation Phase

All type of growing trees within the RoW will be trimmed regularly in every alternate year. The

project will use Electricity Regulation, 1993 for the minimum clearance required for the

transmission and distribution lines, which is 18 meter for 132kV TL Project (9 meter on either

side of the center line).

7.2.1.2 Compensatory Plantation and Forest Land Replacement


As a compensatory measure for the loss of trees and forest area due to the site clearance,

the establishment of replacement plantations in 1:25 ratio will be done as per the provision

made in Working Procedure for the Use of National Forest Land for National Priority Project,

2074 -/fli6«o k|fyldstfk|fKt of]hgfsf] nflu /fli6«o jg If]q k|of]u ug]{ ;DaGwL sfo{ljlw, @)&$_ The plantation

sites will be selected consulting with the Division Forest Office, project affected CFs and

National Park Office. Similarly, plantation will be carried out as per species composition and

the local users’ preferences.

Similarly, as per the same Working procedure, forest land replacement will be done. As this

transmission line project will only permanently acquire 2.41 ha of forest, the project shall

purchase same area of land, in other place. For purchasing of 2.41 ha of land,

NRs15,840,000 is estimated. The land will be purchased in coordination with DFOs, National

Park and forest users groups. Before handing over, the afforestation will be done in such land

(at the standard ratio of 1600 seedlings per ha). For 170850 plantation, a total of 106.78 ha

land will be required. The compensatory plantation will be conducted for 6834 estimated trees

(both pole and tree sized) which are to be fallen down from the project affected forest during

project construction. A total of 170850 seedlings (@ 25 seedlings per tree cut down) of

different species of plants will be planted. In addition, the plantation of 3856 number of

seedlings will be done for 2.41 ha of permanently acquired forest area (at the standard ratio

of 1600 seedlings per ha). Therefore, in totality 174706 number of seedlings will be planted

as a compensatory plantation.

For compensatory plantation, due attention will be given to local species suitable to the area,

species cut down by the project as far as possible, species preferred by the local communities

and species which contribute to the improvement of habitats for available birds and mammals.

The plantation sites will be finalized after discussion with the members of FUGs, National

Park office and officials of DFO. Plantation designs for each specific sites identified will be

developed after consultation and interaction with the concerned stakeholders. For the

purpose of plantation work, the seedlings required may be purchased from the nurseries or



there may need to establish a nursery in the project site. If it is determined to establish a

nursery, the appropriate location for the nursery will be finalized in consultation with the

concerned stakeholders. There shall also be the provision of replacement plantation after one

year of tree plantation based on the mortality rate of seedlings. The project proponent will

take care of planted site for the period of 5 years and handover to the concerned FUGs,

National Park and DFO. Alternatively, the plantation area can be managed by the local

community with support from the project for five years.

Table 7-1: Estimated Cost for Compensatory Plantation

S. N. Mitigation Program Unit/Rate Total Amount

(NRs)

1

Compensatory plantation of 216950 seedlings (including seedling purchase, site preparation, pitting, transplanting, composting, mulching and replacement plantation based on mortality of seedlings)

NRs 150 32,542,500

2 Management/ take care of planted site for 5 years 25000

man/month 1,500,000

3 Support for fencing at specific planted sites LS 150,000

4 Cost of buying land in replacement of permanently acquired tower pad area in forest area (2.41ha) for handing to DFO

LS 15,840,000

Total 50,032,500

b. Operation Phase

As per the Working Procedure for the Use of National Forest Land for National Priority

Project, 2074, the plantation site shall be managed by the proponent for five years or required

cost for such management must be paid to Department of Forest/DFO. In order to comply

with this requirement, proponent will either manage the plantation site for five years or the

estimated cost for entire management work will be provided to the respective DFOs and/or

concerned FUGs.

7.2.1.3 Harvesting Cost


The cost of harvesting, logging and transporting of the trees and other forest products in

Forest will be provided as per the district norms to the concerned agency following the

provision in Forest Regulations, 2051 (1995). The harvesting cost for the CF/GF/PA/BZF will

be provided by the project proponent. The compensation cost for the harvesting, logging and

transportation of forest is part of project construction work and will be included in construction

cost hence it is not estimated separately in this Report. Replacement plantation shall be

carried out to compensate the loss of trees in the project affected forest.

b. Operation Phase

This issue will no more exist. Hence no mitigation measure is adopted.

7.2.1.4 Supply of Fuel to Workers


If practically feasible, construction workers will be prevented from the use of fuel wood for

cooking their food items. The project proponent will provide kerosene/LPG to the extent

possible to project workers staying at temporary/permanent labor camps to minimize forest

loss in order to meet their fuel wood demand. If the use of alternative fuel is not possible, the

haphazard collection of fuel wood from the nearby forest will be controlled in coordination

with the FUGs, Range Post, DFOs and National Park. Similarly, provision of fire-fighting

equipment at vulnerable areas and related training for workers will be carried out.



b. Operation Phase

During operation phase there will not be the issue of fuel wood management to workers.

7.2.1.5 Habitat Loss/ Change of Wild Animals and Birds


The impact of forest clearance on habitat loss/change is a permanent phenomenon.

However, the compensatory plantation of trees and awareness for forest management and

wildlife conservation is considered to help for minimizing the impact to some extent. The

clearing of trees will be done manually causing less impact on adjoining vegetation. As far as

possible construction work will be labor based. The project proponent will be responsible to

avoid unnecessary machinery disturbances and lighting.

b. Operation Phase

During operation phase, no mitigation measures will be adopted regarding habitat loss/

change of wild animals and birds. However, the growth of planted tree species is expected

to reap some benefit to the available species of animals and birds.

7.2.1.6 Restriction on Hunting and Poaching


The project workers will strictly be prevented from hunting and poaching and any other kind

of illegal activities related to hunting and poaching. The construction work within national

park, national forest, community forest area will be coordinated. Informative and warning sign

will be placed at relevant construction sites. The contractor who is liable to control his labor

in this regard will be instructed strictly for application of specification regarding hunting and

poaching control.

b. Operation Phase

During operation phase, no mitigation measures will be adopted.

7.2.1.7 Wildlife/Avian Hazards

Measures to minimize bird injury and death associated with the TL will be considered in line

design. Markers such as color balls will be attached to conductors to improve line visibility for

bird wherever necessary and technically feasible. Required cost for it will be included in the

contractor's cost.

Limited information is available on the effects of TL on mammals such as monkeys. Arboreal

mammals such as monkeys may be electrocuted by climbing towers and reaching wires.

Mammals can be electrocuted either by simultaneously touching a conductor and earthing

on a tower or by touching two conductors. It is likely that arboreal mammals will only utilize

towers to escape from predators, to chase prey or out of curiosity. The required vegetation

clearance distances around the base of towers and along spans will ensure that monkeys

cannot move directly from trees onto towers or lines, however, given the inquisitive behavior

of monkeys, a hazard will exist. Therefore, screens will be installed on towers to prevent

monkeys and other arboreal mammals from climbing towers, wherever necessary.

7.2.2 Enhancement Measures

In addition to the above mentioned mitigation measures, following biological enhancement

measures will be adopted in order to provide project benefit to the affected FUGs and its

members.



7.2.2.1 Awareness on Forest Management and Wildlife Conservation

The following mitigation measures are recommended to minimize the impacts on wildlife

habitat and movement. During the construction period, special instructional and awareness-

raising trainings will be conducted for the workforce and local people to promote wildlife

conservation activities. The construction contractor will also provide special instructions to its

staff and workforce on conservation issues and benefits. Purchase and sale of illegally hunted

animals and birds will be banned during the construction period.

Table 7-2: Mitigation Cost for Wildlife Conservation

Particulars Quantity Rate Amount in Rs.

Conservation Trainer 2 man months 50,000 100,000

Training 20 groups @ Rs 50000 per group 1000,000

Training Material and Logistics LS LS 200,000

Total 1300,000

7.2.2.2 Nursery Training and Micro-nursery Development

Establishment of three nursery is recommended in three different ecological zones in the

project area. This program will commence in the first year of project construction and will

continue till the project completion, the details of which are given below. The project will train

forest users or local people for nursery establishment. The project will also provide improved

seeds and the required technical support for nursery operation. The seedlings raised in the

micro-nurseries will be purchased and used by the project for its reforestation program. The

project will determine the number and species of seedlings to be produced by the micro-

nurseries.

Table 7-3: Mitigation Cost for Nursery Training and Development

Particulars Quantity Rate (NRs) Amount (NRs)

Ranger 2 man months 60,000 120,000

Nursery Trainee 3 man months 10,000 30,000

Training Material LS 200,000

Support for Nursery Development LS 500,000

Total 850,000

7.2.3 Summary of Biological Mitigation and Enhancement Cost

The proposed mitigation and enhncement cost is NRs. 45,845,906 for biological environment as

shown in the following table.

Table 7-4: Mitigation and Enhancement Cost for Biological Environment

S. N. Description Total Amount (NRs)

1. Mitigation Cost 43695906

2. Enhancement Cost 2150000

Total 45,845,906

Socio-economic and Cultural Environment

7.3.1 Mitigation Measures

7.3.1.1 Acquisition Land and Structure


i. Compensation for Permanently Acquired Land

Project will provide appropriate compensation to all of the PAFs as the rate determined by

Compensation Determination Committee (CDC). During the public consultation, local people



demanded cash compensation for the affected land. According to the GoN laws and

regulations, it is mandatory to provide cash compensation for the acquired land and property.

Compensations paid and settled immediately after acquisition are administratively much

simpler and economically. The project will acquired 4.0849ha of private land permanently.

Land will be acquired to Land Acquisition Act 2034. Mitigation cost for permanently acquired

land is estimated to be NRs. 96,498,450.

Table 7-5: Estimated Cost for Land Acquisition

S. N. Project Component Total HHs

No. of Tower Area (ha) Amount (NRs.)

1 APs and STs 16 0.36 8504356

2 Substation 1 3.7249 87994094

Total 4.0849 96,498,450

The land price varies from place to place, parcel to parcel and according to proximity of road

and market centers. The average land price in the area is considered for the estimate of

compensation. Landless (tenants), Guthi holders etc. affected by the project will also be

compensated as per the recommendation of the CDC.

c. Compensation for Land Utilization (RoW)

The land used for TL alignment (RoW) is considered as restricted land. The total of 10.5521ha

private land falls under the TL alignment (RoW). On the basis of the surveyed HHs, the

average price of the compensation cost of land is calculated as NRs. 89,738,810. As per NEA

practice, project will provide only 10% of the total land value for land use restriction (RoW).

However, in recent practice, project will provide maximum amount to the land in accordance

with their use and local market price. Compensation cost for the land restriction is estimated

as NRs. 152,129,320.

Table 7-6: Estimated Cost for Land Utilization

Components Area (ha) Total Cost (NRs.) 10% of Cost (NRs.)

RoW 10.5521 89,738,810 8,973,881

d. Rent for Leased Land

Project will utilize 1ha private land for camp and storage purpose for 2 years. Total amount

for this provision is NRs 800,000.

e. Compensation for Structure

Private Structures

Compensation will be provided for 20 structures (houses=16, cowsheds/shed=2 and

toilets=2). Compensation cost for structures has been calculated classifying into two

categories i.e. cost for plinth area of the structures and construction cost of the structures.

Total compensation cost for structures is NRs. 15,518,283 (plinth area- NRs.5,659,383 and

construction cost- NRs. 9,858,900).

Public Structure

One slaughtering house, owned by Kohalpur Municipality need to be relocated. The

compensation for the structure is NRs. 1,500,000.



Table 7-7: Compensation Cost for Structure Loss

Type of structure

Project component

Name of Owner No. Plinth Area (ft2)

Total area

(sq.ft.)

Cost for land occupied by structure based on plinth area*

Construction Cost of Structure based on total area*

Total Compensation

Cost (NRs) Rate (NRs/ft2 Amount (NRs) Rate (NRs/ft2 Amount (NRs)

1.House

AP1-AP1A Man Bd Khadka 1 900 900 400 360000 2000 1800000 2160000

AP4-AP5 Dhan Lal Budha 1 780 780 400 312000 2000 1560000 1872000

AP4-AP5 Gobinda Bd Chand 1 375 375 400 150000 900 337500 487500

AP4-AP5 Top Bd Chand 1 400 400 400 160000 2000 800000 960000

AP4-AP5 Indra Bd Chand 1 540 540 400 216000 1000 540000 756000

AP14-AP15 Sita Pariyar 1 192 192 375 72000 1000 192000 264000

AP14-AP15 Top Bd Sunar 1 390 780 375 146250 1000 780000 926250

AP14-AP15 Puspa Sunar 1 143 143 375 53625 1000 143000 196625

AP14-AP15 Tek Bd Rana 1 252 504 375 94500 1300 655200 749700

AP14-AP15 Sumitra Damai 1 180 180 350 63000 1000 180000 243000

AP14-AP15 Santa Singh Thakuri 1 192 192 350 67200 2000 384000 451200

AP19-AP20 Hari Bd Badi 1 396 792 350 138600 1000 792000 930600

AP19-AP20 Jaya Bd Badi 1 252 504 350 88200 1000 504000 592200

AP19-AP20 Ghan Shyam Badi 1 252 504 350 88200 1000 504000 592200

AP19-AP20 Kamal Badi 1 180 180 350 63000 1000 180000 243000

AP19-AP20 Suwash Badi 1 192 192 350 67200 1000 192000 259200

Total(1) 16 5616 7158 2139775 9543700 11683475

2. Cowshed

AP1-AP1A Man Bd Khadka 1 300 300 300 90000 500 150000 240000

AP4-AP5 Indra Bd Chand 1 270 270 300 81000 500 135000 216000

Total (2) 2 570 570 171000 285000 456000

3. Toilet AP1-AP1A Man Bd Khadka 1 25 25 400 10000 800 20000 30000

AP4-AP5 Top Bd Chand 1 24 24 400 9600 800 19200 28800

Total (3) 2 177 177 19600 39200 58800

Total (1+2+3) 20 6235 7777 2330375 9,867,900 12198275

*Construction Cost for the structures is calculated on the basis for consultation with local people



7.3.1.2 Compensation for Loss of Standing Crops


i. Production Loss in Permanent Land

The total compensation of the project affected HHs for production loss of 12.65MT is estimated

to be NRs. 401,700. The value of total loss of crops is estimated based on their yield, production,

and local market rate. The crop wise value with area is shown in the table given below.

Table 7-8: Annual Loss of Agricultural Production Due to Land Acquisition


area loss (ha)

Production

Loss (MT)

Productivity

(MT/ha)

Rate Amount

1 Paddy 2.942 10.94 3.72 30000 328200

2 Wheat 0.341 0.91 2.67 35000 31850

3 Maize 0.322 0.59 1.83 35000 20650

4 Pulses 0.121 0.21 1.73 100000 21000

Total 12.65 40,1700

Source: Field and Market and Survey, 2018

ii. Production Loss in Utilization Land

The total loss of cereal crops produced in 10.5521ha of private land during the construction period

is estimated as 28.25MT which value is estimated to be NRs. 1078,550 for one year. The crop

wise area allocation, production and value is shown in the following table.

Table 7-9: Value of total loss of Agriculture Production due to Land Utilization

S.N. Crop Types Actual production

area loss (ha)

Production

Loss (MT)

Productivity

(MT/ha)

Rate

(NRs.)

Amount

(NRs.)

1 Paddy 3.8561 14.34 3.72 30000 430200

2 Wheat 2.14 5.71 2.67 35000 199850

3 Maize 3.114 5.70 1.83 35000 199500

4 Pulses 1.442 2.49 1.73 100000 249000

Total 28.25 1,078,550

Source: Field and Market and Survey, 2018

b. Operation Phase

No mitigation is required during operation phase.

7.3.1.3 Livelihood Restoration for SPAF


People who will lose their more than 25% of agriculture land and residential and commercial

structures, will be provided skill development training and for loss of less than 25% land,

agriculture and farming based training will be provided, assuming the restoration of livelihood of

affected people. Priority will be given to SPAF for the employment during the construction phase.

b. Operation Phase

No mitigation measures will be adopted.

7.3.1.4 Health, Water and Sanitation


Health and Sanitation

The project proponent will keep the project area clean and hygienic to ensure the project activities

will not cause the spread of communicable diseases. The labor camp will be provided with simple

dry pit toilet constructed on hard ground and far from water sources. Toilets will be made in

temporary camps as per requirement. First aid kits will be maintained for preliminary treatment in



emergencies. The domestic solid waste generated in the project area will be either buried in

designed landfill areas or converted in to compost.

A joint awareness program on health and sanitation will be launched in association with the

existing NGOs and other local communities during the construction phase. Health check-up of

workers and documentation of health status will be made periodically. Priority will be given to the

local people in project works to minimize the impacts on health and sanitation. The project must

ensure adequate safety gears for workers (Personal Protective Equipment, accommodation, First

Aid box, etc.). It must arrange the training for contractors and workers. It should provide

temporary security fencing surrounding the construction site and safety signboard at all sites in

Nepali languages will be placed.

Drinking Water

To minimize the impact on water supply at least one drinking water supply system will be installed

at each camp site to cope the demand of the drinking water supply for the labors and technicians.

The water supply of the project area will be strengthened by installation of new pipe lines, keeping

taps at a regular interval, and by improving storage of water at the source.

b. Operation Phase: No mitigation measures are required during this phase.

7.3.1.5 Occupational Hazards and Safety


The construction area will be cleared up and all necessary precaution and warning signs will be

placed at construction site. This area will be restricted for the entry of unauthorized people. The

project proponent will provide safety helmet, eye glass, safety boot, safety belt, fire-fighting

accessories, caution signals and other safety equipment as required at particular site/work area.

Safety training will be implemented and any loss of life or injury will also be compensated as per

prevailing rules. The safety training for the project workers will be conducted prior to the

construction work. Community safety awareness program about the TL and potential risks

associated with TL construction will also be implemented. The project workers involved in

construction work will also be trained for health and occupational measures.

b. Operation Phase

Safety equipment required for the operation of the TL will be provided. During the maintenance,

the construction area will be restricted for entry of unauthorized person to avoid disturbances and

risk. Safety helmet and glass, safety boot, ear plugs, good electric light system, good earthling

devices, fire-fighting accessories, caution signals, safety belt and other safety equipment as

required at particular site and working area will be provided. The 18m RoW will be strictly

maintained to minimize the likely risks of conductor breakage, induced voltages, etc. Appropriate

protection system and equipment will be installed at the substation to ensure the automatic

isolation of the line in case of abnormal conditions.

7.3.1.6 House, Settlements, Social Infrastructures


No mitigation measures are required during this phase.

b. Operation Phase

Altogether 5 towers are proposed to be constructed within the range of 300m from the existing

house, settlements, and social infrastructures. Protection measures will be applied in around the



tower pads and construction area after the consultation with local people/stakeholders. Fencing,

sign and other appropriate tools of public awareness will be adopted to reduce the likely impact

on people, their property and public infrastructures.

Furthermore, following points will be considered:

Design criteria

RoW maintenance

Fencing of tower area in critical location

7.3.1.7 Crossing Of Power Cables, Communication Lines, Foot Trails, Roads, etc.



b. Operation Phase

The proposed TL crosses inter-connected gravel road /earthen road /foot trails, there will be

impact due to crossing over of power cables, foot trails and road on local infrastructures and

facilities. As mitigation measures following points will be considered:

Maintenance of ground clearance;

Avoidance of infrastructures as far as possible;

Placement of signboard where necessary

Public awareness program at critical location.

7.3.1.8 Communal Resource Resources


As mitigation measures following points will be considered.

The camps will not use fuelwood for its daily food cooking. LPG or kerosene will be

provisioned for the cooking by the project in subsidized rate.

The camp sites will be located at barren land to minimize the pressure on communal

resource on the public lands or community lands.

b. Operation Phase


7.3.1.9 Impact on PAFs due to Alteration of Land and Property Value


Land fragmentation will be minimized as far as possible. Remaining portion of land that will not

significant for agriculture purpose will be acquired for tower foundation. Compensation for

permanently acquired and temporarily used lands will be provided. The temporarily used land will

be returned to respective landowner as in the previous condition.

b. Operation Phase: No mitigation measures are required.

7.3.1.10 Impact due to Restriction of Future Landuse Development Close to Settlement


Coordination with the project affected HHs, affected wards, RM/municipality, District Coordination

Committee (DCC) authority and concern stakeholders will be done during construction phase to

minimize the likely impacts especially in the area. Land Use Policy-2068 will be followed while

designing of the project.




7.3.1.11 Electric and magnetic Field (EMF) Effect


No mitigation measure is required during the construction phase since the TL will not be charged

until the completion of the stringing.

b. Operation Phase

As mitigation measures following points will be considered.

No houses or other buildings will be permitted within the RoW, with existing houses and

other structures relocated outside the RoW.

Awareness programs on safety will be conducted for project staff and local residents at

key locations in the project area.

Fencing of towers at some locations (e.g. near schools, highway crossings, etc.), warning

signs and metal guard structures on the towers are proposed to dissuade people from

climbing or tampering with towers.

7.3.1.12 Gender and Vulnerable Group


The direct and indirect impacts on gender, indigenous and vulnerable people will be minimized

by the following measures:

Gender discrimination in the job opportunities will be prohibited.

All the construction workforce will be instructed to give respect the female members of

the society.

The female members, members of indigenous and vulnerable groups among the directly

impacted HHs will be given priority in the skill training, other enhancement programs and

the project related job opportunities during construction and operation phase.

Child labor will be prohibited in the PAA.

For Gender Sensitive Grievance Redress mechanism, at least one professional, female

confidants will be made available by the project, for women to go to in case of (sexual)

harassment.

Priority will be given to vulnerable people for the employment.

b. Operation Phase: No mitigation measures required during operation phase.

7.3.1.13 Economic Activities


To minimize the adverse impacts on local economy and enhance the living standards of the

affected HHs following measures will be implemented:

Compensation for the hindrance due to use of land for the TL has been done through

private negotiation route. Replacement value has been added to the average value of the

land to bring it closer to or at par with the prevailing market rate. The disturbance

allowances will be provided to the affected HHs;

To minimize the impacts of loss of agricultural products due to the land acquisition, and

any effect on the occupation will be compensated through appropriate agricultural

extension program, livelihood skill training programs, etc.;

Maximum job opportunities will be provided to the local people in prudential order and

assistance to local communities into the planning through coordination with district level

and local government office of the respective district.



7.3.1.14 Religious, historical and Archeological Sites


Unanticipated adverse impact due to Project intervention or associated activities will be

assessed. It will ensure adequate fund to meet the need of such unexpected costs and the project

implementation authorities will deal with any unanticipated consequence of the Project during

and after the implementation- will be documented and mitigated.


7.3.1.15 Infrastructure and Service Facility


To minimize the impacts on the existing institutions and service facilities following measures will

be implemented:

Separate communication facilities other than the existing facilities through extension

Provision of health and support program;

Provision of additional support police force (if required) through coordination with the District

Administration Office and District Police Office, etc.

7.3.1.16 Social and Culture Practices


The impacts on social and culture in the project area are related mostly with the influx of

construction workforce and their number. Besides, to minimize the impacts on local communities,

following code of conduct will be enforced to the outside construction workers:

The labor force will be instructed about the code of conduct and manners to be maintained

during and after working hours. No discrimination in terms of salary or nature of job among

local and migrant workers will be maintained;

Local people will be hired for the construction and maintenance works as far as possible;

Contractors and outside workforce will be instructed to honor local culture and tradition

and behave decently with local people;

Prohibiting all the outside labors to live outside construction camps.

Prohibiting the use of alcohol in the project site, camp and nearby villages.

The project proponent will demonstrate its concerns about health and safety of the

workers as well as the community through awareness programmes and grievance

redressed.

The workers will be briefed about the health risk of communicable diseases due to

unhygienic environment as well as sexually transmitted diseases.

b. Operation Phase

Preference will be given for employment in the substation and other project components to the

people of project affected families, wherever possible, in accordance with their qualification and

the requirement of the project.

7.3.1.17 Law and Order


During the construction of the TL, labor from different places with different religions and faiths

with their own norms and values will be employed by the project contractor and there may conflict

of interest between locals and the outsiders affecting law and order situation in the project area.

Local employment, wage/ labor rate, working hours, use of local resources by the project workers,



etc. are the major factors that may create conflict in the project area which may pose threat to

law and order situation. The proponent will implement a strict code of conduct for the workforces.

In case any worker is found as a drunkard or soliciting prostitution and gambling etc. will be

penalized and terminated too. The existing facilities of GoN from Surkhet, Banke and Bardiya

Districts will be used to maintain the law and order situation as when required basis. The

proposed awareness program will also minimize this impact to some extent.


7.3.1.18 Aesthetic value

Construction Phase

The significant impact of TL and towers on aesthetic value cannot be mitigated completely. The

stringing of the 132kV TL will cause minor visual change to the existing landscape and scenery.

7.3.1.19 Resettlement and Rehabilitation Plan (RRP)

HHs whose house needs to be relocated will receive a housing rehabilitation allowance. From

the field observation, it was observed that the SPAFs don’t want to resettle voluntarily. The

reasons behind unwillingness for resettlement are adaptation problem in new society and good

neighborhood in current place, possible loss of business and service.

a. Relocation of House

Out of the 16 HHs who will lose their structures, 16 HHs will be relocated as these HHs do not

have any other residential houses. They, lose their place of residence, are categorized as SPAFs.

b. Applicable Policy and Legislation

Land Acquisition Act, 2034 is the main legislative system for land and other physical asset

acquisition. The procedure defined in the Act will be followed for the acquisition. Compensation

Fixation Committee (CFC) to be chaired by Chief District Officer of the concern districts will

determine the compensation rates of each unit at replacement cost. Project proponent is the

responsible for the implementation of RRP.

c. Entitlement Framework

The entitlement framework accordingly specifies compensation and /or rehabilitation measures

for two units of entitlement individuals including affected individuals and their households, and

groups. Loss of private assets will be valued and compensated based on the entitlement policy

matrix.

d. Government Property

Government infrastructures and facilities affected by the project will be repaired or replaced in

consultation with the relevant department authorities. Government forest land will be acquired by

getting approval from Ministry of Forests and Environment. In this context, acquisition of

government infrastructure is not applicable for this project. However, project will acquire

government land (public land/forest land including community forest land).

e. Displacement Allowance

In addition to the compensation for asset losses, HHs who are losing residential houses will be

entitled for the displacement allowances. HHs, which required to be relocated, will receive a

housing displacement allowance equal to NRs. 70,000 of one year based on the calculation for

a HH. Hence, the total displacement allowance for 16 HHs is estimated to be NRs. 1,020,000.

The customary practice in Nepal to pay allowances or related benefit is based on average



household's size. Titleholders, tenants in own accommodation and squatters will be entitled to

this allowance, to be paid at the time of compensation payment.

f. Transportation Allowance

Project will affect structures of 16 HHs and these HHs will get transportation allowance. A total

of NRs. 800,000 (NRs 50,000 per HH) has been allocated as transportation allowances. The total

cost for relocation is (displacement allowance and transportation allowance) NRs.1,820,000.

g. Summary of Mitigation and Rehabilitation Cost

The total socio-economic mitigation and rehabilitation cost is calculated to be NRs.123,270,856.

The detailed cost analysis is shown in the table given below.

Table 7-10: Mitigation and Rehabilitation Cost (NRs)

S.N. Mitigation Measures Unit Quantity Amount

1. Compensation for Land

a. Land Acquisition ha 4.0849 96498450

b. RoW ha 10.5521 8973881

c. Rented Land ha 1.0 800000

2. Compensation for structures a. Private structures No. 20 12198275 b. Public structure No. 1 1500000 3. Compensation for loss of crops

a. Permanent loss of crops in acquired land MT 12.65 401700

b. Permanent loss of crops in land restriction MT 28.25 1078550

4. Displacement allowances No. 16 1020000

5. Transportation Cost No. 16 800000

Total 123,270,856

7.3.2 Enhancement Measures

7.3.2.1 Livestock (goat) Training

Animal husbandry is mainstay and it plays significant role in cash income generation for the

people of the project affected area. To increase the growth of livestock/poultry production in the

area, improved techniques and methods need to be introduced. Training program each on

livestock and poultry will be conducted for the local farmers, which will provide opportunities for

increasing production. This program is especially focused for those HHs who lose their assets in

the assumption that they can improve livestock production by applying new methods and

techniques. In the same way, a bee keeping program will also be conducted in the project affected

area as project area. Such training programs will be conducted in coordination with District

Livestock Service Office. The total cost allocated for training programs regarding livestock and

poultry is NRs 855,000 (including cost for trainee’s allowance, expert hiring, training materials,

logistic support, etc.).

Table 7-11: Cost of Livestock Training

S.N. Particulars No. of

persons No. of days

Unit cost (daily allowance) NRs

Total Cost (NRs)

1 Training Coordinator 1 5 5000 25,000

2 Allowance including Lunch 20 5 800 80,000

3 Training Experts 4 5 2500 50,000

4 Livestock assistance 400,000

5 Training material and Logistics

LS 300,000

Total 855,000



7.3.2.2 Micro Enterprise Creation Training

Micro Enterprise Creation Training program will be provided to the especially woman and

vulnerable people of PAFs. Two programs (each program covering 15 participants and 5 days

duration) will be conducted at two different places. The main objectives of training are:

To motivate the vulnerable group of PAF start their own business

To develop entrepreneurship competency

To identify and select viable business of their own

To help for preparation of their own business plan

Table 7-12: Cost of Micro Enterprise Training

S.N. Particular No. of person No. of days

Unit cost (daily allowance)

Total Cost (NRs)

1 Program Coordinator 1 5 5000 25,000

2 Allowance including Lunch 15 5 800 60,000

3 Training Expert 4 classes per day (per class=2500)

5 2500 50,000

4 Training Materials and Logistics LS 300,000

5 Equipment Assistance 300,000

Training one place 735,000

7.3.2.3 Skill Development Training

Driving training program will be conducted to tackle the adverse impact of the project. This

training will be conducted at project affected area according to consultation of locals. Duration of

training will be 180 hours as per the CTEVT standard. A total of 20 SPAFs will be trained under

this program. Total cost for driving training is estimated NRs. 1,200,000 (NRs. 60,000/person).

7.3.2.4 Social Awareness (Health, Sanitation and Safety) Program

An awareness program will be conducted in PAA to alert local people to the potential dangers

related to health, sanitation and safety. This program will be targeted to the people residing in

and around the vicinity of the substation. Awareness program on construction related safety

issues and electrocution, effect of electromagnetic wave will also be given to the local residents.

Community safety awareness program about the TL will be implemented. Hoarding board will be

placed in the sensitive area. The cost for social awareness program including hoarding board is

NRs. 800,000.

7.3.3 Summary of Enhancement Measures

The total enhancement measure cost for the socio-economic and cultural environment is NRs.

3,590,000.

Table 7-13: Summary of Enhancement Measure Cost

S. N. Description Amount (NRs) Remarks

1 Livestock and bee keeping 855000

2 Micro-enterprise training 735000

3 Skill development training 1,200,000

4 Social awareness program 800,000

Total 3,590,000

7.3.4 Community Support Program (CSP)

As a corporate responsibility the proponent has allocated some money for the betterment of local

people. Money on different programs sectors like education, health, infrastructure, service facility

and religious sites has been allocated. Following are the sectors covering as CSP:



a. Education Support Program

The school which are located nearer from the TL alignment will be supported through educational

support program. Support will be provided for purchase of computer, library establishment,

management of drinking water facility and extra curriculum activities. The total estimated amount

for this provision is NRs. 4,000,000.

b. Infrastructure and Service Facility

Project also aims to support to people/stakeholders of each project affected wards in the

infrastructures and service facility sector. Support will be provided for renovation of school

building, furniture purchasing for community forest office/different community level group

buildings, construction of public meeting place, construction of playground etc. For this NRs.

10,000,000 has been proposed.

Table 7-14: Summary of CSP Cost

S. N. Description Amount (NRs)

1 Education Support Program 4,000,000

2 Infrastructure and service facility 10,000,000

Total 14,000,000

7.3.5 Summary of Socio-economic Mitigation, Enhancement and CSP Cost

The socio-economic mitigation and enhancement cost including CSP cost for implementing

various mitigation and enhancement measures mentioned above is estimated to be NRs

140,860,856. The cost breakdown is given below in the following table.

Table 7-15: Cost Estimate for Social Mitigation, Enhancement and CSP Cost

S.N. Description Amount (NRs)

1 Mitigation Measures 123270856

2 Enhancement Measures 3590000

3 Community Support Program (CSP) Cost 14000000 Total 140,860,856

Summary of Environmental Mitigation, Enhancement & CSP Cost The total environmental mitigation and enhancement cost including CSP cost for implementing

various mitigation and enhancement measures mentioned above for physical, biological and

socio-economic and cultural environment including land cost is estimated to be NRs

193,043,365/- which is only 10.72% of the total project cost. The cost breakdown is given below

in the following table.

Table 7-16: Cost Estimate for Environmental Mitigation, Enhancement and CSR

S. N. Environment Description Amount (NRs) Remarks

1 Biological Mitigation 50032500

Including NRs.3,600,000 land cost

Enhancement 2150000

2 Social

Mitigation 123270856 Including NRs. 106,272,331 land cost

Enhancement 3590000

CSR 14000000

Total including land cost 193043365

Total excluding land cost 83,171,034

Total Project Cost (NRs) 180 Crore

% of Environmental mitigation, enhancement & CSP cost including land cost

10.72% of the total project cost

% of Environmental mitigation, enhancement & CSP cost excluding land cost

4.62% of the total project cost



Table 7-17: Entitlement Policy Matrix

Nature of Loss Application Definition of AP Entitlements Actions Responsibility

A. Land Acquisition

Permanent acquisition of

agricultural/Residential/

commercial and other private

lands by landowners

Land and other

assets permanently

acquired for the

Project

Owners with legal or

legalizable right

(14.9385ha land for

permanently acquisition;

and for RoW)

Cash compensation at replacement cost

determined by CDC.

All fees, taxes and other charges as

applicable under the relevant laws and

regulations.

CDC to compensate

the owner (preferably

in joint account of

husband and wife, if

married and with the

consent of title holder)

NEA and CDO

Permanent acquisition or

restriction to use of

agricultural/Residential/other

private commercial and

private lands by Tenants

Land and other

assets permanently

acquired or

restricted use to

maintain RoW

Registered tenant(s)

Fifty percent or as provisioned in

applicable acts compensation to the

tenants out of the total compensation fixed

for the permanently acquired land or land

restricted to maintain the RoW.

The remaining fifty percent compensation

amount will be given to the titleholders of

the affected land as provisioned in the

prevailing Acts of Nepal.

Compensation for the

tenants of affected

land

NEA and CDO

Temporary effects on land

due to use by the contractors

during construction phase

Land temporarily

acquired by the

contractors during

the implementation

phase

Person(s) owning land

Contract will be signed between the DPs

and property owner for temporary use/

acquisition of land/assets. The contract to

confirm rental rate/ compensation and

mode of payment. Project Office and the

Contractor to ensure compensation for

land /assets temporarily acquired during

construction phase.


temporarily acquired

land/assets by the

contractors

NEA and

Contractor

B. Loss of Residential /Commercial Structures




Loss of residential and non-

residential structures

Residential and

non-residential

structures (e.g.

cattle shed, toilet.)

on land

permanently

acquired for the

project.

Owners of structures

regardless of ownership

of land on which the

structure stands

(30 HHs)

Cash compensation for structures at

replacement cost based on current market

price without considering depreciation.

DPs will be allowed to take/reuse their

salvageable materials.

DPs will be provided one time shifting

allowances (@ LS NRs 40,000) to move

the household effects and materials.

DPs loosing residential structures will also

be provided transitional allowance to meet

to cost of renting accommodation and

other management cost of NRs. 87,985.


residential/commercia

l structures

CDO/NEA

Loss of residential /

commercial structures by

squatters

Structures on RoW

/ Govt. land either

permanently or

temporarily

affected.

Squatters/ informal

dwellers (defined as a

person who occupy

vacant government land/

RoW)

Cash compensation for the loss of built–up

structures at replacement costs without

considering depreciation.

Owners of affected structures will be

allowed to take/reuse their salvageable

materials

The DPs will be provided one time shifting

allowances to move the effects and

materials. The allowance will be paid @

NRs 40,000 per affected households as

estimated based on consultation with the

DPs on current market price.

The DPs will also be provided transitional

allowance to meet to cost of renting

accommodation and other management

cost of NRs. 87,985.

The NEA/ CDO will

ensure payment prior

to physical

displacement.

NEA, CDO




Loss of residential /

commercial structures by

encroachers

Structures on RoW /

Govt. land either

permanently or

temporarily affected

Encroachers (defined as a

person who has legal title

holding to land but illegally

extends his occupation

onto the contiguous,

vacant government land)

Cash compensation for non-land assets at

replacement costs without considering

depreciation for vulnerable households.

Owners of affected structures will be

notified and allowed to take/reuse their

salvageable assets.

Encroachers who are

vulnerable/ below

poverty line are to be

assisted on a case by

case basis considering

their HH income and

assets.

NEA, CDO

C. Loss of the other assets/incomes

Loss of fruit and timber trees

-Trees on Land

permanently

acquired for tower

foundation and

RoW.

Owners of trees including

encroachers, squatters,

sharecroppers or tenants.

- One time compensation for loss of fruit

trees for average fruit production for next 5

years will be computed at current market

value.

- One time compensation for loss of wood-

trees at current market value of wood

(timber or firewood, as the case may be).

Cash compensation

for loss of trees

CDO, NEA,

DFO, District

Agriculture

Office and

Contractor

Loss of crops

- Loss of crops from

permanently

acquired land.

- Loss of crops

either temporarily or

within RoW.

Owners of crops

regardless of legal status

- One time cash compensation for the loss

of agricultural crops at current market price

based on average production of the

affected area.

Cash compensation

for loss of crops as

per rates from the

Department of

agriculture

CDO, NEA,

District

Agriculture

Office and

Contractor




Temporary Loss of Livelihood

Temporary loss of

livelihood/ source of

income.

Business owner (s),

tenant (s), leaseholder(s),

employee(s), agricultural

worker(s)/Mobile

vendors(s).

30 days advance notice regarding

construction activities, including duration

and type of disruption.

Contractor’s actions to ensure there is no

income/access loss through provision of

access etc.

For business, affected by construction

activities involving unavoidable livelihood

disruption, compensation for lost income or

a transitional allowance for the period of

disruption whichever is greater.

Restoration of affected land, structure.

For employees, assistance equivalent to

30 days wages will be computed at local

wage rates.

In the absence of tax

receipts,

compensation for

income loss of

affected business/

shops will be

calculated using the

prevailing legislated

minimum daily wage.

NEA

Vulnerability Allowance Vulnerable

households

Female headed house,

households having senior

members, disabled family

members, ethnic minority

households.

Enrolment of the family members in

income generation or skill training activities

for the improvement of household income.

Priority employment via contractors during

project construction.

Involvement of

vulnerable households

on livelihood

improvement

programs

NEA

Loss of cultural & community

structures /facilities/

resources

Community/cultural/

religious structures/

resources affected

by the project

Temple/ Monastery/

Religious tree/ Graveyard

and etc.

Complete rehabilitation/restoration by the

Project; or, cash compensation for restoring

/reestablishment of the affected cultural/

community structures and installations, to

the recognized patron/custodian.

Replacement

/restoration of

religious/cultural/com

munity structure

/facilities

NEA, CDO,

and local

Community

Unanticipated adverse impact

due to Project intervention or

associated activities (re-

cabling of overhead

distribution line, under

grounding of distribution

cables, collaboration with the

local users groups and other

agencies will occur.

The NEA will ensure adequate fund to meet the need of such unexpected costs and the project implementation authorities will deal with

any unanticipated consequence of the Project during and after the implementation- shall be documented and mitigated.

Kohalpur-Surkhet 132kV TL Project Review of Policies and Legal Provisions


8 REVIEW OF POLICIES AND LEGAL PROVISION

Introduction The prevailing Acts, Policies, Regulations and Guidelines, which are required for the construction

and operation of TL projects in Nepal, have been reviewed as per the followings while preparing the

present EIA report. The proponent will abide by any other laws besides those already mentioned in

the documents that are attracted due to different activities that will be undertaken during project

implementation. In addition, the project commits to comply with following policies, laws, acts, rules

and regulations, guidelines and manuals, plans, strategies and conventions.

The Constitution of Nepal In the Article 30 of Part 3 of the Constitution of Nepal states about the Right to Clean Environment:

According to this article all citizens shall have the right to live in clean environment, and in case if

there is injury caused from environmental pollution or degradation, the victim have the right to obtain

compensation. In the same way, Article 51(g) explains Policies relating to Protection, Promotion and

use of Natural resources under the Policies of the State as follows;

to protect, promote, and make environmental friendly and sustainable use of, natural

resources available in the country, in consonance with national interest and adopting the

concept of intergenerational equity, and make equitable distribution of fruits, according priority

and preferential right to the local communities,

to make multi-purpose development of water resources, while according priority to domestic

investment based on public participation,

to ensure reliable supply of energy in an affordable and easy manner, and make proper use of

energy, for the fulfilment of the basic needs of citizens, by generating and developing renewable

energy,

to develop sustainable and reliable irrigation by making control of water-induced disasters,

and river management,

to conserve, promote, and make sustainable use of forests, wildlife, birds, vegetation and bio-

diversity, by mitigating possible risks to environment from industrial and physical development,

while raising awareness of general public about environment cleanliness,

to maintain the forest area in necessary lands for ecological balance,

to adopt appropriate measures to abolish or mitigate existing or possible adverse

environmental impacts on the nature, environment or biological diversity,

to pursue the principles of environmentally sustainable development such as the principles of

polluter pays, of precaution in environmental protection and of prior informed consent,

to make advance warning, preparedness, rescue, relief and rehabilitation in order to mitigate

risks from natural disasters.

Plan and Policy

8.3.1 Nepal Environmental Policy and Action Plan, 2050 (1993) and 2055 (1998)

Nepal Environmental Policy and Action Plan (NEPAP) were endorsed to further institutionalize

environment protection in the development processes. The NEPAP recognize that a growing number

of people are exposed to pollute from industrial enterprises. The NEPAP identifies the following

factors as contributing to this process:

Industrial plan inappropriately cited close to population centers

Insufficient emphasis on fuel efficiency

Little, if any pollution abatement equipment used for reducing emission, and

A total lack of industry pollution standards



Hence, NEPAP emphasizes the need for mitigating adverse environmental impacts to address urban

and industrial development, air and water pollution and infrastructure development.

8.3.2 Fourteenth Three Year Plan (2073/74-2076/77 BS), 2016

The GoN has drafted the approach paper of 14th periodic plan in September 2016. The plan will

remain effective for three years. The plan will focus on reducing absolute poverty, sharing economic

prosperity, post-earthquake reconstruction and rehabilitation, development of physical infrastructure

and good governance. The new periodic plan will also complement efforts being made by the

government to put the country in the league of developing nations by 2022 and transform Nepal into

a middle-income country by 2030.

8.3.3 National Biodiversity Strategy and Action Plan, 2071 (2014-20)

The GoN Nepal prepared and implemented Nepal Biodiversity Strategy in 2002 and Nepal

Biodiversity Strategy Implementation Plan in 2006. Useful experience and lessons have been learnt

from the implementation of the strategy and the plan. Moreover, substantial changes have taken

place in the socio-political and environmental contexts of the country over the last decade. Several

new themes and issues have emerged or gained prominence since 2002. In light of these changes,

the then MoFSC has prepared this revised National Biodiversity Strategy and Action Plan (NBSAP)

in 2071 BS. It has been prepared to meet the national needs for managing biodiversity on a

sustainable basis for the benefit of present and future generations, and also to fulfill the country’s

international obligations. The objective of developing the NBSAP is to provide a strategic planning

framework for conservation and sustainable use of biodiversity and biological resources of Nepal for

enhancing local livelihoods and eco-friendly national development, and equitable sharing of the

benefits accrued from utilization of biological resources among all sections of the society. It has a

long-term (i.e. 35 years) vision, and includes specific short-term (up to 2020) strategies and priorities

for action.

8.3.4 Climate Change Policy, 2067 (2011)

The Climate Change Policy was approved by the Government of Nepal on January 2011. Main

objectives of the policy include the promotion of the use of clean energy such as hydroelectricity,

renewable and alternative energies and thereby increasing energy efficiency and encouraging use

of green technology. Some of the major objectives of the policy are as follows:

To establish a Climate Change Center as an effective technical institution to address issues

of climate change and also strengthen existing institutions;

To implement climate adaptation-related programs and maximize the benefits by enhancing

positive impacts and mitigating the adverse impacts;

To reduce GHG emissions by promoting the use of clean energy, such as hydro-electricity,

renewable and alternative energies, and by increasing energy efficiency and encouraging the

use of green technology;

To enhance the climate adaptation and resilience capacity of local communities for optimum

utilization of natural resources and their efficient management;

To adopt a low-carbon development path by pursuing climate-resilient socio-economic

development;

To develop capacity for identifying and quantifying present and future impacts of climate

change, adapting to climate risks and adverse impacts of climate change; and

To improve the living standard of people by maximum utilization of the opportunities created

from the climate change-related conventions, protocols and agreements.



8.3.5 Forestry Policy, 2071 (2015)

The long term vision of Forest Policy, 2071 (2015) is to contribute towards local and national welfare

through sustainable management of forest, biological diversity and watershed. The main goal of the

policy is to conserve, promote and utilize forest, flora, fauna, conservation area, biological diversity

and watershed and generate job employment, increase income, improve livelihood of vulnerable

people and balance the ecosystem. The objectives of the policy is to conserve and manage forest,

flora, fauna, conservation area and watershed to bring environmental balance, increase the forest

productivity and production of forest products for fulfilling local and national needs and enhance

exports to contribute towards national economy, develop and promote community forest and other

community based forest management options, involve private sector in forest area conservation,

promotion and management for income generation and generate job employment and enhance the

forest governance. To achieve above vision, goals and objectives, policies for increasing productivity

and forest products through sustainable forest management, increasing benefits from biological

diversity, resource conservation and environmental services and fair distribution of these resources,

increasing productivity of water and land conservation through united conservation and management

of watershed, enhancing community forests, leasehold forests, religious forests, protected forests

and buffer zone community forest for ecological, economic and social benefits and fair distribution,

involving private sector in forest area conservation, promotion and management for income

generation, applying climate change mitigation and adaptation measures and strengthen

management for forest sector governance, inclusion and social law promotion.

8.3.6 Hydropower Development Policy, 2058 (2001)

The Hydropower Development Policy was promulgated in 2001. The main objectives of the policy

include producing clean energy through the development of hydroelectric projects and to help

conserve the environment. It is stipulated that one of the policies is to extend the use of electricity for

achieving a reduction in the utilization of fuel wood and to render necessary assistance in the

conservation of forest and environment.

8.3.7 National Policy on Land Acquisition, Compensation and Resettlement, 2015

The National Policy on Land Acquisition, Compensation and Resettlement in Development Projects

in Nepal was prepared in September 2006 by the National Planning Commission (NPC) with ADB

assistance. The Policy has the following guiding principles:

“Appropriate and adequate compensation for the loss of assets or income is a fundamental right

of all project affected persons. Physically displaced people must be relocated with basic

amenities such as school, health posts and other facilities.

All affected persons should be assisted to restore at least their pre-project income and livelihood

sources.

The absence of legal title to land should not be a bar for compensation, resettlement and

rehabilitation assistance.

Vulnerable groups such as Janajati/Adivasi, Dalits, landless, women, especially women-headed

households, differently-abled, poverty groups and senior citizens are entitled to special benefit

and assistance packages in addition to compensation and resettlement.”

8.3.8 National Forest Policy 2075 (2019)

The National Forest Policy 2075 aims to strengthen the forest resources of Nepal. The main goal of

this policy is to manage the forest resource sustainably, increase productivity of forest area/sector,

increase overall production from forests along with conservation of biodiversity, conservation of

sources, and equal sharing and distribution of environmental services gained from conservation. The

policy also aims at conservation of water, soil on basin level studying and planning based on

catchment level. The Hydropower sector while promoting conservation at local level shall think and

act on the watershed conservation basis. It encourages private sector for the development and



conservation of forest sector. This policy also aims to promote forest based entrepreneurships,

diversification, value addition through marketing, creation and promotion of green employment. It

also aims to reduce and mitigate the adverse impacts of climate related hazards and enhance climate

change adaptation measures and resilience in Nepal.

Acts

8.4.1 Land Acquisition Act, 2034 (1977)

One of the important acts that have a bearing on the implementation mechanisms and mitigation of

adverse impacts of power projects is the Land Acquisition Act, 2034. This Act covers all aspects of

land acquisition and compensation of land and other assets. It authorizes the government to acquire

land for public purpose by providing compensation to the private landowners.

The compensation paid under this Act will be given in cash. To decide the amount of the

compensation, the Land Acquisition Act (1977) has made provisions for the constitution of a CFC.

That committee consists of the chief district officer (CDO), Chief of District Land Administration and

Revenue Office, Project Chief or an officer designated by the CDO and the Representative of the

DCC.

The proposed project will acquire land. As per the Act, it is mandatory to acquire land prior to the

implementation of the project. The provisions made in the Act will be applied during acquisition of

land. Private land required for the project will be acquired following the recommendation the

recommendation of CDC while forest land will be acquired by taking approval from GoN.

8.4.2 Soil and Watershed Conservation Act, 2039 (1982)

In order to manage watersheds of Nepal, the Soil and Watershed Conservation Act, 1982 was

enacted. The act is devoted to the protection of watersheds. Under Section 10 of this Act, power is

extended to the Watershed Conservation Officer to grant permission to construct dams, drainage

ditches and canals, cut privately owned trees, excavate sand, boulders and soil, discharge solid

waste and establish industry or residential areas within any protected watersheds. The Act outlines

the essential parameters necessary for proper watershed management.

The Act is relevant to the proposed project as the project will utilize the soil for tower foundation in

different location. There is likely to impact on soil and watershed condition of the project area. Hence,

the project is obliged to follow the Soil and Watershed Conservation Act, 2039 (1982) during project

implementation.

8.4.3 Water Resources Act, 2049 (1992)

The objectives of the Water Resources Act, 2049 is to make legal arrangements for determining

beneficial uses of water resources, preventing environmental and other hazardous effects thereof

and also for keeping water resources free from pollution. The Act strives to minimize environmental

damage to water bodies, especially lakes and rivers through environmental impact assessment

studies and the proponents who wish to use water resources for various purposes should prepare

EIA report before a license can be granted. The Act stipulates that soil erosion, flooding, landslides

or any significant impact on the environment should be avoided in all uses of a water resource. The

provisions made in Water Resources Act, 2049 (1992) is mandatory in case of the implementation

of the proposed project. As per the provision, the environmental impact mitigation and enhancement

measures have been proposed in view of environment conservation.

8.4.4 Electricity Act, 2049 (1992)

Electricity Act, 2049 is related to survey, generation, transmission and distribution of electricity.

Electricity includes electric power generated from water, mineral oil, coal, gas, solar energy, wind



energy, etc. Under Section 3 of the Act, it is stated that survey, generation, transmission or

distribution of electricity without obtaining a license is prohibited. The Electricity Act, 2049 also

contain provisions to minimize soil erosion, flood, air pollution and damage on environment while

producing electricity and transmission of the power (Article 24). NEA is responsible for electricity

transmission and distribution.

8.4.5 Forest Act, 2049 (1993)

The Forest Act, 2049 (Amendment 2055) recognizes the importance of forests in maintaining a

healthy environment. One of the major objectives of the enhancement and enforcement of the Forest

Act is the promotion of a healthy environment. The Act requires decision-makers to take account of

all forest values, including environmental services and bio-diversity. It emphasizes the development

and implementation of an approved work plan for different categories of forest, i.e. Community

Forests, Leasehold Forests, Private Forests and religious forests. This Act is relevant in case of the

project which will acquire forest land belonging to community and nation. It is mandatory to follow the

Forest Act, 2049 (1992) while proposing the mitigation measures and also in implementation phase.

8.4.6 Local Government Operation Act, 2074 (2017)

As the Local Self-Governance Act, 2055 (1999) was scrapped after the implementation of new

constitution, this act is enforced by GoN in 2074/06/29 accordingly. This act has paved a strong legal

foundation towards institutionalizing executives, legislative and quasi-judiciary practice of the newly

formed local government. The legal mechanism has been enacted as per the Article 296 (1) of the

Constitution of Nepal so as to leverage local leadership and governance system. It has been

introduced by upholding the spirit of local autonomy and full decentralization with the motive to

distribute fruits of democracy in a proportional, inclusive and just manner. The act has stipulated

several arrangements related to authorities, duties and responsibilities of local government.

8.4.7 Labour Act, 2074 (2017)

New Labour Act has been passed by the Parliament on August 11, 2017 (Shrawan 27, 2074) and

accorded the assent by the President on Sept. 04, 2017 (2074-05-19). The New Labor Act is now

effective from the date of assent by the President by virtue of Section 3 (f) of the Interpretation of

Statute Act, 1953 (2010). The New Labor Act has repealed the Labor Act 1992 (2048) (the "Previous

Act"). The New Labor Act has brought complete change in employment regime in Nepal.

The Act clearly mentions that the appointment letter should be issued for all the employees which

include their working hours, working time, wages and other benefits. The Act allows for the time bond

contract for the manpower required for development work. The Act specifies that working hours for

the Anabolic and women must be within 6 AM to 6 PM which clearly restrict to deploy women in night

works. The Act also state that equal opportunity shall be given to women as men. Similarly Working

Hours continue to be 8 hours a day and 48 hours a week, overtime has been increased to 24 hours

per week from 20 hours a week. New Labor Act provides that the minimum remuneration of workers,

public and weekly holidays should be as prescribed. The employer can deduct the expenses incurred

in providing food and lodging from remuneration if such is provided. Domestic workers should be

allowed to celebrate festivals as per their culture, religion, tradition.

Section 4 prohibited to engage in force labour. The New Labor act also prohibits Non-Nepalese

citizen to be engaged at work in any of the posts which is same as per the previous act. The New

Labor Act continues the general terms of hiring of foreign nationals by a local entity that the foreign

nationals can only be hired if the Nepalese citizen could not be available for any skilled technical post

even after publishing an advertisement in the national level public newspapers and journals. Where

20 or more employees are engaged, employer shall constitute a Safety and Health Committee as

per section 74 of the New Labor Act. There were no such provisions in the previous act. Where 10



or more employees are engaged in the entity, employer shall also constitute the Collective Bargaining

Committee as per section 116 of the New Labor Act. The new labor act excludes certain matters

from the collective demand and such matter includes:

If it is contrary to the constitution of Nepal

If it is against the interest of others due to being baseless allegation

If it is prejudicial to the personal conduct of any worker or employee

If it is unrelated to the entity

If it is without expiry of the time of the collective bargaining agreement

If it is about the rate and benefit prescribed for social security

Section 6 prohibits for discrimination on the ground of religion, colour, sex, caste, tribe, origin,

language, ideological conviction or any other similar ground. It also clarified that the following acts

shall not be considered discrimination:

to give preference to any person for employment on the basis of inherent requirement of a job or

service;

to engage a female worker who is pregnant, in any work or service which is easier and suitable

to her condition without any reduction in the remuneration and benefits; or

to give preference to any physically challenged worker in any job responsibility suitable to his/her

physical condition.

8.4.8 Environment Protection Act, 2053 (1997)

Nepal has enacted a comprehensive and umbrella type Act, the Environment Protection Act, 1997

(EPA, 1997) which is now enforced through appropriate regulatory measures. The EPA provides a

legal basis for the concerned authorities for regulation of an IEE or EIA. Section 3 of the Act requires

the proponent to conduct an IEE or EIA in relation to the prescribed proposals. The Act uses the

word proposal instead of Projects which makes the scope of the Act much broader in relation to

environmental studies. Proponent includes any government, semi government or non-government

agency or organization submitting an application for the approval of a proposal and possessing the

responsibility to work according to such a proposal or implementing the proposal.

According to the provision in Section 6 (1) of the Act, the relevant agency is empowered to grant

approval for the IEE and EIA report, only if it finds that no significant adverse effects will be caused

to the environment by the implementation of the proposal. Implementation of any proposal without

the approval of the relevant agency is prohibited by the Act. As per EPA, 1997, the proposed project

has obligation to carry out EIA prior its implementation.

8.4.9 Child Labor (Prohibition and Regulation) Act, 2056 (2000)

This Act has defined the ‘Child’ as a person who has not achieved the age of 14 year. Article 3 bans

employing a child below the age of 14 to work as a laborer. No child shall be engaged in works as a

laborer against his/her will by way of persuasion, misrepresentation or by subjecting him/her to any

influence or fear or threat or coercion or by any other means and working hour for the child is

mentioned in Article 4.

8.4.10 Solid Waste Management Act, 2068 (2011)

Article 4 rests the responsibility of the solid waste management under the prescribed standards with

the persons or institution that has generated the waste whereas Article 5 mandates reduction of the

waste at source. Article 9 make the institution responsible to transport the solid waste to the waste

disposal facility. The local body (municipality, sub-municipality, city and Village Development

Committee) is made responsible for the monitoring of solid waste management by Article 21. Article



38 stipulates discharge of solid waste without the consent of the local body as an offence and Article

39 provisions for the punishment /penalty in case of offense.

8.4.11 CITES Act, 2073 (2017)

-;+s6fkGg jGohGt' tyf jg:kltsf] cGt/fli6«o Jofkf/ lgoGq0f P]g @)&#_

This Act is enacted and enforced adopting Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species

of Wild Fauna and Flora, 1973 to which GoN is a signatory state. The main objective of this Act is to

implement CITES through protection of endangered species and controlling and regulating the

wildlife trade. The Act has strictly prohibited the trade, use, farming, breeding or transport (export or

import) of endangered species of fauna or flora or their samples. However the Act has provided some

flexibility in the above provision by obtaining license.

8.4.12 National Parks and Wildlife Conservation Act, 2029 (1973)

National Parks and Wildlife Conservation Act, 2029 (1973) is enacted to make arrangement for the

management of national parks, conservation of wildlife and their habitat and regulation of hunting. It

also conserve, promote, develop, and make appropriate arrangements for and the use of places

which are of special importance from the point of view of natural beauty and to maintain good

manners and welfare of the general public. According to this Act, Conservation Area is an area to be

managed according to an integrated plan for the conservation of natural environment and balanced

utilization of natural resources. GoN declare an area as a national park or reserve or conservation

area by publishing a notice in the Nepal Gazette and by indicating its boundary. GoN can also

abandon or transfer the ownership or alter the boundaries of an area by publishing a notification in

the Nepal Gazette. With the interest of national park, reserve or conservation area, GoN make

arrangements for operating hotels, lodges, public transport services or similar other services or

facilities by itself or through other parties by entering into a contract. GoN entrust the management

of any conservation area to any institution established with the objective of conserving nature and

natural resources for a particular period by notifying in the Nepal Gazette. As per the Act, 26 mammal

species, 9 bird species and 3 reptiles species of Nepal have been enlisted into the protected

categories.

8.4.13 Land Reform Act – 2021 (1964)

Article 9 'KA' of the act deals with land use and land fragmentation for maximum use of land.

According to this act Government of Nepal can implement land use program in any part of the

country. Similarly government can do fragmentation and plotting of land to increase the productivity.

8.4.14 Contribution Based Social Security Act 2017 (2074)

Contribution Based Social Security Act 2017 (2074) ("Social Security Act") was passed by the

Parliament on July 24, 2017 (Shrawan 09, 2074) and accorded the assent by the President on 13

August, 2017 (2074-04-29). The Social Security Act will be effective from November 11, 2017 (Kartik

25, 2074) by virtue of Section 1(2) of the Act. Section 1 (2) of the Social Security Act provides that it

will be effective from 91 (Ninety One days) from the date of assent by President and has ensured the

social security rights to labours working in the country.

Government notification is required for the Social Security Act to be applicable to any industries,

business or service sector. The Social Security Act provides that the government publishes the notice

in Nepal gazette prescribing the sector, industries, business, service or employer undertaking certain

transaction to whom the Social Security Act applies.

The Social Security Act specifies the Scheme that shall operate. The Scheme Include (a) Medical

and Health Protection Scheme, (b) Maternity Protection Scheme, (c) Accidental Protection Scheme,



(d) Old-age Protection Scheme, (e) Dependent Family Protection Scheme, (f) Unemployment

Protection Scheme. The Fund has also authority to introduce other Schemes.

Rules and Regulations

8.5.1 Electricity Rules, 2050 (1993)

Regulation on electricity sectors have been formulated for the implementation of the provisions made

in the Electricity Act, 2049. The Electricity Rules, 2050 emphasize environmental analysis, which

should include environmental mitigation measures to minimize adverse impacts likely to occur while

developing hydro-electricity (Rule 12 and 13).

Rule 12 (f) and Rule (g) are related to the EIA/ IEE process which emphasize that the EIA report

should include measures to be taken to minimize the adverse effects of the project on social,

biological and physical environment and should also elaborate utilization of local labour, source of

materials, benefits to the local people after the completion of the project, training to local people in

relation to construction, maintenance and operation, facilities required for construction site and safety

arrangements.

8.5.2 Water Resources Rules, 2050 (1993)

It is mandatory under Rule 17(e) of the regulation that any person or corporate body, who desires to

obtain a license for utilization of water resources must state in his application that appropriate

measures will be taken to lessen the adverse effects due to the project on the overall environment.

Rule 19 stipulates that the water resources committee shall publish a notice giving detail information

about the project to the people.

8.5.3 Environment Protection Rules, 2054 (1997)

The Environment Protection Rules (EPR) was endorsed in June 1997 and was made under the

provisions of the Environment Protection Act. The EPR has been amended several times. The recent

amendment states that TL projects of capacity above 132kV voltage level requires only IEE unless it

traverses through protected area, buffer zone or national parks. As, this TL travels through protected

area (National Parks), EIA is mandatory. The EPR adopts the environmental assessment criteria

mentioned in the EIA guidelines. However, the EPR establishes the administrative framework for

assessment, exhibition and determination of the EIA/IEE, in terms of issues needed to be addressed

and the format/layout of the EIA/IEE document.

Under section (18) of EPA, any person who contravenes any of the provisions of the Act, or the

Regulations or the guidelines issued under the Act, shall be punishable with a fine up to Rs 50,000.

If a proposal is implemented without the approval of the Ministry of Environment (in case of IEE,

MoEWRI) or relevant government agency, or the person implementing the proposal is not complying

with the conditions of the approval or license, the authorized official is empowered to close down that

activity and may impose fine of up to Rs. 100,000 on such person or organization. This Act is relevant

to the proposed project. Under this Rules, the EIA of the proposed project has to be carried out by

the proponent and should get approval from the MoFE prior to the project implementation.

8.5.4 Conservation Area Management Rules, 2050 (1996)

Conservation Area Management Rules, 2050 has given the right to the Conservation Area

Management Committee (CAMC) to operate the various creative activities for the prevention of the

calamity like landslide and soil-erosion, protection of the forest products, conservation of natural

resources and wildlife, environmental cleaning and community development of the consumers.

Similarly, Rule 16 of the Rules prohibits the following activities within the Conservation Area (CA)

without obtaining written permission from the Chief of the CA;



To cut, fall down, remove, block the tree, plant, bush or any other forest products,

To perform any activities which destroy the forest product or to set on fire or to make harm in

any other way,

To excavate mine, stone or to remove any mineral, stone, soil or other similar material,

To harm to the wildlife, birds or public land,

To take along with or to use the weapon, arms and ammunition, or poison,

To use the electric current in the flowing river, a rivulet or any water source within the

Conservation Area.

In addition, Rule 18 prohibits any damage to public road, bridge, house, office, building, fence, marks

and sign or any other goods and objects within the CA in any manner.

8.5.5 Forest Rules, 2051 (1995)

Rule 65 of the Forest Rules stipulated that in case the execution of any project having national priority

in any forest area causes any loss or harm to any local individuals or community the proponent of

the project itself will bear the amount of compensation to be paid. Similarly, the entire expenses

required for the cutting and transporting the forest products in a forest area should be borne by the

proponent of the project.

8.5.6 National Parks and Wildlife Conservation Rules, 2030 (1974)

To implement Section 33 of the National Parks and Wildlife Conservation Act, 2029 (1973), National

Parks and Wildlife Conservation Rules, 2030 (1974) was prepared. Chapter 2, Section 3 of this rule

focused on publishing a notice at least 35 days of time period to submit the shield tender in the major

newspapers for operating any services from any bodies of the Government of Nepal inside national

parks and reserves. To operate any services or facilities related to construction work within the

national park or reserve, the person shall take the approval of the Government of Nepal. Except the

Government employees deputed for the duty, other person shall not be allowed to enter into the

preserved national reserve without receiving the written permission from the chief. The permission

shall be provided only for a scientific research.

8.5.7 Contribution-based Social Security Regulation 2018 (2075)

Nepal government has approved the Contribution-based Social Security Regulations on 11th

November, 2018 and ensured the social security rights to labours working in the country. The

Regulations has made arrangements for providing social security to the contributors. As per law, both

employers and employees must mandatorily deposit their instalment for the scheme and it is

applicable for all types of workers. The scheme is in accordance with the Contribution-based Social

Security Regulation. The Regulations has provisions for enlisting in the Social Security Fund, the

individuals drawing salary from the government fund, the labours in the informal sector and self-

employed individuals.

The contribution-based social security scheme is funded through the contributions made by the

workers and the employers. This is a historical step towards achieving decent work for all. The

scheme is set to initially include medical, health and maternity benefit; accidental and disability

benefit; benefits for dependent family members and old-age benefit. This is a historical step towards

achieving decent work for all. The Government plans to extend the scheme to workers in the informal

sector soon.

Guidelines and Working Procedures

8.6.1 National EIA Guidelines, 2050 (1993)

The National EIA Guidelines, 1993 developed by the National Planning Commission in conjunction

with IUCN, set out the process for the environmental review and management of infrastructure



projects in all sectors and the respective roles of certain GoN agencies and project proponents. The

guideline was part of a comprehensive program to develop the national and sectoral guidelines for

establishing a national system for EIA which was part of GoN's National Conservation Strategy. The

schedules attached to the Guidelines include:

Schedule 1 : Projects requiring IEE Report

Schedule 2 : Projects requiring EIA

Schedule 3 : EIA based on project sites

Schedule 4 : Format for Terms of Reference

Schedule 5 : EIA Report Format

Schedule 6 : Format of EIA Report Annexes

It is mandatory to follow the National EIA Guidelines, 2050 (1993) during the EIA. Following the

guidelines, the environmental impact prediction and evaluation of the proposed project has been

done on physical, biological and socio-economic and cultural environment of the project area. The

guideline is used for analysis of significant issues.

8.6.2 EIA Guidelines for Forestry Sector, 1995

The GoN in keeping with the spirit of the National Environmental Impact Assessment Guidelines,

1993 framed EIA guidelines for the forestry sector in 1995. The Guideline aim to facilitate the

sustainable use of forest resources for socio-economic development and meeting basic need to the

community regarding the forest products, to make proposals socio culturally acceptable,

economically feasible, and environmental friendly to conserve genetic resources and biodiversity and

minimize environmental damage in forest areas and facilitate in identification of positive and negative

impacts of programs to be implemented by other agencies in forest areas. The guideline emphasized

the need of carrying out an EIA/IEE of development projects and programs proposed for

implementation in forest areas.

8.6.3 Forest Production, Collection and Sales Distribution Guidelines, 2057 (1998)

The Clauses 3 to 10 of the Guidelines have specified various procedure and formats for getting

approval for vegetation clearance, delineation of lands for vegetation clearance, evaluation of wood

volume etc. and government offices and officials responsible for the approval, delineation and

evaluation. These provisions have a direct relevance to the development of the project and need

compliance to these provisions. These provisions have a direct relevance to the development of the

project and need compliance to these provisions. It is obligation to the project for getting approval in

view of vegetation clearance and evaluation of wood volume from division forest office prior to the

construction phase.

8.6.4 Community Forest Guidelines, 2058 (2001)

This guideline has been prepared by including amendments of acts, rules by officials of GoN and

related experts. Through these guidelines, persons involved in the development and management of

community forest like facilitators, User Groups, forester and managers etc. will get help to understand

about the process and stages of development of community forest. Forest Users Group, forest

officials, NGOs and INGOs are getting benefit by this guideline. Till date, more than 15000

Community Forests have been handed over to the CFUGs.

8.6.5 Working Procedure for the Use of National Forest Land for National Priority

Project, 2074

-/fli6«o k|fyldstf k|fKt of]hgfsf] nflu /fli6«o jg If]q k|of]u ug]{ ;DaGwL sfo{ljlw, @)&$_

Guideline for the use of forest area for development projects of National Priority projects reiterates

the use of the forest area only if other options are not available. The projects requiring the forest land



area have to make alternative studies to minimize the forest land use areas. Development project

national priority will be allocated such lands on the discretion of the Ministry of Forests and

Environment. To compensate the forest area and resource lost the proponent has to with the

following provisions.

The proponent has to afforest the area equal to the forest area lost at minimum, if the forest area

occupied by the project is a barren land. The land area for afforestation will have to decide based on

the discussion with the division forest office. Or the proponent could deposit the required amount as

per forest norm to the division forest office.

The proponent should plant 25 trees for every lost tree of above 30cm DBH in areas designated by

the DFO and look after the plantation for 5 years to ensure their protection and growth of every

planted tree. Or the proponent deposit the required amount for plantation and protection for five years

to the DFO.

8.6.6 hUufsf] xbaGbL 5'6 lbg] ;DaGwL cfb]z, @)&$

Nepal Government, Ministry of Land Reform and Management published a notice in section 67

number 29 Nepal Gazette part 5 dated 2064/06/25, by using the authority given in article 12 of Land

Reform Act 2021, containing the provision to purchase more than dissociated land by the education

or health institution, hydropower, cultural, industrial work, work for agricultural industry and co-

operative farming organization, if such industry or institutions need.

8.6.7 Guidelines for Licensing of Electricity Project, 2075

-laB't cfof]hgfsf] cg'dltkq ;DaGwL lgb]{lzsf, @)&%_

GoN has introduced new guideline for licensing power project. The guideline focuses briefly on the

procedures for taking survey license of production, generation and distribution of power project, its

amendment, renewable and dissolution.

8.6.8 Social Security Schemes Operation Directives, 2018 (2075)

-;fdflhs ;'/Iff ;~rfng sfo{ljlw @)&%_

The Social Security Fund (the “SSF”) has formulated the Social Security Schemes Operational

Directives (“Directives”) to operate the Social Security Schemes pursuant to Section 10 of the Social

Security Act. The Directive has been approved by the Ministry of Labor, Employment and Social

Security on November 22, 2018 (2075/08/06) and has been effective thereof.

8.6.9 ILO Convention of Indigenous and Tribal Peoples (No.169)

Nepal ratified International Labour Organization (ILO) Convention No. 169 on September 14, 2007.

In 2007 the UN Declaration on the Rights of Indigenous Peoples was adopted by the General

Assembly. The declaration reaffirms the importance of the principle and approaches provided for

under Convention No. 169 and its adoption therefore provide a fresh impetus for promoting the

ratification and implementation of 169. ILO Convention No. 169 highlights the need to recognize

indigenous and tribal people’s specific knowledge, skills and technologies as the basis for their

traditional economies and self-determined development process. Article-1 of the convention provides

definition of the tribal indigenous people. Article-6 deals the consultation of the people concerned

through appropriate procedure in particular through their representative institutions. Whenever,

consideration is being given to legislative or administrative measures which may affect them directly.

In Article 15, the rights of the people concerned to the natural resources pertaining to their lands shall

cover the total environments of the areas which the people concerned occupy or use. The peoples

concerned shall wherever possible participate in the benefit of such activities and shall receive fair



compensation for any damage which they may sustain as a result of such activities. Article 16 (2)

clearly mention that where the relocation of these peoples is considered necessary as an exceptional

measures such as relocation shall take place only with their free and inform consent.

Where their consent cannot be obtained, such relocation shall take place only following appropriate

procedures established by national laws and regulations, including public inquiries where

appropriate, which provide the opportunity for effective representation of the peoples concerned.

Article 16 (3) mention that whenever possible these peoples shall have the right to return their

traditional land as soon as the grounds for relocation cease to exist. Article 16 (5) elaborated the

persons thus relocated shall be fully compensated for any resulting loss or injury. The ILO Convention

on Indigenous and Tribal Peoples, 1989 (No.169) is relevant for the proposed project as there are

indigenous and tribal families in the project affected area. The project will acquire and utilize most of

the natural resources belonging to those families. Hence, the project has obligation to have

consultation and taking consensus from them before the implementation of the project.

Article-15 states that the rights of the people concerned to the natural resources pertaining to their

lands shall be specifically safeguarded. Provision includes the people to participate in the use,

management and conservation of these resources. This provision creates some confusion and

ultimately brings conflict between the project proponent and resources owners. Project share

distribution and employment priority to these people will somehow reduce the possible conflict. The

provision made in the ILO Convention on Indigenous and Tribal Peoples, 1989 (No.169) is not line

fully with the prevailing acts and rules regarding environmental study of the proposed project.

8.6.10 Hydropower Environmental Impact Assessment Manual, 2018

This Manual should be used in conjunction with the Nepal’s National EIA Guideline which dictates

the minimum standards, administrative systems and processes and templates to be followed during

an EIA for any qualifying project. Where appropriate, good international practices have been included

with this Manual to augment the standard EIA approach, and assist hydropower project proponents

in better defining environmental and social risks, responsibilities and opportunities. Specifically, the

Manual can be used at different phases and fordifferent purposes for the preparation and review of

EIAs for hydropower projects. The Manual can be used for all types of hydropower projects that

require an EIA based on the Environment Protection Act and its regulations, particularly Schedule-2

of the regulations. It aims to facilitate the EIA process for all hydropower projects such as run-of-river

(diversion and/or storage), storage reservoir and pumped storage facilities and associated facilities

of the project such as power transmission lines, substations, construction materials management,

and access roads.

The Manual outlines the approach for preparing, submitting, reviewing and implementing EIAs

related to hydropower in Nepal. Section 4 highlights stakeholder engagement and public

participation, section 5 and 6 is adhered to screening and scoping. Section 7, 8 & 9 related to

identifying, assessing and managing environmental and social impacts

Conventions

8.7.1 Convention on Biological Diversity, 1992

The convention contains a series of far reaching obligations related to the conservation of biological

diversity and sustainable uses of its components. One of these obligations is the requirement for

environmental study. The purpose of an environmental study in relation to biodiversity conservation

is to identify in advance:

The aspects of the project which is likely to have significant adverse effects on biological

diversity at genetic, species and ecosystem level, and



The steps to be taken to avoid or minimize significant adverse effects to ensure that the

proposed project comply with existing environmental legislation

The GoN has included 17 species of plants and 39 species of wild animals in the protection list.

If the project area is in the core habitat of these species and project activity will likely to affect them,

mitigation measures shall be proposed and be implemented to avoid and/ or mitigate the adverse

impacts. Nepal is a party to the convention of Biological diversity and in accordance to the article 14,

adequate attention should be given to minimize and or avoid the impacts.

8.7.2 CITES, 1973

Nepal became a signatory state to the Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species of

Wild Fauna and Flora (CITES) on June 18, 1975. That aims to control the trade of certain wildlife

species to prevent further endangered species of their survival. CITES classified species according

to the following criteria:

Species threatened with extinction,

Species which could become endangered,

Species that are protected.

As Nepal is party to the convention related to species conservation, attention should be given to

evaluate the impacts of the project activities on meeting their obligation. It is relevant to EIA that

species protection list could also be used to evaluate the significance of the identified and predicted

impacts. Plant and wild animal species under legal protection provides a basis to purpose EMPs for

their conservation and for least damaging them during project implementation.

Nepal is signatory to this agreement, which classified species according to criteria where access or

control is important (eg. I-species threatened with extinction; II-species which could become

endangered; III-species that are protected).

Standards

8.8.1 National Ambient Air Quality Standard, 2069 (2012)

The National Ambient Air Quality Standards, 2012 enforced by GoN has set maximum concentration

limit for nine air quality parameters. These parameters includes total suspended particles (TSP),

particulate matter (PM10), sulfur dioxide, nitrogen dioxide, carbon mono-oxide, lead, benzene, PM2.5

and Ozone. The standards has also prescribed the test methods for these parameters. The project

during its construction and operation will have to comply with the set standards for the ambient air

quality.

8.8.2 Nepal Vehicle Mass Emission Standard, 2069 (2012)

In order to regulate the vehicular emission, GoN released the Nepal Vehicle Mass Emission

Standard, 2069. This standard has set the limit values on different parameters of emission for petrol

and diesel fueled vehicles. These parameters include carbon monoxide, hydrocarbon, oxides of

nitrogen particulate matters (PM) and smoke opacity. Furthermore, these standards are based on

type approval and conformity of production of the vehicles.

8.8.3 National Ambient Sound Quality Standard, 2069 (2012)

It has set the limit of allowable noise/sound intensity in different areas at different time, during the

day and the night. The limit of sound intensity is different for different area like industrial area,

commercial area, settlement areas in rural and urban settings, etc. These standard will be complied.

8.8.4 Standard on Emission of Smoke by Diesel Generators, 2069 (2012)

Emission standards are set for the new and existing diesel generators by the GoN. The standard has

set the limits on four parameters of emission including Carbon monoxide (CO), hydrocarbon (HC),



oxide of nitrogen (NOx) and Particulate Matter (PM). This standard is set in accordance with the

EURO III and Bharat III standards. The generators to be used during project construction will follow

these standards.

Kohalpur-Surkhet 132kV TL Project Environmental Management Plan


9 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

Introduction This chapter on environmental management, monitoring and audit is formulated in accordance

with Nepalese EIA requirements. The plan specifies the environmental responsibilities of all

parties involved in the project and detail the environmental management requirements of the

project during the pre-construction, construction and operation phases. The project proponent

will be responsible for the implementation of the EMP. The plan will apply adaptive management

to accommodate changes in project design during the time. As there is uncertainty in predicting

impacts and effectiveness of mitigation measures, the EMP is proposed as a plan that will be

revised periodically during pre-construction, construction, operation and maintenance phases.

The EMP will be updated during the final design to cover the likely changes in project design,

likely changes in policy and regulatory mechanism and stakeholder concerns.

Objectives of EMP The principle objective of the EMP for KSTLP is to formulate a framework for ensuring that all

mitigation measures identified in Chapter 7 are implemented and to provide a basis for examining

whether the mitigation measures are effective after implementation. In this context the EMP refers

to the project management, monitoring and auditing actions required to ensure compliance with

environmental laws and to reduce or eliminate adverse impacts and enhance environmental

opportunities.

The EMP is an environmental operation manual for use by management and staff employed on

the project, and will serve as an advisory document to regulatory authorities such as MoEWRI

and MoFE. The plan specifies the agency responsible for mitigation and how it will co-ordinate

with various line agencies. The EMP has the following objectives:

define environmental management principles and guidelines for design, construction and

operation of the project;

establish the roles and responsibilities of all parties involved in project environmental

management;

describe mitigation measures that shall be implemented to avoid or mitigate adverse

environmental impacts;

formulate environment management framework to ensure the implementation of mitigation

measures and monitoring programs; and

establish a supervision, monitoring, auditing and reporting framework.

Environment Legislation The EPA, 1997 and EPR, 1997 are the main umbrella legislations in Nepal. The MoFE is the lead

agency, which administers the environmental matters emphasizing on environmental

conservation and management through internalizing environmental assessment, pollution control

and prevention, conservation of natural heritage sites, compensation for environmental damages,

etc. However, there are several other policies, guidelines, acts and rules which relate to

construction and operation of KSTLP and will comply with the provisions by the involved parties

during the period.

Environmental Management Plan This EMP has two components; the environmental management activities and the activities

implementing organ.



9.4.1 Environmental Management Activities

The environmental management activity is a synthesized plan incorporating the elements of

environmental mitigation and enhancement measures. The environmental mitigation and

enhancement measures are bundled in a series of activities in the project life cycle. The

environmental management actions for the project is broadly described in the following headings;

Permits and Approval Plan, Resettlement and Rehabilitation Plan; Public Health and Safety

Management, Environmental Enhancement Plan, Project Information Management Plan, Public

Grievances Redress Management Plan, Institutional Capacity Strengthening Plan and Pollution

Abatement Plan. The elements stipulated in above plans go hand in hand throughout the project

life cycle.

9.4.1.1 Permits and Approval Plan

The objective of permits and approvals is to comply with the government legislative mechanism

and to keep cordial relationships with the project stakeholders. There are a number of legislative

provisions which require prior permits and approvals from the concerned government agencies

to commence the work. As per EPR 1997 the project proponent will have prime responsibility for

the implementation of EMP. The EPA and EPR made provisions for the compliance of EIA report.

The implementation of EMP will be guided by GoN policies and legal framework. Land Acquisition

Act, 2034 (1977) regulates the land acquisition and compensation determination process.

Similarly, Forest Act, 2049 (1993) and Regulations 2051 (1995) regulates forest clearance

required for the project. There are other Acts, Rules and Policies which directly or indirectly

regulate the environmental activities of the project.

Besides, some activities would require general consensus of the project area communities or

individuals for smooth operation of certain activities of construction and operation without

hindrance. In these cases project management should take prior permits and approvals or

consensus of the people or individuals before the start of the activities. The project should ensure

that all the permits and approval or consensus of the general public is taken before the start of

the activities. Permits and approval required for the project are presented in the table given below.

Table 9-1: Permits and Approval Plan

S.

No.

Required Permits and

Approval

Agency from where

permits and approval

or consensus required

Implementation

Time Responsibility

1 Tree clearing from

community forest

DFO and MoFE Pre-construction Project/NEA

2 Permanent land acquisition Land owners Pre-construction Project/NEA

3 Land lease agreement for

temporary facilities

Land owners Pre-construction Project/

Contractor/ LARU

4 Entry to private land and

property, if required

Land owners Construction Contractor

LARU: Land Acquisition and Rehabilitation Unit

9.4.1.2 Resettlement and Rehabilitation Plan

The objective of this plan is to ensure that the effects of acquiring land and property and its impact

on the livelihood of the affected parties and individuals will be addressed adequately and in time

prior to the start of the project construction in an amicable and conducive environment with mutual

consensus and agreement. Any grievances of the affected parties will be handled to the

satisfaction of the affected parties or individuals through proper information sharing. The main

elements of the Resettlement and Rehabilitation Plan are presented in the table given below.



Table 9-2: Resettlement and Rehabilitation Plan

S.

N. Actions Timing of Action Responsibility

1

Re verification of the owners of the land to be

acquired permanently including their affected

land areas, land plot numbers and

landownership.

Pre-construction (6 months

before construction) Project / LARU

2

Identification of the HH or parties traditionally

using land without land certificates in case of

acquisition /lease of such land


before construction) Project/ LARU

3 Verify and publish the list of land owners

affected by the project


before construction) Project/CDC

4 Meeting of CDC to discuss on the land

acquisition and compensation issues Pre-construction Project/CDC

5 Compensation Determination Committee

decides the rates of land to be acquired Pre-construction Project/CDC

6 Payment of compensation to PAFs

Pre-construction at least

one month before

mobilization of Contractor

to construction site

Project/ LARU

7

Implementation of resettlement and

rehabilitation (R&R) packages as per approved

EIA documents.

Pre-construction and

construction (initial phase) Project/ LARU

8 Evacuation of the owners from the structures

affected by the project.

Pre-construction (At least 2

months will be given to the

affected parties to remove

their belongings if any)

Project/ LARU

9

Handling of grievances of the affected parties

and individuals (formalities of Grievance

Redress Mechanism)


construction Project/ LARU

10 Monitoring of the implementation of R&R Pre-construction and

construction

EMU/Central

Line Agencies/

Panel of Expert

(PoE)

Note: EMU-Environment Monitoring Unit

9.4.1.3 Public Health and Occupational Safety Management Plan

The project development sites will be the areas of human concentration due to employment

opportunities. Apart from this, people from different places and with different diseases come in

the area as project workers or economic opportunity seekers. They may also act as carriers of

the transmission of diseases alien to the existing population. Table 9-3 highlights the key features

of the public health and occupational safety management plan.

Table 9-3: Public Health and Occupation Safety Management Plan

S.

N. Activities

Timing of

Actions Location Responsibility

1

Construction plan for construction

camps (contractor, labor force,

mechanical yards, long term

storage facilities, etc.)

Pre-construction Project camps Contractor

2

Preparation of occupational health

and safety plan and submission to

engineers for approval

Pre-construction For all project site

construction workers Contractor



S.

N. Activities

Timing of

Actions Location Responsibility

3 Approval of the occupational

health and safety plan Pre-construction For all project sites

Supervising

engineer

4

Placement of hoarding boards and

traffic signs at critical locations on

the traffic movement, speed, use of

horns etc.

Pre-

construction,

construction

All project construction

sites, risky area and

road and school areas

Contractor

5 Provision of first aid facilities Construction All active construction

sites and camps Contractor

6 Regular medical checkup of

construction workers every month Construction

All project construction

workers Contractor

7

Fencing of all construction sites

and restriction on entry to the

outsiders others than authorized

person

Construction All active construction

sites Contractor

8

Appropriate danger signs in all

active construction sites work

areas as to the degree of risk in

the site

Construction All active construction

sites Contractor

9

Provision of personal protective

equipment (such as boots, gloves,

masks, ear plugs, helmets, safety

goggles etc.) to construction

workers as per required and

implement the use effectively

Construction All construction

workers Contractor

10

Provision of medical stock

particularly for water borne

diseases to tackle epidemic in

camp or in villages near the

project site

Construction Sickbays Contractor

11

Regular training (at least once in

three months) to the construction

workers and health and safety

issues of the construction works

Construction All construction

workers Contractor

12 Monitoring or compliance and

impact related to above mentioned Pre-construction Areas as designated EMU

13 Insurance of workers Pre-construction All workers Contractor

9.4.1.4 Public Information Management Plan

The EIA report prepared for the project will be disclosed for public review at DCC Office of the

project districts, Central Library of Tribhuvan University and NEA Central Office Kathmandu. The

environmental monitoring reports prepared by EMU and progress report prepared by LARU, will

be disclosed to local people through EMU established at project site. Besides this, regular

meeting will be conducted with district level line agencies and local communities at project site to

brief them about status of project, ongoing environmental and social activities and problems

arises during the implementation. The information collected at the community level will be passed

to the concerned PMO staff to take action for effective management of project environmental and

social issues. The Project Information Center (PIC) will be established in the office of EMU and

GRU. The PIC will have environmental documents of KSTLP, literatures and information of public

interest, ongoing and planned activities and other relevant materials. The document available in

PIC will be open for public review during office hours.



9.4.1.5 Environmental Enhancement Plan

Priority for local employment, promotion of enterprises development, enhancement of technical

skill, safety and awareness programs, environmental and social awareness program are the

areas proposed for environmental enhancement. The EMU will be responsible for the

implementation of environment enhancement plan. The project proponent will identify and

describe the risky project activities, and define the minimum standards for the workers

occupational safety for the risky type of works and define minimum standards for the labor camps

including sanitation standards as well as elaborate the ways to protect community health from

the project or project induced activities.

Table 9-4: Environmental Enhancement Plan S. N. Actions Timing of action Responsibility

A Local Employment

1 Verification of list of PAFs and preparation of

final list


before construction) EMU/GRU

2 Collect the information about qualification,

training and their interest area regarding

employment


before construction) Project/EMU

3 Provide the copy of list to Contractor and

Consultant for preferential hiring


before construction)

Project/

EMU/GRU

B. Social Support Program

4 Identify the school and other community

infrastructure for support

3 months prior to start of

construction EMU/ GRU

5 Implement the skill development programs Construction phase EMU/GRU

6 Conduct meeting with local school and local

communities regarding the support in

concerned area as per report


construction work EMU/Project

7 Formation of users group for the

implementation of the vegetable farming

program in coordination with concerned

stakeholder

Construction phase EMU

8. Monitoring of the implementation of the above

mentioned works


construction EMU/ PoE

9.4.1.6 Grievance Redress Management Plan

Grievance redress mechanism will be established to allow project affected persons/households

(PAPs/HHs), community or other stakeholder to appeal any disagreeable decisions, practices

and activities arising from compensation for land and assets, environmental and community

concerns related to project. The PAPs/HHs/ community will be made fully aware of their rights

and the procedures. There is the potentiality for three types of grievances: grievances related to

land acquisition, compensation and rehabilitation, community issues and environmental

problems. The PAPs/HHs will have access to both project level constructed grievances redress

committee, i.e. Local Consultative forum, and Ministry of Home Affairs (MoHA). With regard to

the compensation made for the land acquired for the project, every PAP/HHs can appeal to the

MoHA if they feel that they are not compensated appropriately. They may appeal to the MoHA

within 35 days of the public notice given to them. For other community and environmental issues

they can appeal to the court or MoFE.

Special project grievance mechanisms such as on site provision of complain hearings allows

project affected persons/HHs and communities to interface and get fair treatment on time. The

project authority will ensure that funds are delivered on time to CDC and the implementing

partners for timely preparation and implementation of social activities, as applicable. The



compensation issues and rehabilitation measures for the private land will be completed before

civil work starts. The Land Acquisition and Rehabilitation Unit (LARU) will establish a compliant

desk to be manned by administrative officer assisted by support staff. All complaints/concerns

shall be received at this desk and resolved immediately by chief of LARU, if minor ones involving

procedural/policies and guidelines only. Likewise, Project Manager Office (PMO) shall refer to

the concerned office/group for all other issues, which cannot be resolved at the complaint desk.

9.4.1.7 Institutional Capacity Strengthening Plan

The major objective of this plan is to strengthen the affected RM/Municipality, Social institutions

like schools, health posts, CBOs, NGOs and Clubs as per report by coordinating with different

Government line agencies and local community as well. The following table highlights the key

features of Institutional Capacity Strengthening Plan.

Table 9-5: Institutional Capacity Strengthening Plan

S. N. Actions Timing of action Responsibility

1 Identify the strengthening need of

RM/Municipality, local NGOs, clubs, etc.


construction EMU / GRU

2 Implement the strengthening program Construction phase EMU / GRU

3

Conduct meeting with local school, and local

communities regarding the support in

concerned area as per report


construction work GRU/Project

4

Formation of the users group/recruitment of

local contractor for the implementation of the

program in coordination with concerned

stakeholder

Construction phase EMU/GRU

5 Monitoring of the implementation of the

above mentioned works


construction EMU/PoE

9.4.1.8 Pollution Abatement Plan

The objective of the pollution abatement plan is to avoid or minimize the pollution streams

(gaseous, liquid, solid and acoustic) from the project activities during pre-construction,

construction and operation periods of the project. Both avoidance and mitigation measures will

be implemented by the project as mentioned in Chapter-7 for air, water, and Solid Waste

pollution. Table 9-6 highlights the key features of the pollution abatement plan.

Table 9-6: Pollution Abatement Plan

S.

N. Activities

Time of

action Location Responsibility

A. Air pollution abatement

1

The aggregate crushing sites and active

construction sites will also be sprinkled

regularly by water as to the requirement on

the advice of supervising engineers/

Environmental Monitor

Construction

period

Aggregate

crushing site,

and active

construction site

Contractor

2

The occupational workers at construction

sites, engineers and supervisors will be

provided with PPE (air masks, helmets and

safety goggles as per the standard guideline)

Pre-

construction,

Construction

period

All construction

sites Contractor

B. Water Quality and Solid Waste

3

Discharge of construction waste such as

cement, and concrete slurry will not be

discharged to the river water.

Construction

period

Construction

sites Contractor



S.

N. Activities

Time of

action Location Responsibility

4

Provisioning of adequate toilet facilities will be

made in the camps and active construction

sites. The toilet waste of the camps will be

drained to a single treatment facility in each

camp. The treated water will only be released

to the nearby area.

Pre-

construction,

Construction

period

All camps and

active

construction

sites

Contractor

5

Open defecation will be prohibited in and

around the construction sites, camp sites and

in the river bank area. Hoarding sign boards

will be placed in the construction camps, and

active construction sites.

Pre-

construction,

Construction

period

In areas

surrounding the

construction

sites

Contractor

6

A solid waste collection and storage system

will be established in all construction related

camps and construction sites. The collected

waste will be segregated and stored in

separate bounded areas. such materials will

be disposed as per recommendations and

approval of the project environmental officer

Pre-

construction,

Construction

/operation

All camps and

active

construction

sites/Operation

camps

Contractor /

Operation

Manager

7

Stockpiling and storage of the construction

materials in designated sites only away from

the water paths.

Pre-

construction,

Construction

period

All camps and

active

construction

sites

Contractor

C. Monitoring

8 Compliance monitoring of A and B Construction

/Operation All above sites

EMU/

Supervising

engineer

9 Impact Monitoring related to A and B Construction

/Operation All above sites

EMU/

Supervising

engineer

9.4.1.9 Terrestrial Ecology Management Plan

The objective of terrestrial ecology management plan is to ensure that the terrestrial resources

such as forests/vegetation, and wildlife of the project site and surroundings are not impacted and

conserved to the extent possible by the project construction and operation activities. The activities

of the terrestrial ecology management plan are presented in the table given below.

Table 9-7: Terrestrial Ecology Management Plan

S.

N. Activities Time of Action Location Responsibility

1 Provision of kerosene to the

outside workforce for cooking

Pre-construction,

construction

Construction

workers of all

project sites

Contractor

2

Provision for camp lodging to

the outside workforce with a

common LPG cooking facility

Pre-construction,

construction

All outside

construction

workers

Contractor

3

Prohibition on the sale and

purchase of the local NTFP in

the camps

Pre-construction,

construction and

operation

All project

locations

Contractor

/Operation

Manager

4

Prohibition in roaming in the

local forest area by the outside

workforce

Pre-construction,

construction and

operation

Surrounding

areas of project

site

Contractor



S.

N. Activities Time of Action Location Responsibility

5

Acquiring of 27.0385ha forest

land

Pre-construction/

construction

Kathmandu;

MoFE

Project/

Operation

Manager

Signing of the lease agreement

to Department of Forest and

payment of leased amount.

Construction/

Operation

Kathmandu;

DFO/MoFE

Project

Management

Compensatory afforestation as

per Working Procedure for the

Use of National Forest Land

for National Priority Project,

2074; Plantation of 358,312

seedlings

Construction/

Operation

Project area or

designed site(s)

DFO, FUGs,

ESSD, , Banke

and Bardiya

National Park

Payment of required cost for

plantation and management for

5 years to Department of

Forest/ ESSD to implement

compensatory plantation

Construction/

Operation

Project area or

the designed

site(s)

DFO, FUGs,

ESSD, Banke

and Bardiya

National Park

6

Assist DFO/ESSD to explore

area of plantation

Construction and

Operation

Area as designated

by DFO

Project

Management

Mobilize FUG for

implementation of program in

coordination with DFO

Construction and

Operation

Areas as

designated by the

DFO

DFO, FUGs,

ESSD, Banke

and Bardiya

National Park

8 Clearing of the forest and

stockpiling the vegetation

products before handover.

Construction

All permanently

occupied forest

areas

Contractor/EMU

9 Implementation of training,

NTFP and other forest related

programs

Construction Affected forest

ESSD, DFO,

FUGs, Banke

and Bardiya

National Park

10

Placement of hoarding boards

at critical location Construction

Surrounding

areas of the

project site

ESSD, DFO,

FUGs, , Banke

and Bardiya

National Park

11

Launching of Public awareness

programs Construction

Surrounding

areas of the

project site

ESSD, DFO,

FUGs, , Banke

and Bardiya

National Park

12 Compliance and impact

monitoring of related activities

Construction/

operation

All sites as

designated

Environmental

Monitoring Unit

Environment Management Approach During the planning and pre-construction phase, the prime responsibility for the environment

management is with NEA as the proponent of the Project. NEA has however, delegated the

authority to ESSD in following up the national approval process of the EIA process. This

department will be responsible for the overall control of social management program of the

project. This department will also be responsible for the coordination of work of the project at

central level management of NEA and central line agencies. It is proposed that ESSD will

implement monitoring program and some of the social mitigation. The mitigation and social

support program will be implemented by mobilizing local NGOs, Consulting firm Contractor and

line agencies.



9.5.1 Pre-construction Phase

The EMP for preconstruction phase will include land acquisition and compensation, public

concern issues, co-ordination with line agencies and local NGOs and INGOs. The allocation of

adequate budget for the implementation of preconstruction measures, follow up for contract

clauses that needs to be incorporated in tender documents are the other activities to be managed

or conducted during the pre-construction phase. The ESSD of NEA will have the prime

responsibility for dealing with preconstruction issues. During this phase a CDC will be formed to

deal with all the compensation matters.

9.5.2 Construction Phase

This phase is the most critical as it requires expertise and resources to manage the construction

phase impacts. It includes implementation of the suggested mitigation measures outlined in

Chapter VII with the EMP as a vital tool and is dependent on liaison with local line agencies, NEA

central office and other line agencies. The project proponent will be responsible for carrying out

the requirements for mitigation, implementing and monitoring the EMP.

9.5.3 Operation Phase

An environment unit will be formed, for fort the first two years of operation, under the Plant

Manager for the monitoring during the operation phase which will also be responsible for

implementing the environmental mitigation measures of the TL component. This unit will have

representatives from ESSD of NEA. The cost required for the implementation of the operation

phase environmental management program will be provided by the proponent.

Implementation Approach and Mechanism

9.6.1 Project Stakeholders for Environmental Management

Key stakeholders including KSTLP, to be involved for project environmental management are:

Ministry of Forests and Environment (MoFE)

Ministry of Energy, Water Resources and Irrigation (MoEWRI)

Department of Forest (DoF)

Banke National Park

Bardiya National Park

Project proponent/Nepal Electricity Authority (NEA)

Construction Management/Supervision Consultant

Environment Monitoring Unit

Environment Management and Grievances Redress Unit

Local Consultative Forum

Contractor and

Local level Government and non-government organizations.

9.6.2 Institutional Arrangement and Responsibility

The institutional arrangement and responsibility has been divided into central level and project

level arrangements as follows

9.6.2.1 Central Level Arrangement

I) Environment and Social Studies Department

ESSD will be responsible for the overall control of environmental and social management

program of the project. This department shall be coordinating the work of the project at central

level management of NEA and central line agencies. ESSD shall be implementing monitoring

program and some of the social mitigation work in coordination with concerned line agencies and



local NGOs. The mitigation and social support program will be implemented by mobilizing local

NGOs, consulting firm, contractor and line agencies. The program coordinator will be responsible

for overall coordination and implementation of the environmental and social mitigation programs.

The program coordinator will be assisted by environmental and social expert at central and local

level.

II) Central Level Line Agencies

The central level line agencies such as MoEWRI, DoED have responsibility for the monitoring of

project activities with regards to Environmental and Social Management, Mitigation and

Monitoring Plan. ESSD will coordinate with central level line agencies regarding the monitoring

work.

As the concerned line agency, Department of Forest is responsible for the implementation of

afforestation program as per the Procedural Guideline for the Use of Forest Land, 2063.

Discussion is ongoing between the Project/NEA and Department of Forest regarding the

implementation of the compensatory forestation program. NEA will pay the required cost for

plantation and five years management to Department and the Forest Department will implement

the work through their district level forest offices. ESSD may also implement the afforestation

program if requested by the project.

III) Joint Monitoring Committee

To ensure the proper implementation of mitigation measures and monitoring work a joint

monitoring team will be formed which will monitor the activities of the Kohalpur-Surkhet 132kV

TL Project -Environment Management Unit (KS-EMU), EM, GRU and Contractor on periodic

basis. This monitoring team will be coordinated by the KSTLP and NEA-ESSD. Due coordination

with line ministries (MoFE and MoEWRI) will be made during such monitoring work. The

committee will include the representative of district level line agencies (DCC, DFO, Agriculture

Development Office, District Administration Office, Education and Health Office), representative

of CBOs.

IV) Panel of Expert

The project proponent will hire independent Panel of Expert (PoE) to make sure the mitigation

and monitoring works are implemented according to plan. The PoE shall include environmental

and social expert with relevant experience in environment management of the TL project. The

experts will review the work conducted by KS-EMU, EM and GRU, Local Consultative Forum

(LCF) and Joint Monitoring team and provide their suggestions to Project Manager Office (PMO)

for improvement if required based on the ground condition.

9.6.2.2 Project Level Arrangement

I) Project Manager Office

KSTLP Project Manager Office (PMO) will be established under the organizational setup of NEA.

The Project Manager will have overall responsibility regarding the implementation of EMP

including others. S/he will be also responsible for acquiring necessary permits for forest clearance

from MoFSC, land acquisition and compensation and others. The Project Manager will be

responsible to ensure the incorporation of EIA recommendations in tender document and contract

agreement and allocation of necessary budget for the implementation of EMP. S/he shall be

responsible for establishment of CDC, LCF and EM and GRU. The Project Manager will be

responsible to ensure the allocation of necessary budget for the implementation of the program.

S/he will be responsible for the overall coordination of the work and make final decision on

environmental, social and public concern issues. Under the PMO, a Land Acquisition and



Rehabilitation Section (LARS) will be established. The in-charge of unit will be responsible for the

acquisition of land and house, asset valuation and verification, implementation of compensation

and rehabilitation grant (house rent, transportation and dislocation allowances) and coordination

of the work with District and central level agencies with regard to acquisition of private property.

The officer in-charge of the unit will also work as member of secretary of the CDC and member

of LCF.

II) Kohalpur-Surkhet TL Project

The Project will take over all rights and responsibilities associated with the implementation of

EMP. For implementing the mitigation measures, the Project will establish an implementing unit

Kohalpur-Surkhet 132kV TLP Management Unit (KS-EMU), which will also be responsible for

implementing the EMP for TL component.

III) KSTLP Environment Management Unit (KS-EMU)

A site based KS-EMU will be formed at the project site for day to day environmental monitoring

of the project, implementation of monitoring plan and coordination of work with concerned

stakeholders. The unit will function under the direct supervision of the Project Manager. The

following manpower will be deployed in KS-EMU.

Environmental/Social Expert (Unit Chief)

Environmentalist

Socio-economist

Civil Engineer

Forestry/Wildlife Expert

Field Supervisors

Office Support staff

Local short-term consultants will be hired, if necessary. The KS-EMU will work in close co-

ordination with RM, municipality, DCCs, NGOs, INGOs and contractors. A project compensation

unit will also be established under the Environmental Unit to oversee that compensation aspects

are handled with the required care by the Project Proponent.

The Unit shall be responsible for implementing day-to-day environment management plan for

KSTLP. This unit shall have two principal functions. The first is to conduct community related

mitigation measures on behalf of the project (which are not specifically related to the activities of

the construction contractors); while the second is the implementation of mitigation measures as

prescribed in the EMP. The KS-EMU will work in close co-ordination with the Project Manager

and ESSD. KS-EMU, in addition of foreseeing mitigation, monitoring and management, will also

take care of community problems arising during project construction. Furthermore, KS-EMU,

besides adopting adaptive management practices, will use EMP as the guideline for

implementing the mitigation specified in EIA, tender documents and technical specifications such

that deleterious environmental impacts are minimized.

The co-ordination of the compliance monitoring and mitigation program allocated under the

contractor will be the responsibility of the Project. As already stated, KS-EMU will work for the

monitoring of compliance issues of construction contractors. The KS-EMU will have the

responsibility for approval of contractors Environmental Protection Plan (EPP). In addition, KS-

EMU, in coordination of Project Manager, will have the authority to penalize contractors for

violation of environmental tender clauses and non-performances. The organizational set up for

the implementation of the EMP Plan is given in Figure 9-1.



Figure 9-1: Organizational setup for Environmental Management and Monitoring

where, ESSD : Environment and Social Studies Department

EM and GRU : Environment Management and Grievances Redress Unit

LARS : Land Acquisition and Rehabilitation Section

MIS : Mitigation Implementation Section

MoEWRI : Ministry of Energy, Water Resources and Irrigation

MoFE : Ministry of Forests and Environment

NEA : Nepal Electricity Authority

KS-EMU : Kohalpur Surkhet Environment Management Unit

PAF : Project Affected Family

PoE : Panel of Expert

PIC : Project Information Center

IV) Environment Management and Grievances Redress Unit

Environment Management (EM) and Grievances Redress Unit (GRU) will be established under

the Project Organizational setup. This office will be under direct supervision of PMO. This Unit

will have three sections namely Land Acquisition and Rehabilitation Section (LARS), Project

Information Center (PIC) and Mitigation Implementation Section (MIS). All three sections have

unique responsibility regarding the implementation of different action. LARS will be responsible

for the implementation of land acquisition and rehabilitation program whereas public disclosure

work will be conducted through PIC. The MIS will implement mitigation measures proposed in

Chapter-7 especially the program proposed in biological and socio-economic environment. The

MIS will coordinate the work district level line agencies such as Division Forest Office, DDC, and

District Land Revenue etc. The following manpower will be deployed in EM and GRU.

Environmental/Social Expert (Unit Chief)

Community Liaison Officer

Land Acquisition and Resettlement officer

Office Assistant

Supervisor

Support Staff

NEA TL Director

Local people, PAF and District level agencies KS-EMU

Contractor

Consultant

Project Manager Local consultative forum

PoE Joint monitoring

Committee

EM and GRU

LARS PIC MIS

ESSD

MoFE,

MoEWRI,&

other line

agencies



V) Construction Contractor

The construction contractor will be responsible for the implementation of mitigation measures

specified as part of the contractors’ responsibility and compliance with the tender clauses. The

contractor will be responsible for the implementation of spoil disposal, waste management,

occupational safety, recruitment of local labour, health and sanitation measures, air, noise and

water quality protection measures, and others.

The contractor will also be responsible for developing Environmental Protection Plan (EPP) that

outlines its commitment in physical, biological and social environment in conjunction with the EIA

and tender documents. The plan will be approved by the Project Manager prior to its

implementation. In addition, the contractor will prepare contractors’ quarterly environmental

reports and submit them to the KS-EMU. The KS-EMU will be responsible for monitoring the day

to day environmental activities of the contractor.

VI) Construction Management/Supervision Consultant

The coordination of the compliance monitoring and mitigation program allocated under the

contractor will be the responsibility of Consultant. KS-EMU will work for the monitoring of

compliance issues and report to the Project Manager. The project manager delivers the written

message to the consultant for prompt action. He will have authority to stop work fully or partially;

delay in payment or otherwise penalize contractors for of non-performance of environmental

tender clauses. The consultant will also have responsibility for the approval of EPP, and Solid

Waste Management Plan prepared by Contractor on recommendation of KS-EMU.

VII) Local Consultative Forum

A Local Consultative Forum (LCF) will be established to address the grievances regarding

compensation and other social and environmental issues. This committee will work as an

independent body and will have separate office within the project area. The logistic support

required for the operation of this office will be provided by the Project Manager Office. The

committee will be headed by social worker respected in the community, chairman of project

affected RM/Municipality, representative of principle of local high school, NGOs, KS-EMU, EM

and GRU and PAFs will be the member of committee. Committee will promptly act to resolve the

social and environmental issues related to project.

VIII) Compensation Determination Committee

A Compensation Determination Committee (CDC) will be formed to fix compensation for loss of

land and private property. The CDC will comprise of Chief District Officer (CDO), District Land

Revenue Officer, DCC representative, KSTLP representative and PAP/HH representative. The

main functions of the CDC will be confirmation of entitled process, assessment/Identification of

PAP/HHs, compensation determination for land and private property and grievance resolution.

9.6.3 Reporting Requirements

The KS-EMU will prepare and disseminate a monthly report containing information on the

implementation status of the environmental protection measures and monitoring results during

the construction period and quarterly, at least for the first two years, during the operation phase.

The unit will be responsible for sending the report to the Project Manager, NEA-ESSD. The PMO

will be responsible for the distribution of report to the concerned agencies. The KS-EMU will

prepare the following reports.



9.6.3.1 Pre construction Environmental Report

This report will be prepared prior to (just before) start of construction work. The report includes

the changes in baseline situation and site condition prior to start of actual construction work. The

EMP will be updated during this period as required.

9.6.3.2 Construction Phase Environmental Report

The construction phase environmental report will be prepared on quarterly basis and annual

environmental report will be prepared at the end of each calendar year. A final environmental

report will be prepared after the completion of the construction work. KS-EMU will be responsible

for the preparation of report. The report will be distributed to MoFE, MoEWRI, DoED and district

level line agencies.

9.6.3.3 Operation and Maintenance Phase Environmental Report

Operation and maintenance phase environmental report will be prepared for the two years

following the construction. KS-EMU will prepare this report for project. The report will describe

mitigation measures, problems and recommended solution. The report shall clearly identify where

operational mitigation measures are not being met or where mitigation efforts are inadequate to

protect natural and socio-economic resources. Unanticipated deleterious impacts of the project

will be identified. Measures to solve problem will be proposed and be funded under the project

annual operating budget. Environmental audit report will be prepared by MoFE as per EPR, 2054.

Environmental Monitoring This section discusses the environmental monitoring programs likely to be associated with the

implementation of the EMP for KSTLP. It also assists to ensure compliance with environmental

laws and in ameliorating or eliminating adverse impacts.

9.7.1 General Rationale for Environmental Monitoring

It is not enough to simply formulate mitigation measures and then assume there will be timely

and effective implementation. The need for monitoring of the Project's handling of its procedures

is equally valid for ecological, physical, construction methods and socio-economic subject

matters. This general rationale for carrying out serious monitoring is exemplified below by

discussing the socio-economic aspects of monitoring. Environmental monitoring is required to

ensure compliance of the mitigation and enhancement program, tender clauses related to

environment and social issues and to assess the actual impacts of these measures as well as

the emerging impacts during different phases of the project. For instance, the complexities of

dealing with individuals and communities at a fundamental economic, cultural and social level

necessitates that there is constant feedback between those charged with administering the

compensation schedule and the intended beneficiaries. Such monitoring should include, though

not necessarily be limited to, the following points:

Disbursement of compensation should take place promptly and according to agreed

procedures/rates

Community gain procedures are implemented and are in harmony with wishes of locals.

Local people are hired wherever possible as per the contractor's obligation (subject to

limitations enforced by skill levels, etc.)

Rates of disease infection are monitored to highlight any increases, particularly in STDs

which may indicate that prevention and awareness campaigns need to be extended

When assigning environmental cost, the Project Proponent will make allowance to fund both

physical monitoring of the Project Proponent and its sub-contractors and also socio-economic

monitoring of the compensation process of individuals, families and communities affected.



Effective monitoring of the whole project cycle, particularly the resettlement related aspects, will

assist in the identification of unexpected problems/outcomes, and facilitate the correction of

these. Monitoring of socio-economic impact indicators should wherever possible be participatory,

involving local groups assessing their own situations as part of the process. This will assist local

communities raise their awareness about their situations and the chain of causality bringing about

their situations of relative gain or loss. This shared understanding will help provide the

instruments with which solutions may be devised.

Social monitoring should also be incorporated in the scope of work for construction management,

so that the local labor recruitment norms and requirements, their operating conditions, rights and

penalties as well as access and use of health and social service facilities established in the

Project's contracts can be closely observed in order to avoid inequities and conflicts. Social

monitoring is the most effective if local community leadership and administration structures are

involved in a process that is participatory, and provides recourse to recognized authority

structures. Involving community leaders and local authorities often provides the means to resolve

social problems identified in a direct, efficient and effective manner.

Social monitoring of labor conditions and the impacts of TL project and resettlement of families

should identify the particular benefits and losses accruing to women. Their position in the socio-

economic development of the area is crucial, and their responsibilities for family welfare, most of

the subsistence agricultural cycle, as well as minor income generating activities should be verified

through participatory monitoring exercises. Participatory monitoring can facilitate the growth of

confidence of participants simply by their acquisition of knowledge about their situation. In

addition, it permits participants to immediately initiate actions to improve their circumstances,

since they do not have to wait to learn the results of an external monitoring mission as so

commonly occurs. Feedback provision and involvement of local people in decision-making are

pre-requisites to the fostering of goodwill between them and the construction agencies.

9.7.2 Objectives of Monitoring

Environmental monitoring is carried out with the following objectives;

to ensure compliance of mitigation and enhancement program, tender clauses related to

environment and social issues,

to assess the actual impacts of these measures as well as the emerging impacts during

different phases of the project,

to comprehend environmental condition in project area prior to implementation of project;

to ensure compliance status of implementation of mitigation measures and regulatory

standards;

to ensure the effective compliance of tender clauses as per contract document;

to check the effectiveness of mitigation and enhancement measures implemented by

different project parties; and

to verify the accuracy of EIA predictions and assess the emerging and cumulative

environmental problems.

9.7.3 Requirements for Environmental Monitoring in Nepal

Monitoring is an essential aspect of environmental management. It consist collection of data to

measure environmental changes associated with construction and operation of the project.

MoEWRI is the responsible agency for the environmental monitoring of energy sector projects as

per EPR 2054. Likewise Rule 12 states that proponent shall comply with the matters mentioned

in EIA report. Manuals and Guideline prepared by line ministries are available which define the

monitoring mechanism.



The National EIA Guidelines (2050) and the EPR, 2054 specify, in general, the requirements for

environmental monitoring as needed to assess the actual effects and ensure compliance of the

implementation measures during project construction and operation. Identification and/or

quantification of the degree of impacts on the existing environment by developmental activities

enable the adoption of appropriate mitigation measures. This engenders the society’s ability to

reduce or minimize detrimental effects on the environment and human life and enhance

opportunities for improved standard of living. An Environmental Monitoring Plan will be required

to define the responsibilities for the monitoring, the parameters that will be monitored, where the

monitoring will take place and its frequency.

9.7.4 Site Inspections

ESSD will conduct site inspection prior to construction, KS-EMU during construction and at the

end of construction. The inspection will be coordinated with contractor(s).The site inspections will

be conducted as:

9.7.4.1 Initial Inspection

The initial inspection conducted during pre-construction will document the site condition just

before start of construction work. Necessary standard for construction and required

environmental control based on the available national and international practices will be

established. Visual documentation of the site and photographs will be taken during the inspection.

9.7.4.2 Progress Inspection

The progress inspection during construction will document the compliance and impact monitoring

at particular site. The purpose of inspection will be early identification of environmental and social

problems and propose suitable remedial measures. The monitoring will be conducted daily,

weekly and monthly basis for the parameters like vegetation clearance, spoil disposal, health and

sanitation and safety satiation. The contractor will be formally notified through letter of Project

Manager/Supervising Consult for remedial action if any deficiency is noted during monitoring.

9.7.4.3 Final Inspection

The final inspection will be conducted at the end of construction phase to document the

contractors compliance of tender clauses related to environment. The contractor will be given

written notice if cases of non-compliance or partially compliance are found during inspection.

9.7.5 Environmental Monitoring Plans

Environmental monitoring is required to ensure compliance of the mitigation and enhancement

program, tender clauses related to environment and social issues and to assess the actual

impacts of these measures as well as the emerging impacts during different phases of the project

a monitoring program, required for the project to evaluate the application and effectiveness of

mitigation measures, is formulated in three phases.

9.7.5.1 Baseline Monitoring

The primary concern during this phase will be to implement field data collection programs needed

to enhance the knowledge of baseline conditions. Focus will be on the gathering of scientific and

sociological information needed to verify and update the data provided by this EIA process. The

land acquisition, compensation, rehabilitation measures will be disclosed to people and common

consensus will be made. It will be ensured that mitigation and monitoring requirements

associated with contractor are dually incorporated in tender document and contract agreement.



9.7.5.2 Compliance Monitoring

The compliance monitoring will be conducted to monitor compliance of the proposed mitigation

measures and monitoring activities. The compliance monitoring will mainly focus on;

compliance of the tender clause;

compliance of the mitigation measures;

timely and adequately implementation of Environmental Management Plan and

overall environmental and social performance of the project.

In this monitoring, the GoN licensing entity (MoEWRI/DoED) oversees and ensures the

implementation of the required mitigation measures according to GoN guidelines and approved

mitigation plan. The KS-EMU will be delegated the day-to day responsibilities in this respect. This

monitoring will be conducted during project construction as well as operation phase.

9.7.5.3 Impact Monitoring

Impact monitoring will be carried out to assess actual level of impact due to project construction.

The impact monitoring includes:

monitoring of the impacts of the project on physico-chemical, biological and

socioeconomic and cultural environment of the area;

monitoring of the accuracy of the predicted impacts;

identify the emerging impacts due to project activities or natural process and develop

remedial action; and

monitoring of the effectiveness of mitigation measures

This monitoring will be conducted during project construction as well as operation phase. The

monitoring of the KSTLP will include:

Physical Environment

Watershed monitoring /Land use

Stability of the area around the tower pads

Biological Environment

Forest Clearing

Re-vegetation and slope stabilization

Wildlife

Socio-economic and Cultural Environment

Employment monitoring

The economic status of the affected people and relocated people

Adaptation of resettlement households to their new homes and communities

Public safety and security monitoring

Health and sanitation monitoring

Compensation

The full Environmental Management Program will be elaborated during the construction phase

of the project, reflecting the final design and alignment considerations made by the project and

approved by the Project. The following table summarizes the monitoring plan and schedule for

all three types of monitoring: baseline, compliance and impact.



Table 9-8: Monitoring Plan and Schedule

Types Parameters Indicators Method Schedule Location

A. Baseline Monitoring


Land Use Changes in land use

pattern Observation

RoW and nearby

areas

Slopes Stability at tower pads Observation Near tower pads

Air Quality Dust Observation Once in a year

Settlements near

to TL mentioned in

this report

Noise Level Decibel (dBA) as per GoN

Standard

Measurement of noise using

sound level meter Once in a year

Settlements near

to TL mentioned in

this report

Landslides and erosion Number of landslides as

mentioned in report Direct observation Once in a year

Substation, tower

pad locations and

landslide crossings

Biological

Environment

Forest cover and

management

Density of Forest and

maintenance of RoW

Discussions with FUGs,

observation, local people and

DFO

Under the RoW

and in the vicinity

of the corridor

Wild life Wild life habitat and

clearance

Observation, discussion with

local residents

RoW and nearby

areas

Socioeconomic and

Cultural Environment

Settlement/

infrastructure

Increase in settlements,

infrastructure, migration

Discussion with local people,

observation

Project affected

RM/Municipality

Socio-economic/ cultural

baseline

Update socio-economic/

cultural baseline

Discussion with local people,

observation, review

Project affected

areas

B. Impact Monitoring

B.1 Construction Phase


Slopes

Degree of slopes, stability

of slopes, changes from

the baseline

Site observation

Quarterly and

before and after

rainy season

Possible unstable

slopes

Waste disposal Unpleasant odor and

visual impact Observation Weekly

Temporary camps

/Construction sites

Air Quality Dust Observation Twice a year Settlements near

to the TLP




Noise Level Decibel (dBA) as per GoN

Standard

Measurement of noise using

sound level meter Twice a year

Settlements near

to the TLP

Landslides and erosion Number of landslides as

mentioned in report

Direct observation,

measurement Twice a year

Substation, tower

pad locations and

landslide crossings

Biological

Environment

Loss of trees and shrubs Number of trees removed Observation and discussion Daily Row

Loss of trees and shrubs

from private land Number of trees removed Observation and discussion Daily Row

Wildlife Occurrence of wildlife

species Observation and discussion Quarterly Construction area

Socioeconomic and


Public health

Types of disease and

incidence of disease in the

project workers and local

community

Meeting and discussion with

local health posts and district

hospitals

Quarterly Project affected

RM/Municipality

Land Acquisition

Acquisition of land, lease

of land and temporary

disturbances in land

Cross checking the list of

compensation Quarterly

Tower pad , RoW

and leased area

House Acquisition

Relocation of house,

compensation, use of

construction material etc.

Observation of new construction

area, cross checking the list of

compensation etc.

Quarterly Affected area and

relocation sites

Crop

Actual damage to standing

crop or loss of cropping

season for particular area

Observation and discussion Weekly Tower pad, RoW

and leased area

Social and Cultural

practices

Likely disturbance in

traditional cultural ways Observation and discussion Quarterly

Project affected

RM/Municipality

Economy Local employment, rental,

sell of consumable goods

Meeting and discussion with

local communities Quarterly

Project affected

area

B.2 Operation Phase

Physical Environment Slopes Stability at tower pads Site observation Before and after

rainy season

Possible unstable

slopes

Biological

Environment Vegetation/Forest

Survival of the plantation

and RoW clearance,

method of clearance

Observation and discussion Annual Plantation sites

and RoW




Wildlife Alteration of habitat Interview and discussion Annual RoW, nearby

areas

Socioeconomic and


Local employment Priority for the local

employment

Cross checking the list of

employment Annual Project site

Economic status

Changes in economic

condition of local people

due to withdrawal of

economic opportunity

Interview and discussion Annual PAFs

C. Compliance Monitoring

C.1 Construction Phase

Socioeconomic and


Allocation of adequate

budget for implementation

of environment mitigation

measures and monitoring

works

Yes/No Review, enquiry and

consultation

Pre-construction

phase Kathmandu Office

Priority of employment Yes/No Record review, observation and

enquiry Monthly basis Site Office

Socioeconomic and


First Aid Availability of first Aid Observation and record review Periodic as per

construction schedule Project site

Losing of life and

disability

Compensation to losing of

life and disability Interview/observation Periodic Project site

Occupational safety

Adequacy of occupational

safety measures (helmets,

boots, warning signs etc.)

Interview/observation

Periodic as per

construction

schedule

Project site

Implementation of

compensatory plantation

Plantation work as per the

plan Observation Periodic Plantation sites

Implementation of

Resettlement and

Rehabilitation Assistance

Resettlement and

rehabilitation works Observation and discussion Periodic

PAFs and

vulnerable HHs

C.2 Operation Phase

Physical Environment Disposal of construction

wastes/spoils

Checking up of the

wastes/spoil produced

from construction work

Site observation

Once during first

year of project

operation

Disposal site




Biological

Environment

Conservation of the

planted trees for 5 years Survival of the saplings Observation and samplings Periodic Plantation sites

Socio-economic and


Priority of employment to

locals Yes/No

Record review, observation and

enquiry Periodic Project site

Occupational safety

Adequacy of occupational

safety measures (helmets,

boots, warning signs etc.)

Interview/observation As required Project area

Losing of life and

disability

Compensation to losing of

life and disability Interview/observation Periodic Construction area



9.7.6 Monitoring Location and Agencies Responsible for Monitoring

Environmental monitoring will be carried out at all the project impact areas in a regular or

intermittent schedule. The schedule of monitoring will be daily, quarterly, half yearly and yearly

depending on the parameters and type of monitoring. The detail of monitoring parameters,

schedule, method and location for physical, biological and socioeconomic and cultural

environment during construction and operation phases are presented in the monitoring plan and

schedule. In general, observation, inspection, review of official records, interview, counting and/or

measurements will be used for monitoring. Furthermore, scientific methods will be used for the

monitoring requirements, where and whenever necessary. Project will have the prime

responsibility for implementation of monitoring program. MoFE, MoEWRI, DoED, NGOs, CBOs

and local bodies will also be involved during the monitoring.

9.7.7 Monitoring Cost

The total cost for the monitoring activities has been estimated as NRs. 7,762,000.

Table 9-9: Environmental Monitoring Cost

S.N. Item No. of

Persons

Man-

month

Rate/Month

(NRs.)

Amount

(NRs.)

A. Pre-construction Phase

1 Manpower

Senior Environmental Expert 1 1 40688 40688

Team Leader 1 2 34220 68440

Environmental Expert 1 1 34220 34220

Socio-economist 1 1 34220 34220

Civil Engineer 1 1 34220 34220

Support Staff 2 2 30500 61000

Sub-total 7 7 272,788

2 Out of Pocket Expenses

TA/DA LS 80,000

Field Assistant LS 30,000

Transportation LS 100,000

Report Production LS 20,000

Miscellaneous LS 10,000

Sub –total 240,000

Total of Pre-construction Phase 512,788

B. Construction Phase

1 Manpower

Senior Environmental Expert 1 4 40688 162752

Co-ordinator 1 12 34220 410640

Civil Engineer 1 6 34220 205320

Environmentalist 1 6 34220 205320

Socio-economist 1 6 34220 205320

Electrical Engineer 1 6 34220 205320

Liaison Officer 1 2 30550 61100

Support Staff 5 30 30500 915000

Sub –total 12 72 2,370,772

From Outsourcing

Environmental Safeguard Officer 1 30 80000 2400000

Social Safeguard Officer 1 30 80000 2400000

Support Staff Site Office-1 1 30 35000 1050000

Database Expert 1 2 80000 160000

Sub-total 4 92 6,010,000



S.N. Item No. of

Persons

Man-

month

Rate/Month

(NRs.)

Amount

(NRs.)

2 Out of Pocket Expenses

TA/DA LS 500,000

Fuel and maintenance LS 1,000,000

Vehicle hire/ purchase/

Maintenance

LS 4000000

Fuel for Vehicle LS 600000

Report Production LS 100,000

Office Rent (Site Office) 24 months 15000 360,000

Computer and Printer LS 100,000

Electricity, Drinking Water and

Communication

LS 100000

Community Consultation LS 80,000

Site office Furnishing LS 150000

Computer and Printer LS 120000

Office Accessories and Operation

Cost

LS 200000

Institutional (ESSD) Strengthening LS 1000000

Community Consultation LS 100000

Miscellaneous LS 100,000

Sub-Total 8510000

Total of Construction Phase Monitoring 16,890,772

Grand Total (Pre-construction and construction monitoring) 17,463,560

Environmental Audit Framework The Environmental Audit (EA) shall be carried out to assess environmental impacts, accuracy of

predictions, the effectiveness of mitigation measures and the monitoring plan. It is intended that

EA should relate actual impacts with predicted impacts which help in evaluating the accuracy and

adequacy of EIA predictions.

9.8.1 General Rationale for Environmental Audit

The term audit has been transferred from the language of finance to EIA as it effectively describes

the process of examination and assessment of performance necessary in the analysis of overall

efficiency and target attainment, whilst also helping to ensure that mistakes identified in the

present are not destined for repetition in future.

The role of the environmental auditor, therefore, is to identify environmental change arising from

the Project and to assess the effectiveness of the mitigation measures adopted, suggesting

additional measures where appropriate. In addition, auditing of the Project will indicate where

initial predictive methods were weak or environmental knowledge lacking, thus indicating areas

where further research or attention to detail may be necessary. Additionally, close liaison with the

implementing agency will secure valuable insights into the EIA process and strengthen the

capacity of the agency. Thus, an environmental audit provides snapshot of environmental

situation, compliance or impact with documented evidences. Besides fulfilling the formal

requirements environmental audit is a good tool to promote environmental best practices and

procedure. In general environmental auditing is done with the following aim:

assessing compliance with formal requirement;

facilitating management control of environmental practices;

promoting good environmental management and minimizing the risks; and

establishing the performance baseline for an environment management system.



9.8.2 Environmental Audit in Nepal

Environment Protection Rules, 1997, Article 14 specifies that an EA is required after two years

of project operation. Auditing refers to a general class of environmental investigations that are

used to verify past and current environmental performance. In the context of the environmental

management of a project in Nepal, environment impact auditing assesses the actual

environmental impacts, accuracy of predictions, effectiveness of environmental impact mitigation

and enhancement measures, and functioning of pre-construction, construction and operation

phase monitoring mechanisms.

9.8.3 Types of Auditing

The National EIA Guidelines, 1993 has stated the following types of audit that may be carried out

for large scale development project.

a) Decision Point Auditing: Examines the effectiveness of environmental impact assessment

as a decision-making tool.

b) Implementation Auditing: Ensures that the condition of contract has been fulfilled.

c) Performance Auditing: Studies the work of agencies associated with project management.

d) Participatory Auditing: Ensure that stakeholder participation and expectation has been met.

e) Predictive Technique Auditing: Examines environmental changes arising from project

implementation.

f) EIA Procedure Auditing: Examines critically the methods and approaches of the auditing

assessment procedure adopted during the EIA.

9.8.4 Agencies Responsible for Auditing

The National EIA Guidelines specify that EA must be carried out by the government agencies

approving the project with the assistance of relevant government agencies and NGOs as

necessary. The guideline also stated that result obtained from the EA should be made available

to the project proponent and concerned agencies. The MoFE will carry out environmental impact

audit of the project. However, agencies like MoEWRI, MoFE and other relevant organizations

will be consulted during the auditing. Local NGOs may also be entrusted to carry out the task, if

they are engaged to do so by the government. The auditing shall focus on impacts of forest

clearance, compensatory plantation, geological condition, status of affected people, land-use

pattern, infrastructure development, etc.

9.8.5 Environmental Auditing Schedule and Cost

Environmental Audit will be carried out after two years of project completion. The total cost for

environmental auditing is estimated to be NRs 498,760. The breakdown of the total cost is given

in Table 9-10 below with the manpower requirements.

Table 9-10: Environmental Auditing Cost

S. No. Manpower Requirement Man months Rate (NRs) Amount (NRs)

1 Team Leader (Env. Expert) 2 34,220 68,440

2 Environmentalist 2 34,220 68,440

3 Civil Engineer 2 34,220 68,440

4 Socio-economist 2 34,220 68,440

5 Transportation Cost LS 1,00,000

6 Data Analysis LS 50,000

7 Report Preparation LS 75,000

Total 498,760



The total cost for implementing the Environmental Management Plan including Environmental

Auditing is estimated to be NRs. 17,962,320.

9.8.6 Environmental Mitigation, Enhancement, CSR and Management Plan Cost

Total environmental mitigation, enhancement, CSR and management plan cost is 204,669,082/-

.including land cost which is 11.37% of the total project cost.

Table 9-11: Cost Estimate for Environmental Mitigation, Enhancement and CSR

S. N. Environment Description Amount (NRs) Remarks

1 Biological Mitigation 43695906

Including NRs.3,600,000

land cost

Enhancement 2150000

2 Social

Mitigation 123270856 Including NRs.

106,272,331 land cost

Enhancement 3590000

CSR 14000000

3 Monitoring and Auditing Cost 17962320

Total including land cost 204,669,082

Total excluding land cost 98,396,751

Total Project Cost (NRs) 180 Crore

% of Environmental mitigation, enhancement

& CSR cost including land cost

11.37% of the total

project cost

% of Environmental mitigation, enhancement

& CSR cost excluding land cost

5.45% of the total

project cost

Kohalpur-SUrkhet 132kV TLP Environmental Management Plan


Table 9-12: Environmental Audit Parameters, Indicators, Methods and Location

Types Parameters Indicator Method Location Sources

Physical

Environment

Disposal of

construction waste

and spoil

Initiated erosion and impact

on aesthetic value

Observation and

interview Designated sites Local people and observation

Land use Changes in land use Observation and

interview Project area Local people and observation

Bioengineering

Effectiveness of

bioengineering measures to

stabilize unstable slopes

Observation

Sites where

bioengineering was

implemented

Observation and discussion with

local people and line agencies

Erosion and slope

stability

Eroded and unstable areas

on natural slopes

Observation and

measurement RoW Observation

Biological

Environment

Physical condition of

the forest

General condition of forest in

RoW and nearby area Observation

RoW and immediate

vicinity Observation

Loss of forest No. of stumps of cut trees Examination of

forest Affected forest area Local people and observation

Plantation Status of compensatory

plantation Observation Plantation sites Observation

Wildlife Frequency of birds and

mammals seen in project area

Observation and

interview Project area Local people

Socioeconomic and


Employment

Opportunity

No. of local people employed

in project construction

Analysis of

records, interview Project site

Records from NEA, contractor,

consultant and local people

No. of women in workforce Analysis of

records, interview Project sites



Compensation Use of compensation

received

Survey and

interview

Project area and out

of the area Local people

Occupational and

safety hazards

Types and No. of accidents

occurred during construction

Records and

interview Project sites



Facility of first aid,

emergency services

provided

Records and interview Project sites

Records from NEA,

contractor, consultant

and local people

Compensation to the loss of life

or disability

Kohalpur-Surkhet 132kV TL Project Conclusion


10 PUBLIC CONSULTATION

Introduction The public consultation process involve visiting the areas along the TL alignment, identifying the

stakeholders, consulting with them with the objectives of the project, gathering their views and

opinions regarding the projects. The involvement of the public from the conceptual stage of the

project is essential for the success of any development activities. Public consultation and

information disclosure from the beginning is also important to reduce misunderstandings and

successful implementation of a project. It is a process of both information giving and listening

issues and concerns of public for planning and successful implementation of the project with full

support of the stakeholders. Therefore, the project has given high emphasis to public consultation

and information disclosure throughout the EIA process.

The National EIA Guidelines states that public involvement is one of the main parameters for the

success of any development project. The EPR, 2054 also makes it mandatory for holding one

public hearing in one of the affected RM or Municipality (former VDC or municipality). This section

discusses and outlines the consultation carried out with the local people and other stakeholders.

It also gives all the government and the public consultations that have taken place during the

course of the EIA.

Similarly, as per EPR, 2054 public involvement is mandatory during the Scoping for EIA of any

proposal. The EPR, 2054 specifies that "In regards to any proposal requiring EIA, the proponent

shall publish a notice in any national level daily newspaper, affixing the notice in Rural

Municipality or Municipality (former VDC or Municipality) where the proposal is to be

implemented, as well as the schools, hospitals, health posts and concerned individuals or

institutions of that area, to offer in writing their suggestions concerning the possible impact of the

implementation of the proposals on the environment within a 15 day time period". It further states

after the publication of the notice "anyone who wishes to offer his opinion and suggestion in that

connection may offer his opinion and suggestions to the concerned proponent within 15 days

from the date of publication of such notice…" The object of this rule is to inform the public of

proposed project development and provide a reasonable time to gather their concerns, comments

suggestions and recommendations concerning potential project impacts.

Approaches for Public Involvement

10.2.1 Public Consultation during Scoping Phase

Public notice was published in National Daily Newspaper "Gorkhapatra" on the 2067/09/23 BS

for the scoping study. The main objectives of the notice were:

To inform the public about the project itself and the area to be affected

To request the concerned people, organization, NGOs and VDCs/Municipality to send

comments and suggestions regarding the project.

After the publication of the notice, the team visited for the Scoping exercise. Suggestions,

comments and information received from affected people, organization, NGOs and former

VDCs/Municipality offices during scoping phase have been incorporated while preparing the

report. Some suggestions received during the scoping phase were as follows:

Good compensation for land and property,

Need to know the project time frame and advance notices,

Adequate awareness creation programs before and during project construction,

Issue of occupational health and safety hazards,



Training of local people for project employment,

Impact on wildlife due to loss of habitat,

Compensation at locally prevailing market price.

10.2.2 Public Consultation and Participation during EIA

Public consultation during EIA involved formal and informal discussions with a range of district

and local level stakeholders. HH survey of the directly project affected HHs and informal

meetings/consultations with key stakeholders of the project area were used as the main tool of

community consultation and information dissemination for preparation the EIA report. During the

consultations, the participants were requested to express their views, concerns/issues regarding

the project as well as they were informed regarding the project and its activities. Information such

as project purpose, project type, impact area, likely impacts and potential opportunities due to

project implementation were provided to the people during the consultation. Checklists and

questionnaire were developed to facilitate the KIIs and HH survey. During the field survey,

emphasis was placed on consultation with affected communities and people living in adjoining

areas, to inform them about the proposed project and give them an opportunity to express their

views. Altogether 21 PRA, 11 market surveys, eight KII and socioeconomic survey of 42 affected

HHs were conducted in the project area.

10.2.3 RM/Municipality Level Meetings

Altogether 11 PRA meetings were conducted in the project area.The main objective of these

meetings were to collect the issues/concerns of local people regarding the project as well as to

inform the local people about the proposed Project. The participants of the meetings were project-

affected families, farmers, businessman, job-holders, wage labors and students of the project

affected RM/Municipality. Altogether 158 participants of the project area participated in

consultation meetings. The minutes of the meetings are given in Appendix E.

Public Hearing

10.3.1 Introduction

The participation of the public from the beginning of developmental project is essential for the

successful implementation of the development activities. The constitution of the nation also

guarantees the right to information for the citizen regarding issues of public interest. Besides, the

Public Hearing is mandatory process of EIA provision as per EPR, 1997 Rule 7 (2).

The Public Hearing program for the proposed Kohalpur-Surkhet TL Project was organized in the

project site at Chhinchu VDC, Surkhet on Chaitra 27, 2069 (AD 9 Apr. 2013) The program was

chaired by the Secretary of Chhinchu VDC Mr. Pitri Bhakta Giri,. Representative of Banke

National Park, Mr. Birendra Kandel and Shambhu Prasad Chaurasiya, DFO of Surkhet were the

Chief Guests of the program. Other representatives were Mr. Purushottam Acharya from MoE,

Matrika Prasad Koirala from DoED, Ganesh Prasad Kharel from Uddhyog Banijya Sangh,

Surkhet, VDC Secretaries of Ramghat, Naubasta and Chhinchu VDCs. Other participants

included the representatives from political parties, such as UCPN (MOIST), CPN (MOIST), NCP

(UML), Nepali Congress, head master of Shree Sharada Higher Secondary School,

representatives from local youth clubs Journalists of local media. Besides, local communities and

the members from affected families also participated the program.

10.3.2 Objectives of the Program

The objectives of the program are:

To update the local people about the present status and on-going activities of the project.



To inform the local people, line agencies, NGOs and other stakeholder on the technical and

environmental aspects of the proposed project.

To provide an opportunity to all the stakeholders and communities in the proposed project

area and to raise issues and concerns pertaining to the project.

To revise the EIA report based on the concerns of local people.

10.3.3 Approach and Methodology

Following approach and methodologies were applied to conduct the Public Hearing program;

a) Approaches

Following approaches were adopted for organizing the Public Hearing program at the project site;

Discussion with the VDC Secretaries of affected VDCs, Consumer Committee of Community

Forests Users Groups of affected CFs, Officials of National Parks (Banke and Bardiya);

Preparation for the program;

Informal discussion with officials of concerned ministries;

Informal meeting with local leaders of the political parties, government officials of Banke,

Bardiya and Surkhet districts,;

Distribution of official letters of invitation to concerned ministries at central level and VDCs/

DDCs, CDO, DFO, National Parks and CFUGs etc. at local level.

b) Methodologies

Following methodologies were used to conduct the Public Hearing program;

Preparation of Brochure

A brochure with relevant information about the EIA findings of the proposed project was

prepared in Nepali language and distributed to the participants of the public hearing program.

The brochure contains the relevant information about the background of the project, its technical

salient features, brief environmental description and summary of EIA findings. The

environmental description includes brief baseline condition of the project area, potential

beneficial and adverse impacts, proposed mitigation measures, environmental management

plan as well as environmental monitoring and auditing of the project.

Request Letter to Line Agencies

A request letter was sent to the concerned government line agencies for their participation in the

program. The date, venue and the time of the program was also mentioned in the letter. Request

letters were send to the then concerned ministries; namely, Ministry of Science, Technology and

Environment, MoEn, MoFSC, DoED, affected VDCs, DDCs, district line agencies, Bardiya and

Banke National Parks, Community Forest Users Groups and Local School.

Arrangement of the Program

The site for public hearing program was selected at Chhinchu VDC to ease the people to

participate from the project areas. One team from ESSD departed to the site for necessary

arrangement for the program. The team with the support from the Chhinchu VDC made

arrangement for the program.

Registration of the Participants

The participants were requested to registered their name, address and occupations in

preformatted table at the registration desks. The brochure were distributed to the participants

and asked them to take their seat. The list of the participants is given in Appendix – II.



Recording of the Program

The public hearing program was recorded in audio and photographs were taken. The

photographs taken were also placed in the report.

Response to the Queries

The experts from ESSD responded the queries and concerns of the participants.

Description of the Public Hearing Program

The Public Hearing program was conducted as mentioned below;

Sitting of Chairperson, Chief Guest and other in the dais;

Welcome speech;

Presentation about the project and EIA summary by the Coordinator of the EIA team;

Views of the representatives, political parties, local governmental line agencies, local

affected community;

Responses to the queries;

Closing Speech by the Director of ESSD.

The Public Hearing Program was started at 12:00 noon on Chaitra 27, 2069 (AD 9 Apr. 2013) at

Chhinchu Bazaar, Surkhet. The program began with the welcome speech by the organizer. The

coordinator of EIA team presented the summary of project salient features and the findings of

EIA. After the presentations, official of line agencies and members of civil society, representative

from various political parties, teachers and affected local community expressed their views and

concerns as well as offered their suggestions. The major issues and suggestions raised by the

participants were responded by the EIA team members. The entire program was recorded in

audio and photographs taken. At the end of the program, Mr. Mohan Ratna Shakya, the Director

of ESSD, NEA presented his closing remarks.

Table 10-1: Issues Raised by the Stakeholders in Public Hearing Programs

S

N

Major Areas

of Concern Issues Raised Remarks

1

Land

acquisition

and

Compensation

Monetary compensation of land as recommended is not suitable for them thus demand to revalue the property at current market price.

Compensation of RoW should be given 100%.

Section 7.3.1

Till date there is no any policy for 100% compensation of RoW land.

2 Alignment AP1B, AP1C and AP3 should be shifted should be shifted.

The section AP6-Section 2.5.2, page 2-6 and 2-7

3 Employment

opportunity

Local should be given prior consideration for employment based on qualifications and skills of the locals.

Indigenous/vulnerable people should be given priority for the employment opportunity

Section 7.3.1.3

Section 7.3.1.12

3

Community

Forest

/Government

Forest

Further discussion with local CFUGs/CMAC prior to implementation of Project.

Loss of trees and affected area in each CF shall be informed to each CFUGs/CMC prior to implementation of the project.

Section 7.2.3

Section 7.2.3

4 Local

development Assistance should be given in education and infrastructure

Section 7.3.4

5 Enhancement

programs Should be given skill development training to PAFs Section 7.3.3

6 Awareness

programs Awareness programs regarding bio-diversity and

environmental issues should be given to the locals.

Section 7.2.10

Section 7.3.12



Awareness program of electro-magnetic effects on human health should be conducted before the implementation of the project

The project proponent delivered their best efforts to address the queries and concerns of the

participants of the program. The proponent also assured the best and effective ways or methods

in order to minimize the negative impacts and maximize the beneficial/positive impacts of the

project. The local people expressed their emphasis on the importance of cooperation and

coordination for smooth implementation of the project. At the end of the program, the Chairman

presented his closing remarks.

Local people were positive towards the implementation of the project as they are not against the

development; however they want to address their demand regarding compensation to be

addressed genuinely from the project side. The proponent is also concerned about genuine

issues of the public. The local media highlighted about the public hearing program including

public response and outcomes of the hearing. The coverage of public hearing in local newspaper

is attached in Appendix E.



11 CONCLUSION

The environmental issues/impacts identified during the EIA can be mitigated and are

manageable. The finding of EIA shows that the adverse impacts on physical, biological, socio

economic and cultural environment due to the implementation of the proposed project

low/medium, local and short term.

Wherever possible, efforts have been made by the project planning team to limit adverse impacts

on the environment. Mitigation measures has been proposed for all identified/ predicted adverse

impacts and enhancement measures are developed for maximize the project benefits. However,

those impacts/issues now not predicted/ documented in this EIA report but might appear later;

will be also undertaken by EMU during the construction phase. The proponent NEA will have

obligation to carry out the mitigation, enhancement and monitoring activities of the project. The

environmental impact mitigation measures will be incorporated in detail design of the substation

and so on, contract documents.

With proper implementation of proposed mitigation and enhancement measures, this EIA

concludes that the KSTLP will not have significant impacts on physical, biological and

socioeconomic and cultural environment of the project area; hence the proposed project is

environmentally and socially feasible.

Kohalpur-Surkhet 132kV TLP References

EIA Report NEA-ESSD

REFERENCES

BaNP (2018), Banke National Park and its Buffer Zone Management Plan 2075/76-2079/80,

Banke National Park Office, Obhari, Banke, Nepal

Baral, H. S. and Shah, K. B. (2008) Wild Mammals of Nepal. Himalayan Nature, Kathmandu,

Nepal.

BNP (2017), Annual Report 2073/2074, Bardia National Park, Bardia.

GoN (2014), NEPAL FIFTH NATIONAL REPORT TO CONVENTION ON BIOLOGICAL

DIVERSITY, Kathmandu, Nepal.

Grimmett, R., Inskipp, C. and Inskipp, T (2000) Birds of Nepal. Prakash Books. India.

https://www.iucnredlist.org/species, retrived on date 2019/06/08

Inskipp C., Baral H. S., Phuyal S., Bhatt T. R., Khatiwada M., Inskipp, T, Khatiwada A., Gurung

S., Singh P. B., Murray L., Poudyal L. and Amin R. (2016) The status of Nepal's Birds:

The national red list series. Zoological Society of London, UK.

Jnawali, S.R., H.S. Baral, S. Lee, K.P. Acharya, G.P. Upadhyay, M. Pandey, R. Shrestha, D.

Joshi, B.R. Laminchhane, J. Griffiths, A.P. Khatiwada, N. Subedi & R. Amin

(compilers) (2011). The Status of Nepal Mammals: The National Red List Series.

Department of National Parks and Wildlife Conservation, Kathmandu, Nepal.

https://www.iucnredlist.org/species

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT (EIA) …Kohalpur-Surkhet 132kV TL Project English Summary EIA...

Documents

Transcript of ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT (EIA) …Kohalpur-Surkhet 132kV TL Project English Summary EIA...